]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
*** empty log message ***
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17504 41540))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
30
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
32
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
35
36 \(fn)" t nil)
37
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
40
41 \(fn)" t nil)
42
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
45
46 \(fn)" t nil)
47
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
51
52 \(fn)" t nil)
53
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
56
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
61
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
63
64 ;;;***
65 \f
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (17504 41540))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
69
70 ;;;***
71 \f
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
73 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
75
76 (autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
78
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
80
81 ;;;***
82 \f
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
84 ;;;;;; (17759 28871))
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
86
87 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
90 extensions.
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
92 the file name.
93
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
95
96 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
98
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
100 \\{ada-mode-map}
101
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
104
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
107
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
110
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
112
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
115
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
118
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
124
125 If you use imenu.el:
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
127
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
134
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
139
140 \(fn)" t nil)
141
142 ;;;***
143 \f
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (17759 28871))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
147
148 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
150
151 \(fn)" t nil)
152
153 ;;;***
154 \f
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (17759 28871))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
158
159 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
162
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
164
165 ;;;***
166 \f
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
168 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
169 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
170 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
171 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17746 34860))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
173
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
175 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
178
179 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" t)
180
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
182 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
184
185 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log" t)
186
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
193
194 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log" t)
195
196 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
198
199 \(fn)" nil nil)
200
201 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
203
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
208
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
212
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
216
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
218
219 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
223
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
226
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
228
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
232
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
235 the same person.
236
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
239 notices.
240
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
243
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
245
246 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
250
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
252 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
253
254 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
255 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260 \\{change-log-mode-map}
261
262 \(fn)" t nil)
263
264 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
265 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
266
267 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
268 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
269
270 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
271 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
272
273 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
274 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
275
276 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
278
279 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
282 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
284
285 Has a preference of looking backwards.
286
287 \(fn)" nil nil)
288
289 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
290 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
293 or a buffer.
294
295 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
296 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
297
298 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
299
300 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
301 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
302
303 \(fn)" t nil)
304
305 ;;;***
306 \f
307 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
308 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
309 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17701 49518))
310 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
311
312 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
313 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
314 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
315 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
316 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
317 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
318 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
319 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
320 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
321 interpreted as `error'.")
322
323 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice" t)
324
325 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
326 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
327 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
328 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
329 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
330 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
331 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
332 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
333
334 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice" t)
335
336 (autoload (quote ad-enable-advice) "advice" "\
337 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
338
339 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
340
341 (autoload (quote ad-disable-advice) "advice" "\
342 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
343
344 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
345
346 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
347 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
348 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
349 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
350 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
351 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
352 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
353 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
354 will be overwritten with the new one.
355 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
356 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
357 will clear the cache.
358
359 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
360
361 (autoload (quote ad-activate) "advice" "\
362 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
363 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
364 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
365 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
366 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
367 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
368 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
369 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
370 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
371 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
372 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
373 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
374 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
375 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
376 definition will always be cached for later usage.
377
378 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
379
380 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
381 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
382 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
383
384 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
385 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
386 BODY... )
387
388 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
389 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
390 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
391 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
392 see also `ad-add-advice'.
393 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
394 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
395 before/around/after-advices will be used.
396 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
397 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
398 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
399 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
400 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
401 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
402
403 Semantics of the various flags:
404 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
405 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
406 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
407
408 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
409 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
410
411 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
412 advised function should be compiled.
413
414 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
415 during activation until somebody enables it.
416
417 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
418 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
419 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
420 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
421
422 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
423 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
424 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
425 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
426 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
427 during preloading.
428
429 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
430
431 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
432
433 ;;;***
434 \f
435 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
436 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
437 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17504 41540))
438 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
439
440 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
441 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
442 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
443 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
444 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
445 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
446 rule's `separate' attribute).
447
448 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
449 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
450 `separate' attribute set.
451
452 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
453 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
454 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
455 on the format of these lists.
456
457 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458
459 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
460 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
461 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
462 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
463 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
464 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
465 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
466 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
467 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
468 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
469 options.
470
471 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
472 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
473
474 Fred (123) 456-7890
475 Alice (123) 456-7890
476 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
477 Joe (123) 456-7890
478
479 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
480 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
481 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
482
483 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
484
485 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
486 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
487 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
488 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
489 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
490 align that section.
491
492 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
493
494 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
495 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
496 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
497 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
498 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
499 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
500 been used to align that section.
501
502 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
503
504 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
505 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
506 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
507 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
508 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
509 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
510 to be colored.
511
512 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
513
514 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
515 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
516
517 \(fn)" t nil)
518
519 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
520 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
521
522 \(fn)" t nil)
523
524 ;;;***
525 \f
526 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
527 ;;;;;; (17759 28868))
528 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
529
530 (put (quote allout-show-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
531
532 (put (quote allout-header-prefix) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
533
534 (put (quote allout-primary-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
535
536 (put (quote allout-plain-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
537
538 (put (quote allout-distinctive-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
539
540 (put (quote allout-use-mode-specific-leader) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (memq x (quote (t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start))) (stringp x)))))
541
542 (put (quote allout-old-style-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
543
544 (put (quote allout-stylish-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
545
546 (put (quote allout-numbered-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
547
548 (put (quote allout-file-xref-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
549
550 (put (quote allout-presentation-padding) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote integerp))
551
552 (put (quote allout-use-hanging-indents) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
553
554 (put (quote allout-reindent-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (memq x (quote (nil t text force))))))
555
556 (put (quote allout-layout) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x (quote (: * + -)))))))
557
558 (put (quote allout-passphrase-verifier-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
559
560 (put (quote allout-passphrase-hint-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
561
562 (autoload (quote allout-mode) "allout" "\
563 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
564 \\<allout-mode-map>
565
566 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
567 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
568
569 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
570 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
571 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
572 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
573 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
574 outline.)
575
576 In addition to outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
577
578 - topic-oriented repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - integral outline exposure-layout
580 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
581 - automatic topic-number maintenance
582 - easy topic encryption and decryption
583 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and
584 exposure control. (See the allout-mode docstring.)
585
586 and many other features.
587
588 Below is a description of the bindings, and then explanation of
589 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
590 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
591 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
592 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
593
594
595 The bindings are dictated by the `allout-keybindings-list' and
596 `allout-command-prefix' variables.
597
598 Navigation: Exposure Control:
599 ---------- ----------------
600 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] allout-next-visible-heading | \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] allout-hide-current-subtree
601 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] allout-previous-visible-heading | \\[allout-show-children] allout-show-children
602 \\[allout-up-current-level] allout-up-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-subtree] allout-show-current-subtree
603 \\[allout-forward-current-level] allout-forward-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-entry] allout-show-current-entry
604 \\[allout-backward-current-level] allout-backward-current-level | \\[allout-show-all] allout-show-all
605 \\[allout-end-of-entry] allout-end-of-entry
606 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] allout-beginning-of-current-entry, alternately, goes to hot-spot
607
608 Topic Header Production:
609 -----------------------
610 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] allout-open-sibtopic Create a new sibling after current topic.
611 \\[allout-open-subtopic] allout-open-subtopic ... an offspring of current topic.
612 \\[allout-open-supertopic] allout-open-supertopic ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
613
614 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
615 ---------------------------------
616 \\[allout-shift-in] allout-shift-in Shift current topic and all offspring deeper.
617 \\[allout-shift-out] allout-shift-out ... less deep.
618 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] allout-rebullet-current-heading Prompt for alternate bullet for
619 current topic.
620 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] allout-rebullet-topic Reconcile bullets of topic and its offspring
621 - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
622 alternated according to nesting depth.
623 \\[allout-number-siblings] allout-number-siblings Number bullets of topic and siblings - the
624 offspring are not affected. With repeat
625 count, revoke numbering.
626
627 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
628 ----------------------------------
629 \\[allout-kill-topic] allout-kill-topic Kill current topic, including offspring.
630 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] allout-copy-topic-as-kill Copy current topic, including offspring.
631 \\[allout-kill-line] allout-kill-line kill-line, attending to outline structure.
632 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] allout-copy-line-as-kill Copy line but don't delete it.
633 \\[allout-yank] allout-yank Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
634 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
635 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
636 \\[allout-yank-pop] allout-yank-pop Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
637
638 Topic-oriented Encryption:
639 -------------------------
640 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
641
642 Misc commands:
643 -------------
644 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
645 and establish a default file-var setting
646 for `allout-layout'.
647 \\[allout-mark-topic] allout-mark-topic
648 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer
649 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
650 buffer with name derived from derived from that
651 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
652 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer
653 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
654 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
655 format.
656 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
657 auto-activation.
658
659 Topic Encryption
660
661 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
662 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
663 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
664 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
665 \(Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
666 encrypted during file saves; if you're editing the contents of
667 such a topic, it is automatically decrypted for continued
668 editing.) The aim is reliable topic privacy while preventing
669 accidents like neglected encryption before saves, forgetting
670 which passphrase was used, and other practical pitfalls.
671
672 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring and
673 `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable for details.
674
675 HOT-SPOT Operation
676
677 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
678 navigation and exposure control.
679
680 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
681 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
682 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
683 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
684 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
685
686 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
687 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
688 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) never get
689 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
690 hot-spot and back to normal operation.
691
692 Note that the command `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry])
693 will move to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located at the
694 beginning of the current entry, so you usually can hit \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]
695 twice in a row to get to the hot-spot.
696
697 Terminology
698
699 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
700
701 TOPIC: A basic, coherent component of an Emacs outline. It can
702 contain and be contained by other topics.
703 CURRENT topic:
704 The visible topic most immediately containing the cursor.
705 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of a topic; it increases with
706 containment. Also called the:
707 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
708
709 ANCESTORS:
710 The topics that contain a topic.
711 PARENT: A topic's immediate ancestor. It has a depth one less than
712 the topic.
713 OFFSPRING:
714 The topics contained by a topic;
715 SUBTOPIC:
716 An immediate offspring of a topic;
717 CHILDREN:
718 The immediate offspring of a topic.
719 SIBLINGS:
720 Topics having the same parent and depth.
721
722 Topic text constituents:
723
724 HEADER: The first line of a topic, include the topic PREFIX and header
725 text.
726 PREFIX: The leading text of a topic which distinguishes it from normal
727 text. It has a strict form, which consists of a prefix-lead
728 string, padding, and a bullet. The bullet may be followed by a
729 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
730 siblings, a space, and then the header text.
731
732 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting depth
733 of the topic.
734 PREFIX-LEAD:
735 The string at the beginning of a topic prefix, normally a `.'.
736 It can be customized by changing the setting of
737 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
738
739 By setting the prefix-lead to the comment-string of a
740 programming language, you can embed outline structuring in
741 program code without interfering with the language processing
742 of that code. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
743 docstring for more detail.
744 PREFIX-PADDING:
745 Spaces or asterisks which separate the prefix-lead and the
746 bullet, determining the depth of the topic.
747 BULLET: A character at the end of the topic prefix, it must be one of
748 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
749 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. (See the documentation
750 for these variables for more details.) The default choice of
751 bullet when generating topics varies in a cycle with the depth of
752 the topic.
753 ENTRY: The text contained in a topic before any offspring.
754 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
755
756
757 EXPOSURE:
758 The state of a topic which determines the on-screen visibility
759 of its offspring and contained text.
760 CONCEALED:
761 Topics and entry text whose display is inhibited. Contiguous
762 units of concealed text is represented by `...' ellipses.
763
764 Concealed topics are effectively collapsed within an ancestor.
765 CLOSED: A topic whose immediate offspring and body-text is concealed.
766 OPEN: A topic that is not closed, though its offspring or body may be.
767
768 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
769
770 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky) (quote outlineify-sticky))
771
772 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky) "allout" "\
773 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
774
775 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
776 setup for auto-startup.
777
778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
779
780 ;;;***
781 \f
782 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
783 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17504 41540))
784 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
785
786 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
787
788 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
789 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
790 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
791 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
792 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
793 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
794
795 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
796
797 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
798 Not documented
799
800 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
801
802 ;;;***
803 \f
804 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
805 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17504 41540))
806 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
807
808 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
809 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
810 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
811 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
812 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
813 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
814 in the current window.
815
816 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
817
818 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
819 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
820 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
821
822 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
823
824 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
825 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
826 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
827
828 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
829
830 ;;;***
831 \f
832 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
833 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17504 41540))
834 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
835
836 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
837 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
838
839 \(fn)" t nil)
840
841 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
842 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
843
844 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
845 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
846 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
847 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
848
849 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
850 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
851
852 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
853
854 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
855
856 ;;;***
857 \f
858 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
859 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17504 41540))
860 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
861
862 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
863 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
864 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
865 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
866 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
867 \\[yank].
868
869 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
870 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
871 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
872 the rules.
873
874 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
875 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
876 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
877 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
878
879 \(fn)" t nil)
880
881 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
882 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
883 \\{antlr-mode-map}
884
885 \(fn)" t nil)
886
887 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
888 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
889 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
890
891 \(fn)" nil nil)
892
893 ;;;***
894 \f
895 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
896 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
897 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
898 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17686 53337))
899 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
900
901 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
902 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
903 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
904 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
905
906 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt" t)
907
908 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
909 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
910
911 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt" t)
912
913 (defvar appt-audible t "\
914 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
915
916 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt" t)
917
918 (defvar appt-visible t "\
919 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
920 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
921
922 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt" t)
923
924 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
925 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
926 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
927
928 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt" t)
929
930 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
931 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
932 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
933
934 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt" t)
935
936 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
937 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
938 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
939
940 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt" t)
941
942 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
943 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
944 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
945
946 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt" t)
947
948 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
949 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
950 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
951
952 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
953
954 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
955 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
956
957 \(fn)" t nil)
958
959 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
960 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
961 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
962 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
963 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
964 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
965 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
966
967 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
968 function.
969
970 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
971 appointment package (if it is not already active).
972
973 \(fn)" nil nil)
974
975 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
976 Toggle checking of appointments.
977 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
978 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
979
980 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
981
982 ;;;***
983 \f
984 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
985 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
986 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17746 34860))
987 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
988
989 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "\
990 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
991 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
992 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
993
994 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
995 kind of objects to search.
996
997 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
998
999 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
1000 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1001 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1002 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1003 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1004 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1005
1006 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1007 normal variables.
1008
1009 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1010
1011 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
1012
1013 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
1014 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1015 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1016 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1017 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1018 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1019
1020 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1021 noninteractive functions.
1022
1023 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1024 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1025
1026 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1027 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1028
1029 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1030
1031 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
1032 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1033
1034 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1035
1036 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
1037 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1038 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1039 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1040
1041 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1042 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1043 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1044 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1045
1046 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1047 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1048
1049 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1050
1051 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1052
1053 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
1054 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1055 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1056 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1057 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1058 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1059
1060 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1061 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1062 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1063
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1065
1066 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
1067 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1068 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1069 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1070 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1071 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1072
1073 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1074 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1075 bindings.
1076 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1077
1078 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1079
1080 ;;;***
1081 \f
1082 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17604
1083 ;;;;;; 18983))
1084 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1085
1086 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
1087 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1088 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1089 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1090 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1091 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1092
1093 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1094 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1095 archive.
1096
1097 \\{archive-mode-map}
1098
1099 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1100
1101 ;;;***
1102 \f
1103 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17504 41540))
1104 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1105
1106 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
1107 Major mode for editing arrays.
1108
1109 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1110 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1111 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1112
1113 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1114
1115 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1116 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1117 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1118
1119 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1120 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1121 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1122 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1123 The variables are:
1124
1125 Variables you assign:
1126 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1127 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1128 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1129 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1130 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1131 row numbers in the buffer.
1132
1133 Variables which are calculated:
1134 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1135 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1136
1137 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1138 take a numeric prefix argument):
1139
1140 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1141 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1142 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1143 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1144
1145 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1146 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1147 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1148 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1149
1150 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1151 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1152 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1153 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1154
1155 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1156 between that of point and mark.
1157
1158 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1159 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1160
1161 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1162 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1163 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1164 newlines inside rows)
1165
1166 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1167
1168 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1169
1170 \(fn)" t nil)
1171
1172 ;;;***
1173 \f
1174 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17522
1175 ;;;;;; 22309))
1176 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1177
1178 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
1179 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1180 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1181 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1182
1183 How to quit artist mode
1184
1185 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1186
1187
1188 How to submit a bug report
1189
1190 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1191
1192
1193 Drawing with the mouse:
1194
1195 mouse-2
1196 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1197 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1198 below).
1199
1200 mouse-1
1201 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1202 or pastes:
1203
1204 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1205 --------------------------------------------------------------
1206 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1207 to new point
1208 --------------------------------------------------------------
1209 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1210 --------------------------------------------------------------
1211 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1212 --------------------------------------------------------------
1213 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1214 --------------------------------------------------------------
1215 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1216 --------------------------------------------------------------
1217 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1218 --------------------------------------------------------------
1219 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1220 --------------------------------------------------------------
1221 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1222 --------------------------------------------------------------
1223 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1224 lines
1225 --------------------------------------------------------------
1226 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1227 --------------------------------------------------------------
1228 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1229 --------------------------------------------------------------
1230 Paste Paste Paste
1231 --------------------------------------------------------------
1232 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1233 --------------------------------------------------------------
1234
1235 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1236 or diagonally.
1237
1238 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1239 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1240 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1241 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1242 poly-lines.
1243
1244 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1245 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1246 overwrite means the opposite.
1247
1248 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1249 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1250 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1251
1252 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1253
1254 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1255 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1256
1257 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1258 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1259 are currently drawing something.
1260
1261 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1262 some time to fill.
1263
1264
1265 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1266 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1267
1268
1269 Settings
1270
1271 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1272
1273 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1274
1275 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1276
1277 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1278
1279 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1280 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1281
1282 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1283
1284
1285 Drawing with keys
1286
1287 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1288 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1289 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1290 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1291 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1292 When pasting: Pastes
1293
1294 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1295
1296 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1297
1298 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1299 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1300 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1301 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1302 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1303 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1304
1305
1306 Arrows
1307
1308 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1309 of the line/poly-line
1310
1311 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1312 of the line/poly-line
1313
1314
1315 Selecting operation
1316
1317 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1318
1319 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1320 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1321 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1322 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1323 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1324 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1325 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1326 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1327 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1328 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1329 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1330 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1331 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1332 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1333 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1334 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1335 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1336 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1337 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1338 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1339
1340
1341 Variables
1342
1343 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1344 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1345
1346 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1347 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1348 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1349 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1350 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1351 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1352 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1353 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1354 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1355 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1356 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1357 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1358 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1359 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1360 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1361 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1362 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1363 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1364 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1365
1366 Hooks
1367
1368 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1369 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1370
1371
1372 Keymap summary
1373
1374 \\{artist-mode-map}
1375
1376 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1377
1378 ;;;***
1379 \f
1380 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17504
1381 ;;;;;; 41540))
1382 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1383
1384 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1385 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1386 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1387
1388 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1389 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1390 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1391 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1392
1393 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1394 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1395
1396 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1397 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1398
1399 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1400
1401 Special commands:
1402 \\{asm-mode-map}
1403
1404 \(fn)" t nil)
1405
1406 ;;;***
1407 \f
1408 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1409 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
1410 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1411
1412 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1413 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1414 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1415
1416 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1417
1418 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1419 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1420 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1421 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1422 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1423 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1424 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1425 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1426 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1427 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1428
1429 For example:
1430 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1431 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1432 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1433 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1434 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1435
1436 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1437
1438 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1439
1440 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1441 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1442 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1443 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1444 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1445 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1446
1447 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1448
1449 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1450 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1451 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1452 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1453 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1454 &c to supply digit arguments.
1455
1456 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1457
1458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1459
1460 ;;;***
1461 \f
1462 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1463 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
1464 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1465
1466 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1467 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1468
1469 \(fn)" t nil)
1470
1471 ;;;***
1472 \f
1473 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1474 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17704 3960))
1475 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1476
1477 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1478 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1479 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1480
1481 \(fn)" t nil)
1482
1483 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1484 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1485 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1486 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1487
1488 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1489
1490 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1491 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1492 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1493 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1494 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1495 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1496
1497 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" nil)
1498
1499 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1500 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1501 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1502 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1503
1504 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1505 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1506
1507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1508
1509 ;;;***
1510 \f
1511 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1512 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1513 ;;;;;; (17596 14703))
1514 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1515
1516 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1517 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1518 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1519 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1520 save the buffer too.
1521
1522 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1523
1524 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1525
1526 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1527 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1528 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1529 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1530 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1531 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1532
1533 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1534 directory or directories specified.
1535
1536 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1537
1538 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1539 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1540 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1541
1542 \(fn)" nil nil)
1543
1544 ;;;***
1545 \f
1546 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1547 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1548 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17504 41540))
1549 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1550
1551 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1552 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1553
1554 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1555 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1556 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1557 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1558 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1559
1560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1561
1562 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1563 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1564
1565 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1566 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1567
1568 \(fn)" nil nil)
1569
1570 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1571 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1572 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1573
1574 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1575 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1576 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1577 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1578 reflected in the current buffer.
1579
1580 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1581 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1582 writing before you save the file!
1583
1584 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1585
1586 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1587
1588 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1589 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1590
1591 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1592 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1593
1594 \(fn)" nil nil)
1595
1596 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1597 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1598 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1599 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1600 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1601 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1602
1603 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" nil)
1604
1605 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1606 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1607
1608 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1609 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1610 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1611
1612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1613
1614 ;;;***
1615 \f
1616 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1617 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17628 62475))
1618 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1619
1620 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1621 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1622 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1623 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1624 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1625
1626 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" nil)
1627
1628 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1629 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1630 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1631 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1632
1633 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1634 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1635 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1636
1637 Effects of the different modes:
1638 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1639 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1640 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1641 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1642 a random distance & direction.
1643 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1644 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1645 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1646
1647 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1648
1649 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1650 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1651 definition of \"random distance\".)
1652
1653 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1654
1655 ;;;***
1656 \f
1657 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1658 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
1659 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1660
1661 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1662 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1663
1664 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1665 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1666
1667 For example:
1668
1669 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1670 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1671 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1672 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1673
1674 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1675
1676 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1677
1678 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1679
1680 ;;;***
1681 \f
1682 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1683 ;;;;;; (17746 34860))
1684 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1685 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1686
1687 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1688 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1689 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1690 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1691
1692 \(fn)" t nil)
1693
1694 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1695 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1696 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1697 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1698 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1699 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1700
1701 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" nil)
1702
1703 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1704 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1705 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1706 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1707 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1708 seconds.
1709
1710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1711
1712 ;;;***
1713 \f
1714 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1715 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17504 41540))
1716 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1717
1718 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1719 Time execution of FORMS.
1720 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1721 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1722 FORMS once.
1723 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1724 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1725 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1726
1727 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1728
1729 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1730 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1731 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1732 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1733 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1734
1735 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1736
1737 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1738 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1739 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1740 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1741 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1742
1743 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1744
1745 ;;;***
1746 \f
1747 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17746
1748 ;;;;;; 34862))
1749 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1750
1751 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1752 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1753
1754 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1755
1756 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1757 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1758 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1759 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1760
1761 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1762 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1763 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1764 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1765 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1766
1767 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1768 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1769
1770
1771 Special information:
1772
1773 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1774
1775 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1776 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1777 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1778 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1779 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1780 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1781 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1782 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1783 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1784 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1785 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1786
1787 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1788 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1789 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1790 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1791 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1792 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1793 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1794 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1795
1796 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1797
1798 ----------------------------------------------------------
1799 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1800 if that value is non-nil.
1801
1802 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1803
1804 \(fn)" t nil)
1805
1806 ;;;***
1807 \f
1808 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1809 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1810 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
1811 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1812
1813 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1814
1815 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1816 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1817 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1818
1819 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1820
1821 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1822 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1823
1824 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1825
1826 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1827 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1828
1829 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1830
1831 ;;;***
1832 \f
1833 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17504
1834 ;;;;;; 41540))
1835 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1836
1837 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1838 Play blackbox.
1839 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1840
1841 What is blackbox?
1842
1843 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1844 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1845 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1846 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1847 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1848 your score.
1849
1850 Overview of play:
1851
1852 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1853 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1854 four.
1855
1856 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1857 movement keys.
1858
1859 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1860 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1861
1862 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1863 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1864
1865 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1866 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1867 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1868 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1869 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1870 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1871
1872 Details:
1873
1874 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1875
1876 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1877 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1878 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1879 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1880
1881 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1882 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1883 denoted by the letter `R'.
1884
1885 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1886 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1887 denoted by the letter `H'.
1888
1889 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1890 example.
1891
1892 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1893 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1894 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1895 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1896 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1897 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1898 ray.
1899
1900 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1901 degree deflection it causes.
1902
1903 1
1904 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1905 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1906 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1907 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1908 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1909 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1910 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1911 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1912 2 3
1913
1914 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1915 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1916
1917
1918 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1919 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1920 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1921 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1922 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1923 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1924 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1925 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1926
1927 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1928 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1929 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1930 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1931 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1932 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1933 emerging from the box.
1934
1935 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1936
1937 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1938 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1939 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1940 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1941 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1942 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1943 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1944 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1945
1946 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1947 a reflection.
1948
1949 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1950
1951 ;;;***
1952 \f
1953 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1954 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1955 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
1956 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17504 41540))
1957 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1958 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1959 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1960 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1961
1962 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1963 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1964 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1965 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1966 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1967 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1968 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
1969 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
1970 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
1971 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
1972 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
1973 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
1974 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
1975 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
1976 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
1977 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
1978 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
1979 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
1980 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
1981
1982 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1983 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1984 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1985 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1986 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1987 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1988 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1989 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1990 recent one.
1991
1992 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1993 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1994 yank successive words.
1995
1996 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1997 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1998 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1999 name of the file being visited.
2000
2001 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2002 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2003 the list of bookmarks.)
2004
2005 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2006
2007 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
2008 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2009 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2010 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2011 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2012 this.
2013
2014 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2015 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2016 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2017 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2018
2019 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2020
2021 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
2022 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2023 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2024 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2025 after a bookmark was set in it.
2026
2027 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2028
2029 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
2030 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2031 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2032 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2033
2034 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2035
2036 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
2037
2038 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
2039 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2040 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2041 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2042
2043 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2044 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2045 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2046
2047 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2048 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2049 name.
2050
2051 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2052
2053 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
2054 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2055 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2056 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2057 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2058 this.
2059
2060 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2061
2062 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
2063 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2064 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2065 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2066 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2067 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2068 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2069 probably because we were called from there.
2070
2071 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2072
2073 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
2074 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2075 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2076
2077 \(fn)" t nil)
2078
2079 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
2080 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2081 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2082 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2083 \(second argument).
2084
2085 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2086 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2087 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2088 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2089 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2090
2091 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2092 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2093 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2094 `bookmark-default-file'.
2095
2096 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2097
2098 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
2099 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2100 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2101 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2102 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2103 while loading.
2104
2105 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2106 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2107 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2108 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2109 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2110 explicitly.
2111
2112 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2113 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2114 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2115 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2116
2117 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2118
2119 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
2120 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2121 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2122 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2123 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2124
2125 \(fn)" t nil)
2126
2127 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2128
2129 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2130
2131 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2132
2133 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2134
2135 ;;;***
2136 \f
2137 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2138 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2139 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2140 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2141 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2142 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2143 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2144 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2145 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2146 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17522 22309))
2147 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2148
2149 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2150 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2151 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2152 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2153
2154 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2155 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2156 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2157 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2158 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2159
2160 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" t)
2161
2162 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2163 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2164
2165 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url" t)
2166
2167 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2168 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2169
2170 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url" t)
2171
2172 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2173 Not documented
2174
2175 \(fn)" nil nil)
2176
2177 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2178 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2179 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2180 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2181 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2182 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2183
2184 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2185
2186 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2187 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2188 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2189 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2190 narrowed.
2191
2192 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2193
2194 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2195 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2196
2197 \(fn)" t nil)
2198
2199 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2200 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2201
2202 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2203
2204 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2205 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2206 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2207 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2208
2209 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2210
2211 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2212 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2213 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2214 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2215
2216 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2217
2218 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2219 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2220 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2221 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2222 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2223 to use.
2224
2225 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2226
2227 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2228 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2229 Default to the URL around or before point.
2230
2231 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2232 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2233 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2234 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2235
2236 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2237 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2238
2239 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2240 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2241 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2242
2243 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2244
2245 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2246 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2247 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2248 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2249
2250 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2251 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2252 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2253 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2254
2255 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2256 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2257 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2258
2259 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2260 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2261
2262 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2263
2264 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2265 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2266 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2267 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2268
2269 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2270 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2271 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2272 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2273
2274 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2275 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2276 new tab in an existing window instead.
2277
2278 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2279 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2280
2281 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2282
2283 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2284 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2285 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2286 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2287 Firefox.
2288
2289 When called interactively, if variable
2290 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2291 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2292 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2293 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2294
2295 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2296 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2297 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2298
2299 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2300 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2301
2302 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2303 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2304 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2305 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2306 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2307 URL in a new window.
2308
2309 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2310
2311 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2312 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2313 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2314 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2315
2316 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2317 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2318 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2319 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2320
2321 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2322 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2323 new tab in an existing window instead.
2324
2325 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2326 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2327
2328 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2329
2330 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2331 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2332 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2333 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2334
2335 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2336 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2337 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2338 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2339
2340 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2341 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2342
2343 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2344
2345 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2346 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2347
2348 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2349 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2350 program is invoked according to the variable
2351 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2352
2353 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2354 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2355 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2356 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2357
2358 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2359 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2360
2361 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2362
2363 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2364 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2365 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2366 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2367
2368 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2369
2370 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2371 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2372 Default to the URL around or before point.
2373
2374 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2375 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2376 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2377
2378 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2379 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2380 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2381 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2382
2383 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2384 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2385
2386 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2387
2388 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2389 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2390 Default to the URL around or before point.
2391
2392 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2393
2394 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2395 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2396 Default to the URL around or before point.
2397
2398 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2399 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2400 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2401
2402 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2403 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2404
2405 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2406
2407 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2408 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2409 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2410 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2411
2412 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2413
2414 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2415 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2416 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2417 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2418 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2419
2420 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2421
2422 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2423 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2424 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2425 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2426
2427 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2428 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2429 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2430 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2431
2432 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2433 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2434
2435 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2436
2437 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2438 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2439 Default to the URL around or before point.
2440
2441 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2442
2443 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2444 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2445 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2446 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2447 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2448 current one.
2449
2450 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2451 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2452 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2453 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2454
2455 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2456 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2457
2458 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2459
2460 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2461 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2462 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2463 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2464 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2465 don't offer a form of remote control.
2466
2467 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2468
2469 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2470 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2471 Default to the URL around or before point.
2472
2473 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2474
2475 ;;;***
2476 \f
2477 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17504
2478 ;;;;;; 41540))
2479 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2480
2481 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2482 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2483
2484 \(fn)" t nil)
2485
2486 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2487 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2488
2489 \(fn)" nil nil)
2490
2491 ;;;***
2492 \f
2493 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2494 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17759 28868))
2495 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2496
2497 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2498 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2499 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2500 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2501
2502 \(fn)" t nil)
2503
2504 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2505 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2506 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2507 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2508
2509 \(fn)" t nil)
2510
2511 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2512 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2513
2514 \(fn)" t nil)
2515
2516 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2517 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2518 \\<bs-mode-map>
2519 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2520 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2521 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2522 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2523
2524 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2525 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2526 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2527 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2528 name of buffer configuration.
2529
2530 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2531
2532 ;;;***
2533 \f
2534 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2535 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17504
2536 ;;;;;; 41540))
2537 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2538
2539 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2540 Keymap used by buttons.")
2541
2542 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2543 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2544 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2545
2546 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2547 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2548 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2549 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2550 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2551 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2552
2553 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2554 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2555 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2556 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2557
2558 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2559
2560 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2561 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2562 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2563 specifying properties to add to the button.
2564 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2565 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2566 `define-button-type'.
2567
2568 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2569
2570 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2571
2572 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2573 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2574 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2575 specifying properties to add to the button.
2576 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2577 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2578 `define-button-type'.
2579
2580 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2581
2582 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2583
2584 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2585 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2586 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2587 specifying properties to add to the button.
2588 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2589 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2590 `define-button-type'.
2591
2592 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2593 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2594 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2595 `make-text-button'.
2596
2597 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2598
2599 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2600
2601 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2602 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2603 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2604 specifying properties to add to the button.
2605 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2606 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2607 `define-button-type'.
2608
2609 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2610 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2611 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2612 `insert-text-button'.
2613
2614 Also see `make-text-button'.
2615
2616 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2617
2618 ;;;***
2619 \f
2620 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2621 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2622 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2623 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp"
2624 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (17759 30016))
2625 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2626 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2627 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2628
2629 (autoload (quote byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "\
2630 Not documented
2631
2632 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2633
2634 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2635 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2636 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2637
2638 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2639
2640 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2641 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2642 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2643 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2644
2645 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2646 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2647 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2648 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2649 whether to compile it.
2650
2651 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2652
2653 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2654 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2655
2656 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2657 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2658
2659 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2660 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2661 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2662 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2663 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2664
2665 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2666
2667 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2668 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2669 Print the result in the echo area.
2670 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2671
2672 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2673
2674 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2675 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2676 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2677
2678 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2679
2680 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2681 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2682 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2683 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2684 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2685 all functions called by those functions.
2686
2687 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2688 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2689 cons, etc.).
2690
2691 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2692 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2693 invoked interactively.
2694
2695 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2696
2697 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2698 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2699 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2700 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2701
2702 \(fn)" nil nil)
2703
2704 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2705 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2706 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2707 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2708 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2709 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2710 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2711 already up-to-date.
2712
2713 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2714
2715 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2716 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2717 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2718 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2719
2720 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2721 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2722 and corresponding effects.
2723
2724 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2725
2726 ;;;***
2727 \f
2728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17759 28868))
2729 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2730
2731 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2732
2733 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2734
2735 ;;;***
2736 \f
2737 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2738 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
2739 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2740
2741 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2742 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2743 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2744 from the cursor position.
2745
2746 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2747
2748 ;;;***
2749 \f
2750 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2751 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2752 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2753 ;;;;;; (17672 28071))
2754 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2755
2756 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2757 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2758
2759 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc" t)
2760 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2761
2762 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2763 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2764
2765 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2766
2767 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2768 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2769
2770 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2771
2772 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2773 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2774
2775 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2776
2777 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2778 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2779
2780 \(fn)" t nil)
2781
2782 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2783 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2784 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2785 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2786
2787 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2788
2789 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2790 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2791 This is most useful in the X window system.
2792 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2793 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2794
2795 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2796
2797 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2798 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2799 See calc-keypad for details.
2800
2801 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2802
2803 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2804 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2805
2806 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2807
2808 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2809 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2810
2811 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2812
2813 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2814 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2815
2816 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2817
2818 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2819 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2820 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2821
2822 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2823
2824 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2825 Not documented
2826
2827 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2828
2829 ;;;***
2830 \f
2831 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17504
2832 ;;;;;; 41540))
2833 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2834
2835 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2836 Run the Emacs calculator.
2837 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2838
2839 \(fn)" t nil)
2840
2841 ;;;***
2842 \f
2843 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2844 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2845 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2846 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2847 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2848 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2849 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2850 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2851 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2852 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2853 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2854 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2855 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2856 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2857 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2858 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2859 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2860 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17732 62701))
2861 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2862
2863 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2864 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2865 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2866 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2867 the screen.")
2868
2869 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar" t)
2870
2871 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2872 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2873 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2874 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2875 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2876 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2877
2878 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar" t)
2879
2880 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2881 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2882 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2883
2884 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2885
2886 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2887 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2888 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2889
2890 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar" t)
2891
2892 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2893 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2894 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2895 displayed.")
2896
2897 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar" t)
2898
2899 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2900 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2901 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2902
2903 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2904
2905 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2906 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2907 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2908
2909 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2910
2911 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2912
2913 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2914 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2915 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2916
2917 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2918 calendar.")
2919
2920 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2921
2922 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2923 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2924 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2925
2926 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2927 calendar.")
2928
2929 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2930
2931 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2932 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2933 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2934
2935 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2936 calendar.")
2937
2938 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2939
2940 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2941 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2942 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2943
2944 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar" t)
2945
2946 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2947 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2948 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2949 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2950 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2951
2952 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar" t)
2953
2954 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2955 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2956 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2957 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2958 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2959 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2960 a function is also provided for this:
2961 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2962
2963 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2964 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2965 date is not visible in the window.
2966
2967 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2968 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2969 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2970
2971 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
2972
2973 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2974 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2975
2976 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2977 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2978 date is visible in the window.
2979
2980 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2981 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2982 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2983
2984 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
2985
2986 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2987 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2988
2989 For example,
2990
2991 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
2992
2993 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2994
2995 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar" t)
2996
2997 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2998 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2999
3000 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3001 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3002
3003 MONTH/DAY
3004 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
3005 MONTHNAME DAY
3006 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
3007 DAYNAME
3008
3009 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3010 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3011 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3012 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3013 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3014 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3015 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3016 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3017 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3018 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3019 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3020 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3021 in every week.
3022
3023 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3024 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3025 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3026 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3027
3028 DAY/MONTH
3029 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3030 DAY MONTHNAME
3031 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3032 DAYNAME
3033
3034 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3035 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3036
3037 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3038 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3039 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3040 window but will appear in a diary window.
3041
3042 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3043 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3044
3045 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3046 entries (in the default American style):
3047
3048 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3049 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3050 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3051 21: Payday
3052 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3053 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3054 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3055 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3056 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3057 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3058 &* 15 time cards due.
3059
3060 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3061 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3062 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3063 single diary entry
3064
3065 02/11/1989
3066 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3067 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3068 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3069 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3070 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3071 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3072
3073 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3074 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3075 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3076
3077 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3078
3079 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3080
3081 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3082 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3083 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3084 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3085 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3086 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3087 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3088 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3089 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3090 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3091 details.
3092
3093 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3094 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3095 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3096 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3097 documentation for these functions for details.
3098
3099 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3100 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3101
3102 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar" t)
3103
3104 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3105 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3106
3107 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar" t)
3108
3109 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3110 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3111
3112 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3113
3114 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3115 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3116
3117 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3118
3119 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3120 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3121
3122 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3123
3124 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3125 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3126 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3127
3128 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar" t)
3129
3130 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3131 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3132 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3133
3134 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3135
3136 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3137 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3138 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3139 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3140 full.")
3141
3142 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar" t)
3143
3144 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3145 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3146 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3147 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3148 are
3149
3150 DAY/MONTH
3151 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3152 DAY MONTHNAME
3153 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3154 DAYNAME
3155
3156 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3157 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3158 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3159
3160 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3161 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3162 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3163 `american-calendar'.")
3164
3165 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar" nil)
3166
3167 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3168 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3169 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3170
3171 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3172
3173 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3174 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3175 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3176
3177 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3178
3179 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3180 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3181 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3182
3183 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3184
3185 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3186 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3187 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3188
3189 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3190
3191 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3192 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3193 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3194 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3195 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3196 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3197
3198 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3199
3200 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3201 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3202 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3203
3204 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3205 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3206 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3207 of the form
3208
3209 #include \"filename\"
3210
3211 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3212 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3213 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3214 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3215 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3216
3217 For example, you could use
3218
3219 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3220 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3221 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3222
3223 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3224 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3225 lexicographic order.")
3226
3227 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3228
3229 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3230 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3231 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3232
3233 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar" t)
3234
3235 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3236 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3237 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3238 diary display.
3239
3240 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3241 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3242 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3243 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3244 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3245 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3246 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3247
3248 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3249 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3250 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3251 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3252 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3253 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3254 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3255 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3256
3257 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar" t)
3258
3259 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3260 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3261 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3262 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3263 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3264 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3265 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3266
3267 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar" t)
3268
3269 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3270 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3271
3272 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3273 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3274 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3275 of the form
3276 #include \"filename\"
3277 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3278 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3279 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3280 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3281 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3282
3283 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3284
3285 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3286 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3287 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3288 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3289 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3290 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3291 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3292
3293 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar" t)
3294
3295 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3296 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3297 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3298 are holidays.")
3299
3300 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar" t)
3301
3302 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3303 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3304 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3305 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3306 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3307
3308 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar" t)
3309
3310 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3311
3312 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3313 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3314 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3315
3316 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar" t)
3317
3318 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3319
3320 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3321 Oriental holidays.
3322 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3323
3324 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar" t)
3325
3326 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3327
3328 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3329 Local holidays.
3330 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3331
3332 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar" t)
3333
3334 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3335
3336 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3337 User defined holidays.
3338 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3339
3340 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar" t)
3341
3342 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3343
3344 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3345
3346 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3347
3348 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3349
3350 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3351
3352 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3353
3354 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3355
3356 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3357
3358 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3359
3360 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3361 Jewish holidays.
3362 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3363
3364 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar" t)
3365
3366 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3367
3368 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3369 Christian holidays.
3370 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3371
3372 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar" t)
3373
3374 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3375
3376 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3377 Islamic holidays.
3378 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3379
3380 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar" t)
3381
3382 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3383
3384 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3385 Baha'i holidays.
3386 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3387
3388 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar" t)
3389
3390 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3391
3392 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3393 Sun-related holidays.
3394 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3395
3396 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3397
3398 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3399
3400 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3401 The frame setup of the calendar.
3402 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3403 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3404 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3405 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3406 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3407
3408 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar" t)
3409
3410 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3411 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3412 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3413
3414 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3415 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3416
3417 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3418
3419 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3420 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3421 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3422
3423 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3424 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3425 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3426 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3427
3428 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" nil)
3429
3430 ;;;***
3431 \f
3432 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3433 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17504 41540))
3434 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3435
3436 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3437 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3438
3439 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3440
3441 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3442 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3443 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3444 it fails.
3445
3446 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3447
3448 ;;;***
3449 \f
3450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (17508
3451 ;;;;;; 50987))
3452 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3453 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3454
3455 ;;;***
3456 \f
3457 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3458 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
3459 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3460
3461 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3462 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3463
3464 \(fn)" nil nil)
3465
3466 ;;;***
3467 \f
3468 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3469 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3470 ;;;;;; (17599 63482))
3471 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3472
3473 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3474 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3475 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3476 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3477 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3478 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3479 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3480
3481 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3482
3483 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3484 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3485 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3486 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3487 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3488 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3489 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3490 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3491
3492 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3493 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3494 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3495 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3496 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3497 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3498
3499 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3500
3501 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3502 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3503
3504 Key bindings:
3505 \\{c-mode-map}
3506
3507 \(fn)" t nil)
3508
3509 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3510 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3511
3512 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3513 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3514 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3515 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3516 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3517 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3518 message.
3519
3520 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3521
3522 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3523 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3524
3525 Key bindings:
3526 \\{c++-mode-map}
3527
3528 \(fn)" t nil)
3529
3530 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3531 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3532 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3533
3534 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3535 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3536 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3537 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3538 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3539 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3540 message.
3541
3542 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3543
3544 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3545 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3546
3547 Key bindings:
3548 \\{objc-mode-map}
3549
3550 \(fn)" t nil)
3551
3552 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3553 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3554 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3555
3556 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3557 Major mode for editing Java code.
3558 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3559 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3560 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3561 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3562 message.
3563
3564 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3565
3566 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3567 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3568
3569 Key bindings:
3570 \\{java-mode-map}
3571
3572 \(fn)" t nil)
3573
3574 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3575 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3576 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3577
3578 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3579 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3580 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3581 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3582 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3583 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3584 message.
3585
3586 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3587
3588 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3589 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3590
3591 Key bindings:
3592 \\{idl-mode-map}
3593
3594 \(fn)" t nil)
3595
3596 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3597 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3598 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3599 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3600
3601 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3602 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3603 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3604 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3605 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3606 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3607 message.
3608
3609 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3610
3611 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3612 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3613
3614 Key bindings:
3615 \\{pike-mode-map}
3616
3617 \(fn)" t nil)
3618 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3619 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3620 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3621 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3622 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3623 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3624
3625 ;;;***
3626 \f
3627 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3628 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17522 22309))
3629 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3630
3631 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3632 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3633 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3634 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3635
3636 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3637
3638 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3639 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3640 might get set too.
3641
3642 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3643 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3644 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3645 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3646 way.
3647
3648 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3649 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3650 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3651 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3652 a null operation.
3653
3654 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3655
3656 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3657 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3658 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3659 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3660
3661 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3662
3663 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3664 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3665 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3666
3667 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3668
3669 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3670 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3671 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3672 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3673 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3674
3675 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3676
3677 ;;;***
3678 \f
3679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (17522
3680 ;;;;;; 22309))
3681 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3682 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3683
3684 ;;;***
3685 \f
3686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (17522 22309))
3687 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3688 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3689 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3690 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3691
3692 ;;;***
3693 \f
3694 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3695 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3696 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
3697 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3698
3699 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3700 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3701
3702 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3703
3704 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3705 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3706
3707 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3708
3709 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3710 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3711
3712 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3713 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3714 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3715 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3716 execution.
3717
3718 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3719
3720 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3721
3722 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3723 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3724
3725 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3726 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3727 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3728 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3729
3730 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3731 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3732 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3733 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3734 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3735 `write' commands.
3736
3737 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3738 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3739 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3740 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3741
3742 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3743 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3744 semantics.
3745
3746 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3747
3748 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3749
3750 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3751
3752 STATEMENT :=
3753 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3754 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3755
3756 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3757 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3758 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3759 | integer
3760
3761 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3762
3763 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3764 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3765 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3766
3767 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3768 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3769 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3770
3771 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3772 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3773
3774 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3775 BREAK := (break)
3776
3777 REPEAT :=
3778 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3779 (repeat)
3780 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3781 ;; (repeat))
3782 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3783 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3784 ;; (read REG)
3785 ;; (repeat))
3786 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3787 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3788 ;; (read REG)
3789 ;; (repeat))
3790 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3791
3792 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3793 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3794 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3795 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3796 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3797 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3798 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3799 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3800 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3801 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3802 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3803 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3804 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3805 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3806 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3807 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3808
3809 WRITE :=
3810 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3811 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3812 ;; representation.
3813 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3814 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3815 ;; (write r7))
3816 | (write EXPRESSION)
3817 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3818 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3819 ;; representation.
3820 | (write integer)
3821 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3822 ;; buffer.
3823 | (write string)
3824 ;; Same as: (write string)
3825 | string
3826 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3827 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3828 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3829 ;; representation.
3830 | (write REG ARRAY)
3831 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3832 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3833 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3834 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3835 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3836 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3837
3838 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3839 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3840
3841 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3842 END := (end)
3843
3844 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3845 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3846 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3847
3848 ARG := REG | integer
3849
3850 OPERATOR :=
3851 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3852 + | - | * | / | %
3853
3854 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3855 | & | `|' | ^
3856
3857 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3858 | << | >>
3859
3860 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3861 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3862 | <8
3863
3864 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3865 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3866 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3867 | >8
3868
3869 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3870 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3871 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3872 | //
3873
3874 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3875 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3876
3877 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3878 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3879 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3880 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3881 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3882 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3883 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3884 | de-sjis
3885
3886 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3887 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3888 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3889 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3890 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3891 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3892 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3893 ;; byte of SJIS.
3894 | en-sjis
3895
3896 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3897 ;; Same meaning as C code
3898 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3899
3900 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3901 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3902 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3903 | <8=
3904
3905 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3906 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3907 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3908
3909 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3910 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3911 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3912 | //=
3913
3914 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3915
3916
3917 TRANSLATE :=
3918 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3919 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3920 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3921 LOOKUP :=
3922 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3923 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3924 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3925 MAP :=
3926 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3927 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3928 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3929 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3930 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3931 MAP-ID := integer
3932
3933 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3934
3935 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3936 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3937 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3938 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3939 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3940 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3941
3942 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3943
3944 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3945 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3946 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3947
3948 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3949
3950 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3951
3952 ;;;***
3953 \f
3954 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3955 ;;;;;; (17671 29986))
3956 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3957
3958 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
3959 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3960 There are no special keybindings by default.
3961
3962 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3963 to the action header.
3964
3965 \(fn)" t nil)
3966
3967 ;;;***
3968 \f
3969 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3970 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3971 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3972 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3973 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3974 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3975 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3976 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3977 ;;;;;; (17746 34861))
3978 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3979
3980 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3981 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3982 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3983 the users will view as each check is completed.
3984
3985 \(fn)" t nil)
3986
3987 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3988 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3989 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3990 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3991 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3992 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3993 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3994 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3995
3996 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3997
3998 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3999 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4000 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4001 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4002 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4003 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4004 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4005 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4006
4007 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4008
4009 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4010 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4011 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4012 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4013 spacing are all verified.
4014
4015 \(fn)" t nil)
4016
4017 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4018 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4019 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4020 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4021 otherwise stop after the first error.
4022
4023 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4024
4025 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
4026 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4027 Only documentation strings are checked.
4028 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4029 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4030 a separate buffer.
4031
4032 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4033
4034 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4035 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4036 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4037 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4038 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4039
4040 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4041
4042 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4043 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4044 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4045 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4046 if there is one.
4047
4048 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4049
4050 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
4051 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4052 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4053 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4054 if there is one.
4055 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4056
4057 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4058
4059 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4060 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4061 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4062
4063 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4064
4065 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4066 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4067 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4068 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4069 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4070
4071 \(fn)" t nil)
4072
4073 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4074 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4075 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4076 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4077 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4078 space at the end of each line.
4079
4080 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4081
4082 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4083 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4084 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4085 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4086
4087 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4088
4089 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4090 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4091 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4092 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4093
4094 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4095
4096 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4097 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4098 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4099 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4100
4101 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4102
4103 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4104 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4105 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4106 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4107
4108 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4109
4110 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4111 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4112 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4113 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4114
4115 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4116
4117 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4118 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4119 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4120 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4121
4122 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4123
4124 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4125 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4126 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4127 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4128
4129 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4130
4131 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4132 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4133 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4134 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4135
4136 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4137
4138 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4139 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4140 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4141 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4142
4143 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4144
4145 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4146 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4147 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4148
4149 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4150 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4151 checking of documentation strings.
4152
4153 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4154
4155 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4156
4157 ;;;***
4158 \f
4159 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4160 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17504
4161 ;;;;;; 41540))
4162 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4163
4164 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4165 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4166 Return the length of resulting text.
4167
4168 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4169
4170 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4171 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4172
4173 \(fn)" t nil)
4174
4175 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4176 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4177 Return the length of resulting text.
4178
4179 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4180
4181 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4182 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4183
4184 \(fn)" t nil)
4185
4186 ;;;***
4187 \f
4188 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4189 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17504 41540))
4190 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4191
4192 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4193 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4194 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4195 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4196 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4197 editing and the result is evaluated.
4198
4199 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4200
4201 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4202 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4203 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4204 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4205 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4206
4207 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4208
4209 \(fn)" t nil)
4210
4211 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4212 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4213 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4214 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4215 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4216
4217 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4218 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4219 \\{command-history-map}
4220
4221 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4222 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4223
4224 \(fn)" t nil)
4225
4226 ;;;***
4227 \f
4228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17701 49518))
4229 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4230
4231 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4232 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4233 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4234 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4235 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4236 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4237
4238 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4239 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4240
4241 ;;;***
4242 \f
4243 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4244 ;;;;;; (17731 48935))
4245 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4246
4247 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4248 Not documented
4249
4250 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4251
4252 ;;;***
4253 \f
4254 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4255 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
4256 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4257
4258 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4259 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4260 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4261 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4262
4263 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4264 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4265 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4266 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4267
4268 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4269 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4270
4271 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4272
4273 ;;;***
4274 \f
4275 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17504
4276 ;;;;;; 41540))
4277 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4278
4279 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4280 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4281 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4282 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4283 of `scheme-program-name').
4284 If a file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' exists, it is given as initial input.
4285 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4286 discards input when it starts up.
4287 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4288 is run).
4289 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4290
4291 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4292 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4293
4294 ;;;***
4295 \f
4296 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4297 ;;;;;; (17701 49519))
4298 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4299
4300 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4301 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4302 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4303 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4304 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4305 ?* is used.
4306 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4307
4308 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4309 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4310 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4311 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4312 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4313 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4314 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4315 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4316 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4317 (autoload-coding-system 'cp858 '(require 'code-pages))
4318 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4319 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4320 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4321 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4322 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4323 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4324 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4325 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4326 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4327 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4328 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4329 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4330 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4331 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4332 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4333 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4334 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4335 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4336 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4337 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4338 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4339 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4340 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4341 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4342 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4343 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4344 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4345 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4346 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4347 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4348 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4349 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4350 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4351 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4352 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4353
4354 ;;;***
4355 \f
4356 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4357 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4358 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17668 1411))
4359 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4360
4361 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4362 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4363 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4364 ASCII table.
4365
4366 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4367 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4368 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4369 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4370
4371 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4372
4373 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4374 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4375 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4376
4377 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4378
4379 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4380 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4381 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4382
4383 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4384
4385 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4386 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4387 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4388
4389 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4390
4391 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4392 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4393
4394 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4395 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4396 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4397
4398 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4399 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4400
4401 \(fn)" nil nil)
4402
4403 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4404 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4405
4406 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4407 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4408 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4409
4410 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4411
4412 ;;;***
4413 \f
4414 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4415 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4416 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4417 ;;;;;; (17759 29233))
4418 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4419
4420 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4421 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4422 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4423 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4424 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4425 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4426 functions have already modified the buffer.
4427
4428 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4429
4430 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4431 either globally or locally.")
4432
4433 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4434
4435 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4436 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4437 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4438 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4439 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4440 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4441 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4442 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4443
4444 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4445
4446 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4447
4448 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4449 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4450 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4451 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4452 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4453 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4454 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4455 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4456
4457 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4458
4459 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4460
4461 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4462 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4463 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4464 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4465 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4466 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4467
4468 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4469
4470 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4471 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4472 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4473 directory tracking functions.")
4474
4475 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4476 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4477 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4478
4479 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4480
4481 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4482
4483 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4484 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4485 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4486
4487 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4488
4489 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4490
4491 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4492 Send COMMAND to current process.
4493 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4494 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4495
4496 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4497
4498 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4499 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4500 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4501 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4502
4503 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4504
4505 ;;;***
4506 \f
4507 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17636
4508 ;;;;;; 48139))
4509 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4510
4511 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4512 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4513 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4514 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4515
4516 This command pushes the mark in each window
4517 at the prior location of point in that window.
4518 If both windows display the same buffer,
4519 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4520 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4521
4522 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4523 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4524 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4525 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4526 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4527 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4528 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4529 ignored.
4530
4531 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4532 this command work in interlaced mode:
4533 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4534 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4535 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4536
4537 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4538
4539 ;;;***
4540 \f
4541 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4542 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4543 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4544 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4545 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17759 29277))
4546 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4547
4548 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4549 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4550
4551 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile" t)
4552
4553 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4554 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4555
4556 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile" t)
4557
4558 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4559 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4560 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4561 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4562 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4563 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4564 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4565
4566 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4567 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4568 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4569 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4570 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4571
4572 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4573 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4574 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4575 describing how the process finished.")
4576
4577 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4578 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4579 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4580 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4581
4582 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4583 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4584 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4585
4586 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile" t)
4587
4588 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4589 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4590 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4591 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4592
4593 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile" t)
4594
4595 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4596 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4597
4598 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4599 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4600
4601 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4602 (lambda ()
4603 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4604 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4605 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4606 (concat \"make -k \"
4607 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4608
4609 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile" t)
4610 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4611
4612 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4613 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4614 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4615 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4616
4617 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile" t)
4618
4619 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4620 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4621 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4622 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4623
4624 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4625 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4626
4627 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4628 and move to the source code that caused it.
4629
4630 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4631 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4632 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4633 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4634
4635 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4636 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4637 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4638 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4639 subprocesses.
4640
4641 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4642 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4643 to a function that generates a unique name.
4644
4645 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4646
4647 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4648 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4649 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4650 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4651
4652 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4653 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4654 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4655 to determine the buffer name.
4656
4657 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4658 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4659 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4660
4661 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4662
4663 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4664
4665 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4666 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4667 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4668 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4669 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4670
4671 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4672
4673 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4674
4675 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4676
4677 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4678 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4679 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4680 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4681 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4682 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4683 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4684
4685 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4686
4687 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4688 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4689 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4690 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4691 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4692 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4693
4694 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4695
4696 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4697 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4698 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4699
4700 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4701
4702 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4703
4704 ;;;***
4705 \f
4706 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4707 ;;;;;; (17625 60530))
4708 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4709
4710 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4711 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4712 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4713 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4714 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4715 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4716
4717 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" nil)
4718
4719 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4720 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4721 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4722
4723 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4724 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4725 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4726 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4727
4728 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4729 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4730 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4731 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4732
4733 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4734 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4735 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4736 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4737
4738 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4739 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4740 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4741 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4742 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4743
4744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4745
4746 ;;;***
4747 \f
4748 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4749 ;;;;;; (17704 3960))
4750 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4751
4752 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4753 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4754 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4755 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4756 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4757 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4758
4759 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" nil)
4760
4761 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4762 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4763
4764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4765
4766 ;;;***
4767 \f
4768 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4769 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4770 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4771 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17504 41540))
4772 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4773
4774 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4775 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4776 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4777 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4778 `make-composition'.
4779
4780 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4781
4782 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4783 | | 1:tc or top-center
4784 | | 2:tr or top-right
4785 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4786 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4787 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4788 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4789 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4790 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4791
4792 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4793 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4794 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4795 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4796 be added.
4797
4798 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4799 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4800 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4801
4802 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4803 | | |
4804 | global| |
4805 | glyph | |
4806 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4807 +----+--*--+
4808 | | new |
4809 | |glyph|
4810 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4811 ")
4812
4813 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4814 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4815 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4816 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4817
4818 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4819
4820 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4821 Compose characters in the current region.
4822
4823 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4824 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4825
4826 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4827
4828 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4829 specifying the region.
4830
4831 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4832 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4833 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4834
4835 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4836 of the text in the region.
4837
4838 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4839
4840 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4841 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4842 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4843 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4844
4845 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4846 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4847 detail.
4848
4849 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4850 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4851 text in the composition.
4852
4853 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4854
4855 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4856 Decompose text in the current region.
4857
4858 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4859 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4860
4861 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4862
4863 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4864 Compose characters in string STRING.
4865
4866 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4867 the characters in it.
4868
4869 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4870 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4871 STRING respectively.
4872
4873 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4874 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4875 `compose-region' for more detail.
4876
4877 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4878 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4879 text in the composition.
4880
4881 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4882
4883 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4884 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4885
4886 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4887
4888 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4889 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4890 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4891 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4892 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4893 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4894 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4895 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4896
4897 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4898
4899 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4900 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4901
4902 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4903 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4904
4905 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4906 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4907
4908 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4909 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4910
4911 If no composition is found, return nil.
4912
4913 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4914 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4915
4916 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4917 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4918 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4919
4920 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4921
4922 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4923
4924 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4925 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4926 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4927
4928 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4929
4930 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4931
4932 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4933
4934 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4935 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4936
4937 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4938 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4939 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4940 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4941 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4942 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4943 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4944 nil.
4945
4946 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4947 is:
4948 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4949 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4950
4951 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4952
4953 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4954 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4955
4956 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4957
4958 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4959
4960 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4961 Compose last characters.
4962 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4963 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4964 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4965 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4966 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4967 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4968 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4969 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4970 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4971 after a sequence of character events.
4972
4973 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
4974 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4975
4976 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4977 Convert CHAR to string.
4978
4979 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4980 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4981 vector of CHAR respectively.
4982 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4983
4984 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4985
4986 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4987
4988 ;;;***
4989 \f
4990 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4991 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4992 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4993 ;;;;;; (17680 45980))
4994 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4995
4996 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4997 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4998 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4999 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5000 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5001 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5002 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5003
5004 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5005 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5006 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5007
5008 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5009 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5010 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5011
5012 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5013 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5014 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5015 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5016
5017 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5018 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5019 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5020 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5021 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5022 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5023 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5024
5025 \\{conf-mode-map}
5026
5027 \(fn)" t nil)
5028
5029 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5030 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5031 Comments start with `#'.
5032 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5033
5034 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
5035
5036 \[Desktop Entry]
5037 Encoding=UTF-8
5038 Name=The GIMP
5039 Name[ca]=El GIMP
5040 Name[cs]=GIMP
5041
5042 \(fn)" t nil)
5043
5044 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5045 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5046 Comments start with `;'.
5047 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5048
5049 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
5050
5051 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5052 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5053 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5054
5055 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5056 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5057
5058 \(fn)" t nil)
5059
5060 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5061 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5062 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5063 between `/*' and `*/'.
5064 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5065
5066 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5067 // another kind of comment
5068 /* yet another */
5069
5070 name:value
5071 name=value
5072 name value
5073 x.1 =
5074 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5075 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5076
5077 \(fn)" t nil)
5078
5079 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5080 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5081 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5082 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5083 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5084 `conf-space-keywords'.
5085 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5086 in an interactive fashion instead.
5087
5088 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5089
5090 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5091
5092 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5093 image/png png
5094 image/tiff tiff tif
5095
5096 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5097 class desktop
5098 # Standard multimedia devices
5099 add /dev/audio desktop
5100 add /dev/mixer desktop
5101
5102 \(fn)" t nil)
5103
5104 (autoload (quote conf-space-keywords) "conf-mode" "\
5105 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5106 See `conf-space-mode'.
5107
5108 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5109
5110 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5111 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5112 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5113 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5114
5115 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5116
5117 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5118 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5119
5120 \(fn)" t nil)
5121
5122 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5123 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5124 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5125 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5126
5127 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5128
5129 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5130 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5131
5132 \(fn)" t nil)
5133
5134 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5135 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5136 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5137 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5138
5139 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5140
5141 *background: gray99
5142 *foreground: black
5143
5144 \(fn)" t nil)
5145
5146 ;;;***
5147 \f
5148 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5149 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17566 60307))
5150 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5151
5152 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5153 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5154 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5155 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5156
5157 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5158
5159 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5160 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5161 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5162 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5163
5164 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5165
5166 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5167 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5168 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5169 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5170
5171 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5172
5173 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5174 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5175
5176 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5177
5178 ;;;***
5179 \f
5180 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5181 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17504 41540))
5182 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5183
5184 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5185 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5186 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5187 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5188 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5189 following the copyright are updated as well.
5190 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5191 interactively.
5192
5193 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5194
5195 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5196 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5197 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5198
5199 \(fn)" t nil)
5200
5201 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5202 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5203
5204 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5205
5206 ;;;***
5207 \f
5208 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5209 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (17759 28873))
5210 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5211
5212 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5213 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5214 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5215 Tab indents for Perl code.
5216 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5217 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5218
5219 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5220 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5221 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5222 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5223 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5224 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5225 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5226 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5227 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5228 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5229 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5230 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5231
5232 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5233
5234 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5235 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5236
5237 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5238
5239 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5240 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5241 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5242 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5243 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5244 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5245 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5246 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5247 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5248
5249 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5250
5251 bite if angry;
5252
5253 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5254 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5255 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5256 to nil.)
5257
5258 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5259 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5260 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5261
5262 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5263
5264 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5265 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5266 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5267 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5268 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5269
5270 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5271
5272 if (A) { B }
5273
5274 into
5275
5276 B if A;
5277
5278 \\{cperl-mode-map}
5279
5280 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5281 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5282 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5283 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5284 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5285 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5286 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5287 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5288 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5289 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5290 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5291 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5292 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5293
5294 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5295 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5296 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5297 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5298 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5299 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5300
5301 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5302 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5303 man via menu.
5304
5305 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5306 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5307 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5308 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5309 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5310
5311 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5312 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5313 span the needed amount of lines.
5314
5315 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5316 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5317 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5318 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5319
5320 Variables controlling indentation style:
5321 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5322 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5323 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5324 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5325 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5326 `cperl-auto-newline'
5327 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5328 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5329 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5330 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5331 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5332 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5333 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5334 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5335 `cperl-indent-level'
5336 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5337 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5338 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5339 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5340 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5341 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5342 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5343 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5344 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5345 `cperl-brace-offset'
5346 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5347 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5348 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5349 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5350 `cperl-label-offset'
5351 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5352 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5353 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5354
5355 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5356 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5357 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5358 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5359 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5360 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5361
5362 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5363 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5364 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5365 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5366
5367 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5368 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5369 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5370 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5371 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5372 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5373
5374 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5375 column 0 is indented on
5376 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5377
5378 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5379 with no args.
5380
5381 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5382 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5383 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5384
5385 \(fn)" t nil)
5386
5387 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc) "cperl-mode" "\
5388 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5389
5390 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5391
5392 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc-at-point) "cperl-mode" "\
5393 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5394
5395 \(fn)" t nil)
5396
5397 ;;;***
5398 \f
5399 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5400 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
5401 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5402
5403 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5404 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5405 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5406 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5407 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5408
5409 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5410
5411 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5412 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5413
5414 \(fn)" t nil)
5415
5416 ;;;***
5417 \f
5418 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5419 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
5420 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5421
5422 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5423 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5424 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5425 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5426
5427 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5428 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5429
5430 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" nil)
5431
5432 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5433 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5434 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5435
5436 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5437
5438 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5439
5440 ;;;***
5441 \f
5442 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5443 ;;;;;; (17506 11763))
5444 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5445
5446 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5447 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5448 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5449 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5450
5451 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5452 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5453 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5454 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5455
5456 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5457 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5458 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5459
5460 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5461 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5462 'bob', and 'eve'.
5463
5464 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5465 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5466 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5467
5468 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5469
5470 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5471 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5472 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5473
5474 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5475
5476 ;;;***
5477 \f
5478 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5479 ;;;;;; (17664 10809))
5480 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5481
5482 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5483 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5484 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5485 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5486 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5487 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5488
5489 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" nil)
5490
5491 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5492 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5493 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5494 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5495 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5496
5497 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5498 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5499 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5500 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5501 function of these prefix keys.
5502
5503 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5504 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5505 options:
5506 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5507 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5508 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5509
5510 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5511 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5512 the prefix fallback behavior.
5513
5514 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5515 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5516 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5517 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5518
5519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5520
5521 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5522 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5523
5524 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5525 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5526 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5527 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution, so you may\n"
5528 "now enable CUA via the Options menu or by customizing option `cua-mode'.\n\n"
5529 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5530 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5531 (if user-init-file (concat
5532 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5533 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5534
5535 ;;;***
5536 \f
5537 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5538 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5539 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5540 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5541 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
5542 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5543 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5544 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5545 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (17759 28868))
5546 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5547 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5548
5549 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5550 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5551
5552 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5553 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5554
5555 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5556 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5557
5558 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5559
5560 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5561
5562 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5563 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5564 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5565
5566 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5567 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5568
5569 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5570 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5571
5572 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5573 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5574
5575 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5576 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5577
5578 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5579
5580 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5581
5582 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5583 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5584 Return VALUE.
5585
5586 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5587 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5588
5589 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5590 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5591
5592 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5593 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5594
5595 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5596 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5597
5598 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5599
5600 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5601
5602 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5603 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5604 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5605 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5606 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5607
5608 \(fn)" t nil)
5609
5610 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5611 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5612 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5613 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5614
5615 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5616
5617 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5618 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5619
5620 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5621
5622 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5623 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5624
5625 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5626
5627 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5628
5629 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5630 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5631
5632 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5633
5634 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5635
5636 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5637 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5638 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5639
5640 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5641
5642 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5643 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5644 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5645 as part of Emacs itself.
5646
5647 Each elements looks like this:
5648
5649 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5650
5651 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5652 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5653 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5654 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5655 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5656 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5657 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5658 and `defface'.
5659
5660 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5661
5662 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5663 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5664 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5665 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5666 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5667
5668 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5669 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5670 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5671 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5672
5673 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5674
5675 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5676 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5677 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5678 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5679 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5680
5681 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5682 that were added or redefined since that version.
5683
5684 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5685
5686 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5687 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5688 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5689 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5690
5691 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5692 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5693
5694 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5695
5696 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5697 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5698 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5699
5700 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5701 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5702
5703 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5704
5705 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5706 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
5707
5708 \(fn)" t nil)
5709
5710 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5711 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5712
5713 \(fn)" t nil)
5714
5715 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5716 Customize all already saved user options.
5717
5718 \(fn)" t nil)
5719
5720 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5721 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5722 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5723 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5724 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5725 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5726 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5727 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5728
5729 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5730
5731 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5732 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5733 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5734 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5735
5736 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5737
5738 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5739 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5740
5741 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5742
5743 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5744 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5745
5746 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5747
5748 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5749 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5750 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5751 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5752 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5753 that option.
5754
5755 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5756
5757 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5758 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5759 The result includes selecting that window.
5760 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5761 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5762 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5763 that option.
5764
5765 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5766
5767 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5768 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5769
5770 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5771
5772 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5773 File used for storing customization information.
5774 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5775 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5776 it should be an absolute file name.
5777
5778 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5779 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5780 something like the following in your init file:
5781
5782 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5783 \(load custom-file)
5784
5785 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5786 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5787
5788 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5789 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5790 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5791 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5792 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5793
5794 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5795 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5796 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5797 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5798 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5799 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5800 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5801 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5802 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5803 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5804
5805 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit" t)
5806
5807 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5808 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5809
5810 \(fn)" nil nil)
5811
5812 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5813 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5814
5815 \(fn)" t nil)
5816
5817 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5818 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5819 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5820
5821 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5822
5823 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5824 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5825 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5826 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5827 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5828
5829 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5830
5831 ;;;***
5832 \f
5833 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5834 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17504 41540))
5835 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5836
5837 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5838 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5839
5840 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5841
5842 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5843 Alist of face attributes.
5844
5845 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5846 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5847 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5848 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5849 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5850 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5851
5852 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5853 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5854 customization type TYPE).
5855
5856 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5857 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5858 given face attribute.")
5859
5860 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5861 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5862 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5863 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5864
5865 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5866
5867 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5868 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5869 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5870 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5871 between themes and faces.
5872 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5873
5874 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5875 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5876
5877 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5878
5879 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5880 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5881 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5882
5883 (FACE IGNORED)
5884
5885 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5886
5887 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5888
5889 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5890 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5891 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5892
5893 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5894
5895 (FACE FROM-THEME)
5896
5897 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5898
5899 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5900
5901 ;;;***
5902 \f
5903 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5904 ;;;;;; (17632 36218))
5905 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5906
5907 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5908 Create a custom theme.
5909
5910 \(fn)" t nil)
5911
5912 ;;;***
5913 \f
5914 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5915 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
5916 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5917
5918 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5919 Mode used for cvs status output.
5920
5921 \(fn)" t nil)
5922
5923 ;;;***
5924 \f
5925 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5926 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17504 41540))
5927 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5928
5929 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5930 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5931
5932 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5933 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5934 C++ modes are included.
5935
5936 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5937
5938 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5939
5940 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5941 Turn on CWarn mode.
5942
5943 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5944 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5945
5946 \(fn)" nil nil)
5947
5948 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5949 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5950 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5951 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5952 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5953 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5954
5955 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" nil)
5956
5957 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5958 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5959 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5960 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5961 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5962
5963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5964
5965 ;;;***
5966 \f
5967 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5968 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5969 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
5970 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5971
5972 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5973 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5974
5975 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5976
5977 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5978 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5979
5980 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5981
5982 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5983 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5984 For readability, the table is slightly
5985 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5986
5987 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5988 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5989 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5990 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5991 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5992
5993 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5994
5995 ;;;***
5996 \f
5997 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5998 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
5999 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6000 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6001 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6002
6003 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
6004 Completion on current word.
6005 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
6006 and presents suggestions for completion.
6007
6008 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6009 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6010 completions.
6011
6012 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
6013 then it searches *all* buffers.
6014
6015 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6016
6017 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
6018 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
6019
6020 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6021 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6022 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6023 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6024 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6025
6026 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6027 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6028
6029 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6030 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6031 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6032
6033 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6034 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6035
6036 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
6037
6038 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6039
6040 ;;;***
6041 \f
6042 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17504
6043 ;;;;;; 41540))
6044 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6045
6046 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
6047 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6048
6049 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6050 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6051 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6052
6053 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6054 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6055 Data lines are not indented.
6056
6057 Key bindings:
6058
6059 \\{dcl-mode-map}
6060 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6061
6062 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6063 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6064 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6065 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6066
6067 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6068
6069 dcl-basic-offset
6070 Extra indentation within blocks.
6071
6072 dcl-continuation-offset
6073 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6074
6075 dcl-margin-offset
6076 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6077
6078 dcl-margin-label-offset
6079 Indentation for a label.
6080
6081 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6082 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6083
6084 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6085 dcl-block-end-regexp
6086 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6087 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6088 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6089 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6090 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6091
6092 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6093 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6094 Two such functions are included in the package:
6095 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6096 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6097
6098 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6099 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6100 One such function is included in the package:
6101 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6102
6103 dcl-tab-always-indent
6104 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6105 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6106 margin.
6107
6108 dcl-electric-characters
6109 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6110 typed.
6111
6112 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6113 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6114 which words trigger electric indentation.
6115
6116 dcl-tempo-comma
6117 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6118 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6119 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6120
6121 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6122 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6123 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6124 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6125
6126 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6127 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6128 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6129 dcl-imenu-label-call
6130 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6131
6132 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6133 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6134 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6135 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6136
6137
6138 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6139
6140 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6141 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6142 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6143 $ i = 1
6144 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6145 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6146 $ label:
6147 $ if i.eq.1
6148 $ then
6149 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6150 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6151 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6152 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6153 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6154 \"lined up with the command line\"
6155 $ type sys$input
6156 Data lines are not indented at all.
6157 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6158 $ endif
6159 $
6160
6161
6162 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6163 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6164
6165 \(fn)" t nil)
6166
6167 ;;;***
6168 \f
6169 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6170 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17504 41540))
6171 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6172
6173 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6174
6175 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6176 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6177 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6178 of the evaluator.
6179
6180 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6181 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6182 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6183
6184 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6185
6186 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6187 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6188
6189 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6190
6191 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6192 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6193 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6194 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6195 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6196 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6197
6198 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6199 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6200
6201 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6202
6203 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6204 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6205 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6206 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6207 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6208
6209 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6210
6211 ;;;***
6212 \f
6213 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6214 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
6215 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6216
6217 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6218 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6219
6220 \(fn)" t nil)
6221
6222 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6223 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6224 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6225 Upper-case letters are commands.
6226
6227 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6228 modify it.
6229
6230 The most useful commands are:
6231 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6232 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6233 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6234 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6235 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6236 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6237
6238 \(fn)" t nil)
6239
6240 ;;;***
6241 \f
6242 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6243 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17686
6244 ;;;;;; 35928))
6245 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6246
6247 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6248 Customization of `columns' group.
6249
6250 \(fn)" t nil)
6251
6252 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6253 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6254
6255 START and END delimits the text region.
6256
6257 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6258
6259 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6260 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6261
6262 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6263
6264 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6265
6266 ;;;***
6267 \f
6268 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17604
6269 ;;;;;; 18983))
6270 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6271
6272 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6273 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6274 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6275 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6276 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6277 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6278
6279 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6280
6281 Customization:
6282
6283 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6284 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6285 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6286 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6287 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6288 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6289 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6290 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6291 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6292 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6293 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6294 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6295 blank line.
6296 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6297 Directories to search when finding external units.
6298 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6299 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6300
6301 Coloring:
6302
6303 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6304 Face used to color delphi comments.
6305 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6306 Face used to color delphi strings.
6307 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6308 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6309 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6310 Face used to color everything else.
6311
6312 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6313 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6314
6315 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6316
6317 ;;;***
6318 \f
6319 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17504
6320 ;;;;;; 41540))
6321 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6322
6323 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6324
6325 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6326 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6327 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6328 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6329 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6330 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6331
6332 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" nil)
6333
6334 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6335 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6336 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6337 positive.
6338
6339 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6340 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6341 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6342 any selection.
6343
6344 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6345
6346 ;;;***
6347 \f
6348 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6349 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17504 41540))
6350 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6351
6352 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6353 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6354
6355 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6356
6357 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6358 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6359 or nil if there is no parent.
6360 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6361 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6362 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6363 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6364 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6365
6366 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6367 arguments are currently understood:
6368 :group GROUP
6369 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6370 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6371 :syntax-table TABLE
6372 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6373 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6374 :abbrev-table TABLE
6375 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6376 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6377
6378 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6379
6380 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6381
6382 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6383 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6384 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6385
6386 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6387 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6388
6389 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6390 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6391 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6392
6393 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6394 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6395
6396 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6397 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6398
6399 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6400
6401 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6402
6403 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6404 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6405 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6406 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6407 the first time the mode is used.
6408
6409 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6410
6411 ;;;***
6412 \f
6413 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6414 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17504 41540))
6415 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6416
6417 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6418 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6419 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6420 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6421 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6422 otherwise.
6423
6424 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6425
6426 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6427 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6428 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6429 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6430 character composition information (if relevant),
6431 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6432
6433 \(fn POS)" t nil)
6434
6435 ;;;***
6436 \f
6437 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6438 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6439 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6440 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (17672 28070))
6441 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6442
6443 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6444 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6445 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
6446
6447 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" nil)
6448
6449 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6450 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6451 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6452 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6453 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6454 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6455
6456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6457
6458 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6459 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6460 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6461 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6462
6463 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop" t)
6464
6465 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6466 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6467 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6468
6469 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6470 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6471 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6472
6473 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6474 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6475
6476 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6477 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6478 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6479
6480 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6481 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6482 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6483 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6484
6485 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6486
6487 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6488 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6489
6490 Handlers are called with argument list
6491
6492 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6493
6494 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6495
6496 desktop-file-version
6497 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6498 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6499 desktop-buffer-point
6500 desktop-buffer-mark
6501 desktop-buffer-read-only
6502 desktop-buffer-locals
6503
6504 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6505 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6506
6507 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6508 code like
6509
6510 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6511 ...
6512 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6513 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6514
6515 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6516
6517 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6518
6519 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6520 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6521 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6522 List elements must have the form
6523
6524 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6525
6526 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6527 function.
6528
6529 Handlers are called with argument list
6530
6531 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6532
6533 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6534
6535 desktop-file-version
6536 desktop-buffer-file-name
6537 desktop-buffer-name
6538 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6539 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6540 desktop-buffer-point
6541 desktop-buffer-mark
6542 desktop-buffer-read-only
6543 desktop-buffer-misc
6544
6545 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6546 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6547 created and set.
6548
6549 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6550 code like
6551
6552 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6553 ...
6554 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6555 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6556
6557 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6558
6559 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6560
6561 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6562
6563 (autoload (quote desktop-clear) "desktop" "\
6564 Empty the Desktop.
6565 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6566 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6567 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6568
6569 \(fn)" t nil)
6570
6571 (autoload (quote desktop-save) "desktop" "\
6572 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6573 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6574 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6575
6576 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6577
6578 (autoload (quote desktop-remove) "desktop" "\
6579 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6580 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6581
6582 \(fn)" t nil)
6583
6584 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6585 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6586 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6587 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6588 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6589 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6590 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6591 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6592
6593 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6594
6595 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6596 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6597 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6598
6599 \(fn)" nil nil)
6600
6601 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6602 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6603 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6604 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6605 directory DIRNAME.
6606
6607 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6608
6609 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6610 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6611
6612 \(fn)" t nil)
6613
6614 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6615 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6616
6617 \(fn)" t nil)
6618
6619 ;;;***
6620 \f
6621 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6622 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6623 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (17504 41540))
6624 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6625
6626 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6627 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6628 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6629 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6630 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6631 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6632
6633 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6634
6635 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6636 Repair a broken attribution line.
6637 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6638
6639 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6640
6641 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6642 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6643 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6644 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6645
6646 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6647
6648 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6649 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6650
6651 \(fn)" t nil)
6652
6653 ;;;***
6654 \f
6655 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6656 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17504 41540))
6657 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6658
6659 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6660
6661 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6662 Not documented
6663
6664 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6665
6666 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6667 Not documented
6668
6669 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
6670
6671 ;;;***
6672 \f
6673 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6674 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17522 22309))
6675 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6676
6677 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6678 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6679 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6680 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6681 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6682
6683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6684
6685 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6686 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6687 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6688 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6689
6690 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6691 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6692 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6693 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6694
6695 #!/bin/sh
6696 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6697 emacs -batch \\
6698 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6699 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6700 european-calendar-style t \\
6701 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6702 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6703 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6704
6705 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6706 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6707 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6708 to run it every morning at 1am.
6709
6710 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6711
6712 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6713 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6714
6715 \(fn)" t nil)
6716
6717 ;;;***
6718 \f
6719 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6720 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17544 39648))
6721 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6722
6723 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6724 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6725
6726 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff" t)
6727
6728 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6729 *The command to use to run diff.")
6730
6731 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff" t)
6732
6733 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6734 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6735 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6736 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6737 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6738 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6739
6740 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6741
6742 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6743 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6744 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6745 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6746 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6747 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6748
6749 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6750
6751 ;;;***
6752 \f
6753 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6754 ;;;;;; (17672 28070))
6755 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6756
6757 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6758 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6759 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6760 normal diffs.
6761 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6762 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6763 headers for you on-the-fly.
6764
6765 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6766 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6767 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6768 \\{diff-mode-map}
6769
6770 \(fn)" t nil)
6771
6772 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6773 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6774 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6775
6776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6777
6778 ;;;***
6779 \f
6780 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6781 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6782 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6783 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6784 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17746 34860))
6785 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6786
6787 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6788 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6789 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6790 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6791 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6792 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6793 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6794 `insert-directory' on `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6795
6796 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired" t)
6797
6798 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6799 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6800
6801 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6802 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6803 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6804 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6805 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6806
6807 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6808 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6809
6810 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6811 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6812 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6813 always set this variable to t.")
6814
6815 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired" t)
6816
6817 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6818 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6819 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6820 A value of t means move to first file.")
6821
6822 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired" t)
6823
6824 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6825 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6826 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6827 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6828 are afterward marked with that character.")
6829
6830 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired" t)
6831
6832 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6833 *Controls marking of copied files.
6834 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6835 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6836
6837 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired" t)
6838
6839 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6840 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6841 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6842 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6843
6844 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired" t)
6845
6846 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6847 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6848 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6849 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6850
6851 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired" t)
6852
6853 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6854 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6855 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6856 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6857
6858 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6859
6860 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired" t)
6861
6862 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6863 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6864 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6865
6866 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired" t)
6867
6868 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6869 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6870 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6871 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6872 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6873 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6874
6875 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6876 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6877 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6878 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6879 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6880 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6881 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6882 list of files to make directory entries for.
6883 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6884 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6885 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6886 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6887
6888 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6889
6890 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6891 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6892
6893 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6894 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6895
6896 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6897 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6898
6899 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6900 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6901
6902 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6903
6904 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6905 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6906
6907 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6908
6909 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6910 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6911 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6912 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6913 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6914 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6915 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6916 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6917 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6918 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6919 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6920 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6921 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6922 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6923 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6924 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6925 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6926 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6927 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6928 to see why something went wrong.
6929 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6930 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6931 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6932 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6933 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6934 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6935 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6936 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6937 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6938 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6939 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6940 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6941 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6942
6943 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6944 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6945 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6946 again for the directory tree.
6947
6948 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6949 for more info):
6950
6951 `dired-listing-switches'
6952 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6953 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6954 `dired-marker-char'
6955 `dired-del-marker'
6956 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6957 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6958 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6959 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6960
6961 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6962
6963 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6964 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6965 `dired-mode-hook'
6966 `dired-load-hook'
6967
6968 Keybindings:
6969 \\{dired-mode-map}
6970
6971 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6972 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6973
6974 ;;;***
6975 \f
6976 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6977 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6978 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6979 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6980 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6981 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6982 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6983 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6984 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6985 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6986 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6987 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6988 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6989 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17746 34860))
6990 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6991
6992 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6993 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6994 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6995 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6996 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6997 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6998 which is options for `diff'.
6999
7000 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7001
7002 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7003 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7004 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7005 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7006 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7007 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
7008
7009 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7010
7011 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
7012 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
7013 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
7014 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
7015 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
7016 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
7017 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
7018
7019 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
7020
7021 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
7022 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
7023 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
7024 returned by function `file-attributes'
7025
7026 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
7027 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
7028
7029 Examples of PREDICATE:
7030
7031 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
7032 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
7033 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
7034 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
7035 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
7036
7037 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
7038
7039 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
7040 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7041 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7042
7043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7044
7045 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
7046 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7047
7048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7049
7050 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
7051 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7052
7053 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7054
7055 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
7056 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7057 This calls touch.
7058
7059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7060
7061 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
7062 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7063 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7064 `lpr-switches' as default.
7065
7066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7067
7068 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7069 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7070 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7071 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7072 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7073
7074 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7075 with a prefix argument.
7076
7077 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
7078
7079 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7080 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7081 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7082 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7083 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7084
7085 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7086 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7087
7088 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7089 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7090 file name substituted for `?'.
7091
7092 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7093 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7094
7095 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7096 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7097 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7098 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7099
7100 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7101
7102 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7103 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7104 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7105
7106 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7107 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7108 in a subdir.
7109
7110 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7111 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7112 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7113
7114 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7115
7116 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7117 Not documented
7118
7119 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7120
7121 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
7122 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7123 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7124 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7125 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7126 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7127 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7128 from the buffer as well.
7129 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7130 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7131 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7132
7133 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7134
7135 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
7136 Not documented
7137
7138 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7139
7140 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
7141 Not documented
7142
7143 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7144
7145 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
7146 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7147
7148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7149
7150 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7151 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7152
7153 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7154
7155 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7156 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7157
7158 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7159
7160 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7161 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7162 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7163 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7164
7165 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7166 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7167 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7168 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7169 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7170 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7171 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7172
7173 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7174
7175 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7176 Not documented
7177
7178 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7179
7180 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7181 Not documented
7182
7183 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7184
7185 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7186 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7187
7188 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7189
7190 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7191 Not documented
7192
7193 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7194
7195 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7196 Not documented
7197
7198 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7199
7200 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7201 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7202
7203 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7204
7205 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7206 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7207 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7208 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7209 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7210 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7211 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7212 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7213 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7214
7215 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7216 like `cp -d'.
7217
7218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7219
7220 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7221 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7222 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7223 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7224 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7225 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7226 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7227 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7228
7229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7230
7231 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7232 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7233 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7234 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7235 and new hard links are made in that directory
7236 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7237 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7238 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7239
7240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7241
7242 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7243 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7244 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7245 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7246 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7247 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7248 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7249
7250 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7251
7252 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7253 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7254
7255 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7256 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7257 file if none are marked.
7258
7259 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7260 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7261 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7262 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7263
7264 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7265 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7266
7267 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7268
7269 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7270 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7271 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7272
7273 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7274
7275 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7276 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7277 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7278
7279 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7280
7281 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7282 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7283 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7284
7285 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7286
7287 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7288 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7289
7290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7291
7292 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7293 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7294
7295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7296
7297 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7298 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7299 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7300 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7301 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7302 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7303 this subdirectory.
7304 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7305
7306 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7307 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7308 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7309 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7310 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7311 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7312 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7313
7314 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7315
7316 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7317 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7318 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7319 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7320 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7321 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7322 this subdirectory.
7323 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7324
7325 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7326
7327 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7328 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7329 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7330
7331 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7332
7333 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7334 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7335 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7336 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7337
7338 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
7339
7340 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7341 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7342 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7343 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7344
7345 \(fn)" t nil)
7346
7347 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7348 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7349 Lower levels are unaffected.
7350
7351 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7352
7353 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7354 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7355
7356 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7357
7358 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7359 Go down in the dired tree.
7360
7361 \(fn)" t nil)
7362
7363 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7364 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7365 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7366 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7367
7368 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7369
7370 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7371 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7372 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7373 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7374
7375 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7376
7377 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7378 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7379 Stops when a match is found.
7380 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7381
7382 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7383
7384 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7385 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7386 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7387 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7388 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7389
7390 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7391
7392 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7393 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7394 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7395 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7396
7397 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7398
7399 ;;;***
7400 \f
7401 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (17656 34193))
7402 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7403
7404 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7405 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7406 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7407 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7408 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7409 buffer and try again.
7410
7411 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7412
7413 ;;;***
7414 \f
7415 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17586 63360))
7416 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7417
7418 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7419 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7420 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7421
7422 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7423
7424 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7425 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7426
7427 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7428 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7429
7430 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7431
7432 ;;;***
7433 \f
7434 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17504
7435 ;;;;;; 41540))
7436 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7437
7438 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7439 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7440 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7441 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7442 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7443 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7444
7445 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7446
7447 ;;;***
7448 \f
7449 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
7450 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
7451 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
7452 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
7453 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17504 41540))
7454 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7455
7456 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7457 Return a new, empty display table.
7458
7459 \(fn)" nil nil)
7460
7461 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7462 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7463 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7464 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7465 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7466
7467 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7468
7469 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7470 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7471 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7472 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7473 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7474
7475 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7476
7477 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7478 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7479
7480 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7481
7482 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7483 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7484
7485 \(fn)" t nil)
7486
7487 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7488 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7489
7490 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7491
7492 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7493 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7494
7495 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7496
7497 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7498 Display character C using printable string S.
7499
7500 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7501
7502 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7503 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7504 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7505 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7506
7507 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7508
7509 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7510 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7511 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7512 X frame.
7513
7514 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7515
7516 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7517 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7518
7519 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7520
7521 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7522 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7523
7524 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7525
7526 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7527 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7528
7529 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7530 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7531 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7532 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7533
7534 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7535 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7536 European character display.
7537
7538 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7539 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7540 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7541 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7542
7543 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7544 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7545 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7546 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7547 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7548
7549 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7550
7551 ;;;***
7552 \f
7553 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7554 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
7555 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7556
7557 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7558 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7559 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7560 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7561 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7562 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7563 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7564 Default is 2.
7565
7566 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7567
7568 ;;;***
7569 \f
7570 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17710 3074))
7571 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7572
7573 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file))) "\
7574 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7575 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7576 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7577 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7578 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7579 private or ask).
7580 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7581 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7582 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7583 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7584 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7585
7586 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" t)
7587
7588 ;;;***
7589 \f
7590 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7591 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17630 16368))
7592 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7593
7594 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7595 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7596 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7597 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7598 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7599 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7600 table and its own syntax table.
7601
7602 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7603
7604 \(fn)" t nil)
7605 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7606
7607 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7608 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7609
7610 \(fn)" t nil)
7611 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7612
7613 ;;;***
7614 \f
7615 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17504 41540))
7616 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7617
7618 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7619 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7620
7621 \(fn)" t nil)
7622
7623 ;;;***
7624 \f
7625 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7626 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
7627 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7628
7629 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7630 Toggle Double mode.
7631 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7632 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7633
7634 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double" nil)
7635
7636 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7637 Toggle Double mode.
7638 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7639
7640 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7641 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7642
7643 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7644
7645 ;;;***
7646 \f
7647 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17746 34862))
7648 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7649
7650 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7651 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7652
7653 \(fn)" t nil)
7654
7655 ;;;***
7656 \f
7657 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7658 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
7659 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7660
7661 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7662 Play sounds in message buffers.
7663
7664 \(fn)" t nil)
7665
7666 ;;;***
7667 \f
7668 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7669 ;;;;;; define-global-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7670 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17656 34193))
7671 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7672
7673 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7674
7675 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7676 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7677 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7678 and toggle command MODE.
7679
7680 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7681 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7682 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7683 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7684 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7685 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7686 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7687 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7688 used (see below).
7689
7690 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7691 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7692 and before running the hook variable `mode-HOOK'.
7693 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7694 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7695 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7696 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7697 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7698 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7699 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7700 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7701 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7702 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7703 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7704 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7705 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7706 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7707
7708 For example, you could write
7709 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7710 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7711 ...BODY CODE...)
7712
7713 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7714
7715 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-global-minor-mode))
7716
7717 (autoload (quote define-global-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7718 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
7719 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7720 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7721 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7722 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7723 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7724 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7725 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7726 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7727 or :keymap keywords to `define-global-minor-mode', since these
7728 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7729
7730 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7731 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7732 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7733 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7734 call another major mode in their body.
7735
7736 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7737
7738 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7739 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7740 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7741 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7742 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7743 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7744 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7745
7746 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7747
7748 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7749 Not documented
7750
7751 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7752
7753 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7754 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7755 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7756
7757 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7758
7759 ;;;***
7760 \f
7761 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7762 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17658
7763 ;;;;;; 58024))
7764 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7765
7766 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7767
7768 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7769 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7770
7771 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7772 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7773 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7774
7775 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7776 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7777
7778 :filter FUNCTION
7779
7780 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7781 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7782
7783 :visible INCLUDE
7784
7785 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7786 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7787
7788 :active ENABLE
7789
7790 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7791 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7792
7793 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7794
7795 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7796
7797 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7798
7799 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7800 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7801
7802 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7803 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7804
7805 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7806
7807 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7808
7809 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7810
7811 :keys KEYS
7812
7813 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7814 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7815 computed automatically.
7816 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7817
7818 :key-sequence KEYS
7819
7820 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7821 menu item.
7822 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7823 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7824 keyboard equivalent.
7825
7826 :active ENABLE
7827
7828 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7829 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7830
7831 :visible INCLUDE
7832
7833 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7834 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7835
7836 :suffix FORM
7837
7838 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7839 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7840
7841 :style STYLE
7842
7843 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7844 defined:
7845
7846 toggle: A checkbox.
7847 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7848 radio: A radio button.
7849 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7850 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7851 menu bar itself.
7852 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7853
7854 :selected SELECTED
7855
7856 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7857 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7858
7859 :help HELP
7860
7861 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7862
7863 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7864 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7865 as a solid horizontal line.
7866
7867 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7868
7869 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7870
7871 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7872 Not documented
7873
7874 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7875
7876 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7877 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7878 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7879 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7880
7881 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7882
7883 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7884 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7885 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7886 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7887 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7888 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7889
7890 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7891 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7892 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7893
7894 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7895 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7896
7897 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
7898
7899 ;;;***
7900 \f
7901 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7902 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7903 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
7904 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
7905 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
7906 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7907 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7908 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17759 28873))
7909 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7910
7911 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
7912 Customization for ebnf group.
7913
7914 \(fn)" t nil)
7915
7916 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7917 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7918
7919 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7920
7921 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7922 processed.
7923
7924 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7925
7926 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7927
7928 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7929 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7930
7931 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7932 killed after process termination.
7933
7934 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7935
7936 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7937
7938 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7939 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7940
7941 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7942 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7943 it to the printer.
7944
7945 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7946 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7947 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7948 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7949
7950 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7951
7952 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7953 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7954 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7955
7956 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7957
7958 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7959 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7960
7961 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7962
7963 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7964 processed.
7965
7966 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7967
7968 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7969
7970 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7971 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7972
7973 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7974 killed after process termination.
7975
7976 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7977
7978 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7979
7980 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7981 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7982 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7983 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7984
7985 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7986
7987 \(fn)" t nil)
7988
7989 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7990 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7991 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7992
7993 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7994
7995 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7996
7997 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7998 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7999
8000 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8001
8002 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8003 processed.
8004
8005 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8006
8007 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8008
8009 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8010 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8011
8012 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8013 killed after EPS generation.
8014
8015 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8016
8017 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8018
8019 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8020 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
8021
8022 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
8023 The EPS file name has the following form:
8024
8025 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8026
8027 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8028 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8029
8030 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8031 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
8032 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
8033 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8034
8035 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
8036
8037 \(fn)" t nil)
8038
8039 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8040 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
8041
8042 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
8043 The EPS file name has the following form:
8044
8045 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8046
8047 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8048 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8049
8050 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8051 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
8052 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
8053 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8054
8055 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
8056
8057 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8058
8059 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
8060
8061 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8062 Does a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8063
8064 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8065
8066 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8067 processed.
8068
8069 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8070
8071 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8072
8073 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8074 Does a syntactic analysis of the FILE.
8075
8076 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8077 killed after syntax checking.
8078
8079 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8080
8081 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8082
8083 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8084 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8085
8086 \(fn)" t nil)
8087
8088 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8089 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
8090
8091 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8092
8093 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
8094 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8095
8096 \(fn)" nil nil)
8097
8098 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8099 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8100
8101 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8102
8103 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8104
8105 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8106 Delete style NAME.
8107
8108 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8109
8110 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8111
8112 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8113 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8114
8115 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8116
8117 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8118
8119 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8120 Set STYLE as the current style.
8121
8122 It returns the old style symbol.
8123
8124 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8125
8126 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8127
8128 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8129 Reset current style.
8130
8131 It returns the old style symbol.
8132
8133 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8134
8135 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8136
8137 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8138 Push the current style and set STYLE as the current style.
8139
8140 It returns the old style symbol.
8141
8142 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8143
8144 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8145
8146 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8147 Pop a style and set it as the current style.
8148
8149 It returns the old style symbol.
8150
8151 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8152
8153 \(fn)" t nil)
8154
8155 ;;;***
8156 \f
8157 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8158 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8159 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8160 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8161 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8162 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8163 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8164 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8165 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8166 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8167 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17588
8168 ;;;;;; 11509))
8169 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8170
8171 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8172 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8173 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8174 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8175 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8176 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8177
8178 Tree mode key bindings:
8179 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8180
8181 \(fn)" t nil)
8182
8183 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8184 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8185
8186 \(fn)" t nil)
8187
8188 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8189 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8190
8191 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8192
8193 \(fn)" nil nil)
8194
8195 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8196 View declaration of member at point.
8197
8198 \(fn)" t nil)
8199
8200 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8201 Find declaration of member at point.
8202
8203 \(fn)" t nil)
8204
8205 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8206 View definition of member at point.
8207
8208 \(fn)" t nil)
8209
8210 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8211 Find definition of member at point.
8212
8213 \(fn)" t nil)
8214
8215 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8216 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8217
8218 \(fn)" t nil)
8219
8220 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8221 View definition of member at point in other window.
8222
8223 \(fn)" t nil)
8224
8225 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8226 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8227
8228 \(fn)" t nil)
8229
8230 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8231 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8232
8233 \(fn)" t nil)
8234
8235 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8236 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8237
8238 \(fn)" t nil)
8239
8240 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8241 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8242
8243 \(fn)" t nil)
8244
8245 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8246 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8247 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8248 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8249 completion.
8250
8251 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8252
8253 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8254 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8255 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8256 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8257
8258 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8259
8260 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8261 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8262 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8263 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8264
8265 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8266
8267 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8268 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8269 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8270
8271 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8272
8273 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8274 Search for call sites of a member.
8275 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8276 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8277 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8278 looks like a function call to the member.
8279
8280 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8281
8282 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8283 Move backward in the position stack.
8284 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8285
8286 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8287
8288 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8289 Move forward in the position stack.
8290 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8291
8292 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8293
8294 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8295 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8296
8297 \(fn)" t nil)
8298
8299 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8300 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8301
8302 \(fn)" t nil)
8303
8304 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8305 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8306 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8307 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8308
8309 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8310
8311 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8312 Display statistics for a class tree.
8313
8314 \(fn)" t nil)
8315
8316 ;;;***
8317 \f
8318 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8319 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
8320 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8321
8322 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8323 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8324 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8325 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8326
8327 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8328 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8329 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8330
8331 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8332 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8333 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8334
8335 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8336
8337 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8338
8339 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8340
8341 ;;;***
8342 \f
8343 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8344 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17504 41540))
8345 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8346
8347 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8348 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8349 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8350
8351 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8352
8353 ;;;***
8354 \f
8355 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8356 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8357 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17628 62479))
8358 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8359
8360 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8361 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8362 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8363 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8364 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8365
8366 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8367 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8368 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8369 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8370
8371 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" t)
8372
8373 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8374 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8375 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8376 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8377
8378 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" t)
8379
8380 (autoload (quote edebug-basic-spec) "edebug" "\
8381 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8382 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8383 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8384
8385 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8386
8387 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8388
8389 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8390 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8391 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8392 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8393 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8394
8395 If you do this on a function definition
8396 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8397 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8398 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8399 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8400
8401 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8402 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8403 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8404 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8405 already is one.)
8406
8407 \(fn)" t nil)
8408
8409 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8410 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8411
8412 \(fn)" t nil)
8413
8414 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8415 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8416
8417 \(fn)" t nil)
8418
8419 ;;;***
8420 \f
8421 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8422 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8423 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8424 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8425 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8426 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8427 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8428 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8429 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8430 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17759 28868))
8431 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8432
8433 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8434 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8435
8436 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8437
8438 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8439 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8440
8441 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8442
8443 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8444
8445 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8446
8447 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8448 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8449 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8450 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8451
8452 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8453
8454 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8455 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8456
8457 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8458
8459 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8460
8461 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8462 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8463
8464 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8465
8466 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8467
8468 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8469 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8470 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8471 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8472
8473 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8474
8475 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8476
8477 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8478 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8479 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8480 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8481
8482 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8483
8484 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8485
8486 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8487 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8488 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8489 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8490
8491 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8492
8493 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8494
8495 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8496 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8497 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8498 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8499
8500 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8501
8502 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8503
8504 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8505 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8506 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8507 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8508 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8509 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8510
8511 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8512
8513 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8514 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8515 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8516 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8517
8518 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8519
8520 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8521
8522 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8523 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8524 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8525 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8526
8527 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8528
8529 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8530
8531 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8532
8533 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8534 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8535 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8536 follows:
8537 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8538 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8539
8540 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8541
8542 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8543 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8544 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8545 follows:
8546 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8547 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8548
8549 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8550
8551 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8552 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8553 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8554 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8555 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8556 region.
8557 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8558 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8559
8560 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8561
8562 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8563 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8564 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8565 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8566 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8567 region.
8568 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8569 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8570 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8571
8572 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8573
8574 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8575
8576 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8577 Merge two files without ancestor.
8578
8579 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8580
8581 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8582 Merge two files with ancestor.
8583
8584 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8585
8586 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8587
8588 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8589 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8590
8591 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8592
8593 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8594 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8595
8596 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8597
8598 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8599 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8600 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8601 buffer.
8602
8603 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8604
8605 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8606 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8607 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8608 buffer.
8609
8610 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8611
8612 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8613 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8614 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8615 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8616
8617 \(fn POS)" t nil)
8618
8619 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8620 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8621 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8622 and don't ask the user.
8623 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8624 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8625
8626 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8627
8628 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8629 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8630 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8631 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8632 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8633 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8634 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8635 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8636
8637 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8638
8639 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8640
8641 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8642
8643 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8644 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8645 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8646 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8647 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8648
8649 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8650
8651 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8652
8653 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8654 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8655 When called interactively, displays the version.
8656
8657 \(fn)" t nil)
8658
8659 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8660 Display Ediff's manual.
8661 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8662
8663 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8664
8665 ;;;***
8666 \f
8667 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8668 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
8669 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8670
8671 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8672 Not documented
8673
8674 \(fn)" t nil)
8675
8676 ;;;***
8677 \f
8678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17504 41540))
8679 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8680
8681 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8682 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8683
8684 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8685
8686 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8687
8688 ;;;***
8689 \f
8690 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8691 ;;;;;; (17731 48935))
8692 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8693
8694 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8695 Display Ediff's registry.
8696
8697 \(fn)" t nil)
8698
8699 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8700
8701 ;;;***
8702 \f
8703 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8704 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17680 45980))
8705 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8706
8707 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8708 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8709 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8710 which see.
8711
8712 \(fn)" t nil)
8713
8714 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8715 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8716 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8717 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8718
8719 \(fn)" t nil)
8720
8721 ;;;***
8722 \f
8723 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8724 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8725 ;;;;;; (17618 27597))
8726 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8727
8728 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8729 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8730 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8731
8732 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8733 Edit a keyboard macro.
8734 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8735 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8736 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8737 its command name.
8738 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8739
8740 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8741
8742 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8743 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8744
8745 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8746
8747 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8748 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8749
8750 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8751
8752 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8753 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8754 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8755 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8756 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8757 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8758
8759 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8760 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8761 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8762 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8763
8764 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8765
8766 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8767 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8768 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8769 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8770 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8771 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8772
8773 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8774
8775 ;;;***
8776 \f
8777 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8778 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17504 41540))
8779 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8780
8781 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8782 Set scroll margins.
8783 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8784 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8785
8786 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8787
8788 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8789 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8790
8791 \(fn)" t nil)
8792
8793 ;;;***
8794 \f
8795 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8796 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
8797 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8798
8799 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8800 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8801 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
8802 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8803 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8804 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8805 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8806 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8807
8808 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8809 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8810
8811 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8812 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8813 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8814 this value is non-nil.
8815
8816 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8817 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8818 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8819
8820 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8821 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8822 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
8823
8824 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8825
8826 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8827 Not documented
8828
8829 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8830
8831 ;;;***
8832 \f
8833 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8834 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17721 38189))
8835 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8836
8837 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8838 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8839
8840 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc" t)
8841
8842 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8843 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8844 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8845 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8846 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8847 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8848 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8849
8850 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8851
8852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8853
8854 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8855 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8856
8857 \(fn)" t nil)
8858
8859 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8860 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8861 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8862 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8863 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8864 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8865 arg list.
8866
8867 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8868 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8869
8870 ;;;***
8871 \f
8872 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17504
8873 ;;;;;; 41540))
8874 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8875
8876 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8877 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8878
8879 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8880 an elided material again.
8881
8882 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8883
8884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8885
8886 ;;;***
8887 \f
8888 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8889 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
8890 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8891
8892 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
8893 Initialize elint.
8894
8895 \(fn)" t nil)
8896
8897 ;;;***
8898 \f
8899 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8900 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17504
8901 ;;;;;; 41540))
8902 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8903
8904 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
8905 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8906 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8907
8908 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8909
8910 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
8911 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8912 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8913
8914 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8915
8916 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
8917 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8918 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8919
8920 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8921
8922 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8923
8924 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
8925 Display current profiling results.
8926 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8927 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
8928 displayed.
8929
8930 \(fn)" t nil)
8931
8932 ;;;***
8933 \f
8934 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8935 ;;;;;; (17746 34862))
8936 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8937
8938 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
8939 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8940 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8941
8942 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8943
8944 ;;;***
8945 \f
8946 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8947 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8948 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8949 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8950 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17504 41540))
8951 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8952
8953 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8954 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8955 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8956 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8957 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8958 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8959 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8960 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8961 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8962 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8963 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8964 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8965 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8966 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8967 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8968 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8969
8970 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
8971 Run Emerge on two files.
8972
8973 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8974
8975 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8976 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8977
8978 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8979
8980 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
8981 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8982
8983 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8984
8985 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8986 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8987
8988 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8989
8990 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
8991 Not documented
8992
8993 \(fn)" nil nil)
8994
8995 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
8996 Not documented
8997
8998 \(fn)" nil nil)
8999
9000 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
9001 Not documented
9002
9003 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9004
9005 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
9006 Not documented
9007
9008 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9009
9010 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
9011 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9012
9013 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9014
9015 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9016 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9017
9018 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9019
9020 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
9021 Not documented
9022
9023 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9024
9025 ;;;***
9026 \f
9027 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9028 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
9029 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9030
9031 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
9032 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
9033 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9034 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9035 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9036 or call the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
9037
9038 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" nil)
9039
9040 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
9041 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
9042 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
9043
9044 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
9045 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
9046 automatically.
9047
9048 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
9049 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
9050 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
9051
9052 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9053
9054 ;;;***
9055 \f
9056 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9057 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17746 34862))
9058 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9059
9060 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
9061 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9062 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9063 text/enriched format.
9064 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9065
9066 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9067 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9068
9069 Commands:
9070
9071 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9072
9073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9074
9075 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
9076 Not documented
9077
9078 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9079
9080 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
9081 Not documented
9082
9083 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9084
9085 ;;;***
9086 \f
9087 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc-select erc-select-read-args)
9088 ;;;;;; "erc" "erc/erc.el" (17746 35371))
9089 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9090
9091 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
9092 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9093
9094 \(fn)" nil nil)
9095
9096 (autoload (quote erc-select) "erc" "\
9097 Select connection parameters and run ERC.
9098 Non-interactively, it takes keyword arguments
9099 (server (erc-compute-server))
9100 (port (erc-compute-port))
9101 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9102 password
9103 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9104
9105 That is, if called with
9106
9107 (erc-select :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9108
9109 server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9110 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9111 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9112
9113 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9114
9115 (autoload (quote erc-handle-irc-url) "erc" "\
9116 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9117 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9118 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9119
9120 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9121
9122 ;;;***
9123 \f
9124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (17746
9125 ;;;;;; 34861))
9126 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9127 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9128
9129 ;;;***
9130 \f
9131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (17504 41540))
9132 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9133 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9134
9135 ;;;***
9136 \f
9137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (17504 41540))
9138 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9139 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9140
9141 ;;;***
9142 \f
9143 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9144 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (17746 34861))
9145 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9146
9147 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9148 Parser for /dcc command.
9149 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9150 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9151 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9152
9153 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9154
9155 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9156 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9157
9158 \(fn)" nil nil)
9159
9160 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9161 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9162
9163 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9164 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9165 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9166 that subcommand.
9167
9168 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9169
9170 ;;;***
9171 \f
9172 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9173 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9174 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9175 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9176 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
9177 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9178
9179 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9180 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9181
9182 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9183
9184 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9185 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9186 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9187 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9188
9189 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9190
9191 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9192 Not documented
9193
9194 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9195
9196 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9197 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9198
9199 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9200
9201 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9202 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9203
9204 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9205
9206 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9207 Reset the EZBounce session list to NIL.
9208
9209 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9210
9211 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9212 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9213
9214 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9215
9216 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9217 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9218
9219 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9220
9221 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9222 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9223
9224 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9225
9226 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9227 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9228
9229 \(fn)" nil nil)
9230
9231 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9232 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9233
9234 \(fn)" nil nil)
9235
9236 ;;;***
9237 \f
9238 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (17504
9239 ;;;;;; 41540))
9240 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9241 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9242
9243 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9244 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9245 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9246
9247 \(fn)" nil nil)
9248
9249 ;;;***
9250 \f
9251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (17504
9252 ;;;;;; 41540))
9253 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9254 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9255
9256 ;;;***
9257 \f
9258 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9259 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (17592 59702))
9260 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9261 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9262
9263 (autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9264 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9265 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9266 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9267 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9268 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9269 system.
9270
9271 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9272
9273 (autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9274 Not documented
9275
9276 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9277
9278 ;;;***
9279 \f
9280 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9281 ;;;;;; (17592 59702))
9282 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9283
9284 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9285 Not documented
9286
9287 \(fn)" nil nil)
9288
9289 ;;;***
9290 \f
9291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (17504 41540))
9292 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9293 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9294
9295 ;;;***
9296 \f
9297 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-chanlist erc-list-channels) "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el"
9298 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
9299 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9300 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9301
9302 (autoload (quote erc-list-channels) "erc-list" "\
9303 Display a buffer containing a list of channels on the current server.
9304 Optional argument CHANNEL specifies a single channel to list (instead of every
9305 available channel).
9306
9307 \(fn &rest CHANNEL)" t nil)
9308
9309 (autoload (quote erc-chanlist) "erc-list" "\
9310 Show a channel listing of the current server in a special mode.
9311 Please note that this function only works with IRC servers which conform
9312 to RFC and send the LIST header (#321) at start of list transmission.
9313
9314 \(fn &optional CHANNELS)" t nil)
9315
9316 ;;;***
9317 \f
9318 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9319 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (17623 45181))
9320 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9321 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9322
9323 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9324 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9325 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9326 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9327 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9328 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9329
9330 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9331
9332 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9333 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9334 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9335 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9336
9337 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9338 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9339 automatically.
9340
9341 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9342 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9343
9344 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9345
9346 ;;;***
9347 \f
9348 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9349 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9350 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9351 ;;;;;; (17632 36219))
9352 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9353 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9354
9355 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9356 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9357
9358 \(fn)" t nil)
9359
9360 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9361 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9362
9363 \(fn)" t nil)
9364
9365 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9366 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9367
9368 \(fn)" t nil)
9369
9370 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9371 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9372
9373 \(fn)" t nil)
9374
9375 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9376 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9377
9378 \(fn)" t nil)
9379
9380 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9381 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9382
9383 \(fn)" t nil)
9384
9385 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9386 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9387
9388 \(fn)" t nil)
9389
9390 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9391 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9392
9393 \(fn)" t nil)
9394
9395 ;;;***
9396 \f
9397 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9398 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
9399 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9400 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9401
9402 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9403 Show who's gone.
9404
9405 \(fn)" nil nil)
9406
9407 ;;;***
9408 \f
9409 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9410 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (17504 41540))
9411 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9412
9413 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9414 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9415 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9416 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9417
9418 \(fn)" nil nil)
9419
9420 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9421 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9422
9423 \(fn)" t nil)
9424
9425 ;;;***
9426 \f
9427 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9428 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (17504 41540))
9429 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9430 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9431
9432 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9433 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9434 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9435 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9436
9437 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9438
9439 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9440 Not documented
9441
9442 \(fn)" nil nil)
9443
9444 ;;;***
9445 \f
9446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (17504 41540))
9447 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9448 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9449
9450 ;;;***
9451 \f
9452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (17592
9453 ;;;;;; 59702))
9454 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9455 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9456
9457 ;;;***
9458 \f
9459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (17504 41540))
9460 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9461 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9462
9463 ;;;***
9464 \f
9465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (17504 41540))
9466 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9467 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9468
9469 ;;;***
9470 \f
9471 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9472 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (17504 41540))
9473 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9474 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9475
9476 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9477 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9478
9479 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9480
9481 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9482 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9483 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9484
9485 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9486
9487 ;;;***
9488 \f
9489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (17504 41540))
9490 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9491 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9492
9493 ;;;***
9494 \f
9495 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9496 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
9497 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9498
9499 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9500 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9501 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9502
9503 \(fn)" t nil)
9504
9505 ;;;***
9506 \f
9507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (17618
9508 ;;;;;; 27598))
9509 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9510 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9511
9512 ;;;***
9513 \f
9514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (17504 41540))
9515 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9516 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9517
9518 ;;;***
9519 \f
9520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (17592 59703))
9521 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9522 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9523 (autoload 'erc-track-when-inactive-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9524
9525 ;;;***
9526 \f
9527 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9528 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (17746 34861))
9529 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9530 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9531
9532 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9533 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9534 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9535 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9536
9537 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9538
9539 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9540 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9541 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9542
9543 \(fn)" t nil)
9544
9545 ;;;***
9546 \f
9547 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9548 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
9549 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9550
9551 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9552 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9553
9554 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9555
9556 ;;;***
9557 \f
9558 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17504
9559 ;;;;;; 41540))
9560 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9561
9562 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9563 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9564
9565 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9566
9567 \(fn)" nil nil)
9568
9569 ;;;***
9570 \f
9571 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17504
9572 ;;;;;; 41540))
9573 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9574
9575 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9576 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9577
9578 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9579
9580 ;;;***
9581 \f
9582 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9583 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17504 41540))
9584 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9585
9586 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9587 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9588 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9589 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9590 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9591 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9592 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9593 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9594 buffer selected (or created).
9595
9596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9597
9598 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9599 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9600 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9601
9602 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9603
9604 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9605 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9606 The result might be any Lisp object.
9607 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9608 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9609 corresponding to a successful execution.
9610
9611 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9612
9613 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9614 Report a bug in Eshell.
9615 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9616 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9617
9618 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
9619
9620 ;;;***
9621 \f
9622 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9623 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9624 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9625 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9626 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9627 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9628 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9629 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
9630 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9631
9632 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9633 *File name of tags table.
9634 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9635 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9636 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9637 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9638
9639 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9640 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9641 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9642 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9643
9644 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags" t)
9645
9646 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9647 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9648 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9649 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9650 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9651 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9652
9653 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags" t)
9654
9655 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9656 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9657 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9658 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9659 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9660 `auto-compression-mode').")
9661
9662 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags" t)
9663
9664 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9665 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9666 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9667 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9668 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9669
9670 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags" t)
9671
9672 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9673 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9674 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9675 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9676
9677 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags" t)
9678
9679 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9680 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9681 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9682 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9683 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9684
9685 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags" t)
9686
9687 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9688 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9689
9690 \(fn)" t nil)
9691
9692 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9693 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9694 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9695 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9696
9697 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9698 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9699 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9700 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9701 file the tag was in.
9702
9703 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9704
9705 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9706 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9707 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9708 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9709 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9710 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9711 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9712 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9713 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9714
9715 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9716
9717 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9718 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9719 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9720 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9721 without directory names.
9722
9723 \(fn)" nil nil)
9724
9725 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9726 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9727 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9728 but does not select the buffer.
9729 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9730
9731 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9732 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9733 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9734 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9735 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9736
9737 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9738
9739 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9740 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9741 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9742
9743 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9744
9745 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9746
9747 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9748 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9749 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9750 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9751
9752 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9753 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9754 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9755 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9756 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9757
9758 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9759
9760 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9761 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9762 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9763
9764 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9765
9766 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9767 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9768
9769 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9770 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9771 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9772 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9773 around or before point.
9774
9775 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9776 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9777 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9778 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9779 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9780
9781 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9782
9783 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9784 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9785 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9786
9787 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9788
9789 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9790 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9791
9792 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9793 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9794 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9795 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9796 around or before point.
9797
9798 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9799 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9800 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9801 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9802 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9803
9804 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9805
9806 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9807 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9808 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9809
9810 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9811
9812 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9813 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9814
9815 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9816 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9817 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9818
9819 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9820 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9821 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9822 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9823 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9824
9825 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9826
9827 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9828 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9829 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9830
9831 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9832
9833 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9834 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9835 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9836
9837 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9838 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9839
9840 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9841 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9842 where they were found.
9843
9844 \(fn)" t nil)
9845
9846 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9847 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9848
9849 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9850 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9851 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9852
9853 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9854 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9855
9856 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9857 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9858
9859 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9860
9861 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9862 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9863 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9864 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9865
9866 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9867 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9868 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9869 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9870 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9871
9872 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9873 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9874
9875 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9876 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9877 Stops when a match is found.
9878 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9879
9880 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9881
9882 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9883
9884 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
9885 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9886 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9887 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9888 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9889
9890 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9891
9892 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9893
9894 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
9895 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9896 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9897 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9898 directory specification.
9899
9900 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9901
9902 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
9903 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9904
9905 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9906
9907 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
9908 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9909 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9910 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9911
9912 \(fn)" t nil)
9913
9914 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
9915 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9916 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9917 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9918 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9919
9920 \(fn)" t nil)
9921
9922 ;;;***
9923 \f
9924 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9925 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9926 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9927 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
9928 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
9929 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
9930 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
9931 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17557 12727))
9932 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9933
9934 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
9935 Not documented
9936
9937 \(fn)" nil nil)
9938
9939 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
9940 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9941 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
9942 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9943
9944 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
9945 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9946 language.
9947
9948 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
9949 even if the buffer is read-only.
9950
9951 See also the descriptions of the variables
9952 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9953 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9954
9955 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9956
9957 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9958 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9959
9960 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9961 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9962
9963 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
9964 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9965 language.
9966
9967 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
9968 buffer is read-only.
9969
9970 See also the descriptions of the variables
9971 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9972 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9973
9974 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9975
9976 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9977 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
9978 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9979
9980 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9981
9982 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9983 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
9984
9985 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
9986 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
9987
9988 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
9989 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
9990
9991 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9992
9993 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9994 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9995 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9996 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9997
9998 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9999
10000 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
10001 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
10002 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10003 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10004
10005 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
10006 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
10007 the primary language.
10008
10009 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10010 buffer is read-only.
10011
10012 See also the descriptions of the variables
10013 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10014 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10015
10016 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10017
10018 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10019 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
10020 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10021 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10022
10023 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
10024 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
10025 primary language.
10026
10027 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
10028 buffer is read-only.
10029
10030 See also the descriptions of the variables
10031 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10032 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10033
10034 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10035
10036 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10037 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10038 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10039
10040 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10041
10042 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10043 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
10044
10045 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
10046 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
10047 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
10048 3) convert the body into SERA.
10049
10050 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
10051
10052 \(fn)" t nil)
10053
10054 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10055 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10056 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10057
10058 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10059
10060 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
10061 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10062
10063 \(fn)" t nil)
10064
10065 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
10066 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10067
10068 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10069 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
10070 be 1, 2, or 3.
10071
10072 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10073 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10074 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10075
10076 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
10077
10078 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10079
10080 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
10081 Allow the user to input special characters.
10082
10083 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10084
10085 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10086 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10087 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
10088
10089 \(fn)" t nil)
10090
10091 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10092 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10093
10094 \(fn)" t nil)
10095
10096 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10097 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10098
10099 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10100 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10101
10102 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10103 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10104
10105 \(fn)" nil nil)
10106
10107 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10108 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10109
10110 \(fn)" nil nil)
10111
10112 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
10113 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
10114
10115 \(fn)" nil nil)
10116
10117 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
10118 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10119
10120 \(fn)" nil nil)
10121
10122 ;;;***
10123 \f
10124 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10125 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10126 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
10127 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10128
10129 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
10130 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10131 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10132 server for future sessions.
10133
10134 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10135
10136 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
10137 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10138 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10139
10140 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10141
10142 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
10143 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10144 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10145
10146 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10147
10148 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
10149 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10150 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10151 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10152 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10153 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10154 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10155 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10156 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10157 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10158 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10159 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10160
10161 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10162
10163 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
10164 Display a form to query the directory server.
10165 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10166 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10167
10168 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10169
10170 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
10171 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10172 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10173
10174 \(fn)" t nil)
10175
10176 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10177
10178 ;;;***
10179 \f
10180 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10181 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10182 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17504 41540))
10183 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10184
10185 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
10186 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10187
10188 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10189
10190 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
10191 Display URL and make it clickable.
10192
10193 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10194
10195 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
10196 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10197
10198 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10199
10200 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
10201 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10202
10203 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10204
10205 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
10206 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10207
10208 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10209
10210 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
10211 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10212
10213 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10214
10215 ;;;***
10216 \f
10217 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10218 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17504 41540))
10219 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10220
10221 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
10222 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10223 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10224
10225 \(fn)" t nil)
10226
10227 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
10228 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10229
10230 \(fn)" t nil)
10231
10232 ;;;***
10233 \f
10234 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10235 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
10236 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10237
10238 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10239 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10240
10241 \(fn)" t nil)
10242
10243 ;;;***
10244 \f
10245 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (17541
10246 ;;;;;; 35103))
10247 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10248
10249 (autoload (quote ewoc-create) "ewoc" "\
10250 Create an empty ewoc.
10251
10252 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10253
10254 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10255 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10256 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10257 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10258 `insert-before-markers'.
10259
10260 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10261 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10262 respectively, of the ewoc.
10263
10264 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10265 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10266 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10267
10268 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10269
10270 ;;;***
10271 \f
10272 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10273 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10274 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10275 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
10276 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10277
10278 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
10279 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10280 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10281
10282 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10283
10284 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
10285 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10286 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10287 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10288 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10289
10290 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10291
10292 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
10293 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10294 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10295 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10296 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10297 executable.
10298
10299 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10300
10301 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
10302 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10303 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10304
10305 \(fn)" t nil)
10306
10307 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
10308 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10309 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10310 file modes.
10311
10312 \(fn)" nil nil)
10313
10314 ;;;***
10315 \f
10316 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10317 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (17746 34860))
10318 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10319
10320 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
10321 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10322 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10323 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10324
10325 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10326
10327 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10328 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10329 to generate such functions.
10330
10331 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10332 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10333 beginning of the expanded text.
10334
10335 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10336 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10337 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10338 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10339
10340 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10341
10342 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10343
10344 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
10345 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10346 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10347
10348 \(fn)" t nil)
10349
10350 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
10351 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10352 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10353
10354 \(fn)" t nil)
10355 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10356 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10357
10358 ;;;***
10359 \f
10360 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17759 28873))
10361 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10362
10363 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
10364 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10365 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10366
10367 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10368 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10369 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10370
10371 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10372
10373 Key definitions:
10374 \\{f90-mode-map}
10375
10376 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10377
10378 `f90-do-indent'
10379 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10380 `f90-if-indent'
10381 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10382 `f90-type-indent'
10383 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10384 `f90-program-indent'
10385 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10386 (default 2).
10387 `f90-continuation-indent'
10388 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10389 `f90-comment-region'
10390 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10391 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10392 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10393 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10394 (default \"!\").
10395 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10396 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10397 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10398 `f90-break-delimiters'
10399 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10400 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10401 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10402 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10403 (default t).
10404 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10405 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10406 `f90-smart-end'
10407 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10408 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10409 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10410 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10411 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10412 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10413 `f90-leave-line-no'
10414 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10415
10416 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10417 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10418
10419 \(fn)" t nil)
10420
10421 ;;;***
10422 \f
10423 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10424 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10425 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10426 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10427 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17718 30634))
10428 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10429 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10430 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10431
10432 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
10433 Menu keymap for faces.")
10434
10435 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
10436
10437 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
10438 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10439
10440 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
10441
10442 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
10443 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10444
10445 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
10446
10447 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10448 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10449
10450 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10451
10452 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10453 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10454
10455 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10456
10457 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10458 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10459
10460 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10461
10462 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10463 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10464
10465 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10466
10467 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10468
10469 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10470
10471 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10472
10473 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10474 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10475
10476 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10477 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10478 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10479 to the faces to use for the next character
10480 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10481 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10482
10483 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10484 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10485 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10486 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10487 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10488 preceding faces (including FACE).
10489
10490 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10491 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10492
10493 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10494
10495 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10496 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10497 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10498
10499 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10500 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10501 requested face.
10502
10503 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10504 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10505 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10506
10507 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10508
10509 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10510 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10511 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10512
10513 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10514 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10515 requested face.
10516
10517 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10518 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10519 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10520
10521 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10522
10523 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10524 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10525 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10526 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10527 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10528 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10529 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10530
10531 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10532 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10533 requested face.
10534
10535 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10536 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10537 to insert cancels the specification.
10538
10539 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10540
10541 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10542 Make the region invisible.
10543 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10544 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10545
10546 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10547
10548 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10549 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10550 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10551 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10552
10553 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10554
10555 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10556 Make the region unmodifiable.
10557 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10558 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10559
10560 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10561
10562 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10563 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10564
10565 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10566
10567 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10568 Remove all text properties from the region.
10569
10570 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10571
10572 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10573 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10574 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10575
10576 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10577
10578 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10579 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10580
10581 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10582
10583 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10584 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10585 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10586 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10587 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10588 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10589
10590 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10591
10592 ;;;***
10593 \f
10594 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10595 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10596 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17746 34862))
10597 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10598
10599 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10600 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10601 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10602 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10603
10604 \(fn)" nil nil)
10605
10606 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10607 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10608
10609 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10610
10611 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10612 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10613 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10614 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10615
10616 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10617
10618 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10619 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10620 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10621 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10622 backup file names and the like).
10623
10624 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10625
10626 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10627 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10628 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10629 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10630 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10631 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10632 internally by feedmail):
10633
10634 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10635 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10636 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10637 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10638
10639 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10640 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10641 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10642 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10643 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10644
10645 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10646
10647 ;;;***
10648 \f
10649 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10650 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17746 34860))
10651 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10652
10653 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10654 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10655 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10656 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10657 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10658 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10659 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10660
10661 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10662
10663 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10664 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10665 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10666 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10667 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10668 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10669 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10670
10671 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10672
10673 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10674
10675 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10676 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10677 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10678 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10679 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10680 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10681
10682 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10683
10684 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10685 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10686 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10687 Return value:
10688 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10689 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10690 * otherwise, nil
10691
10692 \(fn E)" t nil)
10693
10694 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10695 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10696
10697 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10698
10699 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10700 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10701
10702 \(fn)" t nil)
10703
10704 ;;;***
10705 \f
10706 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10707 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10708 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10709 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (17669 35274))
10710 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10711
10712 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory) "filecache" "\
10713 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10714 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10715 be added to the cache.
10716
10717 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10718
10719 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-list) "filecache" "\
10720 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10721 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10722 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10723 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10724
10725 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10726
10727 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-file) "filecache" "\
10728 Add FILE to the file cache.
10729
10730 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10731
10732 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-find) "filecache" "\
10733 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10734 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10735
10736 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10737
10738 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-locate) "filecache" "\
10739 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10740 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10741
10742 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10743
10744 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-recursively) "filecache" "\
10745 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10746 This function does not use any external programs
10747 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10748 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10749 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10750
10751 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10752
10753 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10754 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10755 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10756 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10757 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10758 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10759 \(directories) is done.
10760
10761 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10762 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10763 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10764 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10765
10766 ;;;***
10767 \f
10768 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17715
10769 ;;;;;; 55644))
10770 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10771
10772 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10773 Filesets initialization.
10774 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10775
10776 \(fn)" nil nil)
10777
10778 ;;;***
10779 \f
10780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (17746 34862))
10781 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10782 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10783
10784 ;;;***
10785 \f
10786 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10787 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10788 ;;;;;; (17652 14941))
10789 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10790
10791 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10792 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10793 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10794 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10795 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10796
10797 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired" t)
10798
10799 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10800 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10801 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10802 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10803 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10804
10805 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired" t)
10806
10807 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10808 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10809 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10810 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10811
10812 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired" t)
10813
10814 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10815 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10816 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10817
10818 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10819
10820 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10821 as the final argument.
10822
10823 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10824
10825 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10826 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10827 and run dired on those files.
10828 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10829 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10830
10831 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10832
10833 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10834
10835 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10836 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10837 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10838
10839 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10840
10841 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10842
10843 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10844
10845 ;;;***
10846 \f
10847 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10848 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10849 ;;;;;; (17595 2870))
10850 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10851
10852 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))))) "\
10853 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10854 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10855 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10856 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10857 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10858 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10859
10860 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
10861 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10862 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10863
10864 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10865
10866 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10867
10868 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
10869
10870 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10871 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10872 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10873
10874 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10875 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10876
10877 Variables of interest include:
10878
10879 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10880 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10881 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10882
10883 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10884 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10885 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10886
10887 - `ff-ignore-include'
10888 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10889
10890 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10891 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10892
10893 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10894 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10895
10896 - `ff-special-constructs'
10897 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10898 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10899 extracting the filename from that construct.
10900
10901 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10902 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10903
10904 - `ff-search-directories'
10905 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10906 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10907
10908 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10909 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10910
10911 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10912 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10913
10914 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10915 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10916
10917 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10918 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10919
10920 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10921 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10922
10923 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10924
10925 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10926 Visit the file you click on.
10927
10928 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10929
10930 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
10931 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10932
10933 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10934
10935 ;;;***
10936 \f
10937 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10938 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10939 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10940 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10941 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10942 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10943 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17746 34861))
10944 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10945
10946 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
10947 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
10948
10949 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10950
10951 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
10952 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10953 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10954 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10955
10956 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10957 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10958 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10959 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10960
10961 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10962
10963 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
10964 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10965
10966 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10967 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10968 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10969 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10970
10971 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10972 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10973 in `load-path'.
10974
10975 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10976
10977 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
10978 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10979
10980 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10981 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10982 places point before the definition.
10983 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10984
10985 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10986 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10987 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10988
10989 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10990
10991 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
10992 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10993
10994 See `find-function' for more details.
10995
10996 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10997
10998 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10999 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11000
11001 See `find-function' for more details.
11002
11003 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11004
11005 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
11006 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11007
11008 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11009 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11010 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11011
11012 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11013 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11014
11015 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11016
11017 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
11018 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
11019
11020 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11021 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11022 places point before the definition.
11023
11024 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11025
11026 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11027 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11028 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11029
11030 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11031
11032 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
11033 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11034
11035 See `find-variable' for more details.
11036
11037 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11038
11039 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11040 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11041
11042 See `find-variable' for more details.
11043
11044 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11045
11046 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
11047 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11048 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11049 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11050 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11051 buffer nor display it.
11052
11053 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11054 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11055
11056 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11057
11058 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
11059 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11060
11061 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11062 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11063 places point before the definition.
11064
11065 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11066
11067 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11068 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11069 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11070
11071 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
11072
11073 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
11074 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11075 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11076
11077 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11078
11079 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
11080 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11081
11082 \(fn)" t nil)
11083
11084 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
11085 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11086
11087 \(fn)" t nil)
11088
11089 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
11090 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11091
11092 \(fn)" nil nil)
11093
11094 ;;;***
11095 \f
11096 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11097 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17504 41540))
11098 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11099
11100 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
11101 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11102
11103 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11104
11105 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
11106 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11107
11108 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11109
11110 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
11111 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11112
11113 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11114
11115 ;;;***
11116 \f
11117 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11118 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17504 41540))
11119 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11120
11121 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
11122 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11123
11124 \(fn)" t nil)
11125
11126 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
11127 Display FILE's commentary section.
11128 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11129
11130 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11131
11132 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
11133 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11134
11135 \(fn)" t nil)
11136
11137 ;;;***
11138 \f
11139 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11140 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17504 41540))
11141 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11142
11143 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
11144 Toggle flow control handling.
11145 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11146 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11147
11148 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11149
11150 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
11151 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11152 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11153 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11154 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11155 to get the effect of a C-q.
11156
11157 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11158
11159 ;;;***
11160 \f
11161 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11162 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
11163 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11164
11165 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
11166 Not documented
11167
11168 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11169
11170 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
11171 Not documented
11172
11173 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11174
11175 ;;;***
11176 \f
11177 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11178 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17715 55646))
11179 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11180
11181 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
11182 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11183 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11184 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11185
11186 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11187
11188 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
11189 Turn flymake mode on.
11190
11191 \(fn)" nil nil)
11192
11193 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
11194 Turn flymake mode off.
11195
11196 \(fn)" nil nil)
11197
11198 ;;;***
11199 \f
11200 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11201 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11202 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (17759 28874))
11203 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11204
11205 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
11206 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11207
11208 \(fn)" t nil)
11209 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11210
11211 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
11212 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11213 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11214 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11215 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11216 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
11217
11218 Bindings:
11219 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11220 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11221 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11222 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11223
11224 Hooks:
11225 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11226
11227 Remark:
11228 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11229 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11230 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11231
11232 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11233 consider adding:
11234 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11235 in your .emacs file.
11236
11237 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11238 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11239
11240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11241
11242 (autoload (quote turn-on-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11243 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11244
11245 \(fn)" nil nil)
11246
11247 (autoload (quote turn-off-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11248 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11249
11250 \(fn)" nil nil)
11251
11252 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11253 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11254
11255 \(fn)" nil nil)
11256
11257 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11258 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11259
11260 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11261
11262 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11263 Flyspell whole buffer.
11264
11265 \(fn)" t nil)
11266
11267 ;;;***
11268 \f
11269 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11270 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11271 ;;;;;; (17746 34860))
11272 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11273
11274 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11275 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11276
11277 \(fn)" t nil)
11278
11279 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11280 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11281
11282 \(fn)" t nil)
11283
11284 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11285 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11286
11287 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11288 of two major techniques:
11289
11290 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11291 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11292 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11293
11294 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11295 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11296 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11297 movement commands.
11298
11299 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11300 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11301 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11302 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11303 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11304 mileage may vary).
11305
11306 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11307 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11308
11309 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
11310
11311 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11312 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11313 \(This is the default.)
11314
11315 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11316 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11317
11318 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11319 \\{follow-mode-map}
11320
11321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11322
11323 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11324 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11325
11326 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11327 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11328 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11329 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11330 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11331 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11332
11333 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
11334 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11335 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11336
11337 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11338 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11339 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11340
11341 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11342
11343 ;;;***
11344 \f
11345 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17504
11346 ;;;;;; 41540))
11347 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11348
11349 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11350 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11351 \\<message-mode-map>
11352 key binding
11353 --- -------
11354
11355 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11356 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11357 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11358 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11359 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11360 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11361
11362 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11363
11364 ;;;***
11365 \f
11366 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11367 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17504 41540))
11368 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11369
11370 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11371 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11372
11373 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11374 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11375 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11376 C-c < forms-first-record <
11377 C-c > forms-last-record >
11378 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11379 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11380 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11381 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11382 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11383 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11384 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11385 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11386 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11387 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11388
11389 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11390
11391 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11392 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11393
11394 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11395
11396 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11397 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11398
11399 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11400
11401 ;;;***
11402 \f
11403 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11404 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17658 57872))
11405 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11406
11407 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11408 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11409 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11410 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11411 with a character in column 6.")
11412
11413 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" t)
11414
11415 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11416 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11417 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11418
11419 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11420 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11421
11422 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11423
11424 Key definitions:
11425 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11426
11427 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11428
11429 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11430 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11431 `fortran-do-indent'
11432 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11433 `fortran-if-indent'
11434 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11435 `fortran-structure-indent'
11436 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11437 (default 3)
11438 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11439 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11440 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11441 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11442 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11443 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11444 nil don't change the indentation
11445 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11446 value of either
11447 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11448 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11449 depending on the continuation format in use.
11450 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11451 indentation for a line of code.
11452 (default 'fixed)
11453 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11454 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11455 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11456 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11457 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11458 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11459 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11460 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11461 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11462 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11463 column 5.
11464 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11465 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11466 statements (default nil).
11467 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11468 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11469 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11470 `fortran-continuation-string'
11471 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11472 line (default \"$\").
11473 `fortran-comment-region'
11474 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11475 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11476 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11477 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11478 as typed (default t).
11479 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11480 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11481
11482 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11483 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11484
11485 \(fn)" t nil)
11486
11487 ;;;***
11488 \f
11489 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11490 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17504 41540))
11491 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11492
11493 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11494 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11495
11496 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11497 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11498
11499 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11500
11501 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11502 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11503
11504 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11505 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11506
11507 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11508
11509 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11510 Compile fortune file.
11511
11512 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11513 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11514
11515 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11516
11517 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11518 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11519
11520 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11521 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11522 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11523 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11524
11525 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11526
11527 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11528 Display a fortune cookie.
11529
11530 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11531 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11532 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11533 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11534
11535 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11536
11537 ;;;***
11538 \f
11539 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11540 ;;;;;; (17759 28873))
11541 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11542
11543 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11544 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11545 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11546 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11547
11548 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11549 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11550 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11551 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11552
11553 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11554 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11555 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11556 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11557 some of the buffers.
11558
11559 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11560
11561 The following commands help control operation :
11562
11563 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11564 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11565
11566 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11567 detailed description of this mode.
11568
11569
11570 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11571 | GDB Toolbar |
11572 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11573 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11574 | | |
11575 | | |
11576 | | |
11577 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11578 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11579 | | (comint-mode) |
11580 | | |
11581 | | |
11582 | | |
11583 | | |
11584 | | |
11585 | | |
11586 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11587 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11588 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11589 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11590 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11591 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11592
11593 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11594
11595 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11596 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-ring'.")
11597
11598 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui" t)
11599
11600 ;;;***
11601 \f
11602 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11603 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17504
11604 ;;;;;; 41540))
11605 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11606
11607 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11608 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11609 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11610 instead (which see).")
11611
11612 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11613 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11614
11615 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11616 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11617 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11618 documentation string instead.
11619
11620 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11621 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11622 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11623 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11624 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11625 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11626 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11627 enders are actually possible.
11628
11629 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11630 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11631
11632 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11633 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11634 `font-lock-keywords'.
11635
11636 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11637 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11638 runs the macro expansion.
11639
11640 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11641 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11642 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11643
11644 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11645
11646 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11647
11648 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11649 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11650
11651 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11652
11653 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11654 Enter generic mode MODE.
11655
11656 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11657 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11658 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11659
11660 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11661 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11662
11663 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11664
11665 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11666 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11667 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11668 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11669 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11670 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11671 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11672 `font-lock-keywords'.
11673
11674 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11675
11676 ;;;***
11677 \f
11678 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11679 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
11680 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11681
11682 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11683 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11684 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11685 at places they belong to.
11686
11687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11688
11689 ;;;***
11690 \f
11691 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11692 ;;;;;; gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (17715 55645))
11693 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11694
11695 (autoload (quote gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "\
11696 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11697
11698 Guideline for numbers:
11699 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11700 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11701 inside loops.
11702
11703 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11704
11705 (autoload (quote gmm-error) "gmm-utils" "\
11706 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11707 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11708
11709 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11710
11711 (autoload (quote gmm-widget-p) "gmm-utils" "\
11712 Non-nil iff SYMBOL is a widget.
11713
11714 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11715
11716 (autoload (quote gmm-tool-bar-from-list) "gmm-utils" "\
11717 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11718
11719 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11720 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11721 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11722 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11723 and all following elements are passed a the PROPS argument to the
11724 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11725
11726 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11727 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11728 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11729 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11730 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11731
11732 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11733
11734 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11735
11736 ;;;***
11737 \f
11738 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11739 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17759 28869))
11740 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11741 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11742 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11743
11744 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11745 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11746
11747 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11748
11749 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11750 Read network news.
11751 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11752 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11753 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11754 name of an NNTP server to use.
11755 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11756 server.
11757
11758 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11759
11760 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11761 Read news as a slave.
11762
11763 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11764
11765 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11766 Pop up a frame to read news.
11767 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11768 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11769 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11770 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11771 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11772 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11773 current display is used.
11774
11775 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11776
11777 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11778 Read network news.
11779 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11780 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11781 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11782
11783 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11784
11785 ;;;***
11786 \f
11787 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11788 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11789 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11790 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11791 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11792 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17732 62702))
11793 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11794
11795 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11796 Start Gnus unplugged.
11797
11798 \(fn)" t nil)
11799
11800 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11801 Start Gnus plugged.
11802
11803 \(fn)" t nil)
11804
11805 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11806 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11807
11808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11809
11810 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11811 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11812
11813 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11814 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11815 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11816
11817 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11818 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11819 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11820
11821 \(fn)" t nil)
11822
11823 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11824 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11825
11826 \(fn)" nil nil)
11827
11828 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11829 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11830 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11831 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11832 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11833 supported.
11834
11835 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11836
11837 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11838 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11839 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11840 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11841 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11842 supported.
11843
11844 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11845
11846 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11847 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11848
11849 \(fn)" nil nil)
11850
11851 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11852 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11853 downloaded into the agent.
11854
11855 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11856
11857 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11858 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11859 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11860 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11861
11862 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11863
11864 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
11865 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11866
11867 \(fn)" t nil)
11868
11869 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
11870 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11871
11872 \(fn)" t nil)
11873
11874 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
11875 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11876 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11877
11878 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11879
11880 ;;;***
11881 \f
11882 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11883 ;;;;;; (17746 34861))
11884 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11885
11886 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
11887 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11888
11889 \(fn)" nil nil)
11890
11891 ;;;***
11892 \f
11893 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11894 ;;;;;; (17686 35982))
11895 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11896
11897 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
11898 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11899
11900 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11901
11902 ;;;***
11903 \f
11904 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11905 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11906 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17686
11907 ;;;;;; 35982))
11908 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11909
11910 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
11911 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11912
11913 Usage:
11914 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11915
11916 \(fn)" t nil)
11917
11918 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
11919 Generate the cache active file.
11920
11921 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11922
11923 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
11924 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11925
11926 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11927
11928 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11929 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11930 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11931 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11932 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11933 supported.
11934
11935 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11936
11937 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11938 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11939 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11940 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11941 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11942 supported.
11943
11944 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11945
11946 ;;;***
11947 \f
11948 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11949 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17686 35982))
11950 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11951
11952 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
11953 Delay this article by some time.
11954 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11955
11956 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11957 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11958
11959 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11960 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11961
11962 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11963 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11964
11965 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11966
11967 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
11968 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11969
11970 \(fn)" t nil)
11971
11972 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
11973 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11974 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11975 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11976
11977 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11978 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11979
11980 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11981
11982 ;;;***
11983 \f
11984 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11985 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (17746 34861))
11986 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11987
11988 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-d) "gnus-diary" "\
11989 Not documented
11990
11991 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11992
11993 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-D) "gnus-diary" "\
11994 Not documented
11995
11996 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11997
11998 ;;;***
11999 \f
12000 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
12001 ;;;;;; (17686 35982))
12002 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12003
12004 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
12005 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12006
12007 \(fn)" nil nil)
12008
12009 ;;;***
12010 \f
12011 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12012 ;;;;;; (17701 49519))
12013 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12014
12015 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
12016 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12017
12018 \(fn)" t nil)
12019
12020 ;;;***
12021 \f
12022 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12023 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12024 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17686
12025 ;;;;;; 35982))
12026 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12027
12028 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12029 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12030
12031 \(fn)" t nil)
12032
12033 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
12034 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12035
12036 \(fn)" t nil)
12037
12038 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12039 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12040
12041 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12042
12043 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12044 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12045
12046 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12047
12048 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
12049 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12050 The PNG is returned as a string.
12051
12052 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12053
12054 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12055 Convert FILE to a Face.
12056 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12057 726 bytes.
12058
12059 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12060
12061 ;;;***
12062 \f
12063 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12064 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17731 48936))
12065 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12066
12067 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
12068 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12069 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12070
12071 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12072
12073 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
12074 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12075
12076 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12077
12078 ;;;***
12079 \f
12080 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12081 ;;;;;; (17686 35982))
12082 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12083
12084 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
12085
12086 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
12087 Run batched scoring.
12088 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12089
12090 \(fn)" t nil)
12091
12092 ;;;***
12093 \f
12094 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12095 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12096 ;;;;;; (17686 35982))
12097 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12098
12099 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12100 Not documented
12101
12102 \(fn)" nil nil)
12103
12104 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
12105 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12106 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12107
12108 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12109
12110 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12111 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12112
12113 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12114
12115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12116
12117 ;;;***
12118 \f
12119 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12120 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12121 ;;;;;; (17686 35982))
12122 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12123
12124 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12125 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
12126 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12127 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12128 group parameters.
12129
12130 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12131 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12132 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
12133 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
12134
12135 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12136 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
12137 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12138 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12139 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
12140 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12141 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12142 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12143 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12144 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12145
12146 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12147
12148 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12149 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12150 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12151 nil CATCH-ALL).
12152
12153 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
12154 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
12155
12156 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12157
12158 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12159 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12160 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12161
12162 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
12163
12164 \(fn)" nil nil)
12165
12166 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12167 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12168 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12169
12170 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12171
12172 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12173 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12174 existing groups are considered.
12175
12176 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12177 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12178 returned.
12179
12180 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12181 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12182 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12183 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12184 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12185 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12186 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12187 clauses will be generated.
12188
12189 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12190 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12191 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12192 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12193 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12194 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12195
12196 For example, given the following group parameters:
12197
12198 nnml:mail.bar:
12199 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12200 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12201 nnml:mail.foo:
12202 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12203 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12204 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12205 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12206 nnml:mail.others:
12207 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12208
12209 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12210
12211 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12212 \"mail.bar\")
12213 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12214 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12215 \"mail.others\")
12216
12217 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12218
12219 ;;;***
12220 \f
12221 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12222 ;;;;;; (17686 35982))
12223 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12224
12225 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
12226 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12227 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12228
12229 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12230
12231 ;;;***
12232 \f
12233 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12234 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17686 35982))
12235 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12236
12237 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
12238 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12239 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12240 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12241
12242 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12243
12244 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
12245 Mail to ADDRESS.
12246
12247 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12248
12249 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
12250 Like `message-reply'.
12251
12252 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12253
12254 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12255
12256 ;;;***
12257 \f
12258 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12259 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (17686 35982))
12260 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12261
12262 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
12263 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12264
12265 \(fn)" t nil)
12266
12267 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
12268 Load the NoCeM cache.
12269
12270 \(fn)" t nil)
12271
12272 ;;;***
12273 \f
12274 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12275 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12276 ;;;;;; (17686 35982))
12277 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12278
12279 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12280 Display picons in the From header.
12281 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12282
12283 \(fn)" t nil)
12284
12285 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12286 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12287 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12288
12289 \(fn)" t nil)
12290
12291 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12292 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12293 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12294
12295 \(fn)" t nil)
12296
12297 ;;;***
12298 \f
12299 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12300 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12301 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12302 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12303 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17686 35982))
12304 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12305
12306 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12307 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12308 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12309 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12310
12311 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12312
12313 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12314 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12315 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12316 LIST1 is modified.
12317
12318 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12319
12320 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12321 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12322 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12323
12324 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12325
12326 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12327 Not documented
12328
12329 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12330
12331 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12332 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12333 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12334
12335 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12336
12337 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12338 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12339 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12340
12341 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12342
12343 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12344
12345 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12346 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12347 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12348
12349 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12350
12351 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12352 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12353 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12354
12355 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12356
12357 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12358 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12359 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12360
12361 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12362
12363 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12364 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12365
12366 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12367
12368 ;;;***
12369 \f
12370 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12371 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17703 53657))
12372 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12373
12374 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12375 Not documented
12376
12377 \(fn)" t nil)
12378
12379 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12380 Install the registry hooks.
12381
12382 \(fn)" t nil)
12383
12384 ;;;***
12385 \f
12386 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12387 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17686
12388 ;;;;;; 35982))
12389 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12390
12391 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12392 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12393 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12394 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12395 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12396 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12397
12398 \(fn)" t nil)
12399
12400 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12401 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12402 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12403 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12404 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12405
12406 \(fn)" t nil)
12407
12408 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12409 Not documented
12410
12411 \(fn)" t nil)
12412
12413 ;;;***
12414 \f
12415 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12416 ;;;;;; (17686 35982))
12417 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12418
12419 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12420 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12421 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12422 for matching on group names.
12423
12424 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12425 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12426
12427 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12428
12429 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12430
12431 \(fn)" t nil)
12432
12433 ;;;***
12434 \f
12435 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12436 ;;;;;; (17686 35982))
12437 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12438
12439 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12440 Update the format specification near point.
12441
12442 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12443
12444 ;;;***
12445 \f
12446 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12447 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17686
12448 ;;;;;; 35982))
12449 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12450
12451 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12452 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12453
12454 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12455
12456 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12457 Not documented
12458
12459 \(fn)" nil nil)
12460
12461 ;;;***
12462 \f
12463 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12464 ;;;;;; (17686 35982))
12465 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12466
12467 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12468 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12469
12470 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12471
12472 ;;;***
12473 \f
12474 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17504 41540))
12475 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12476
12477 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12478 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12479
12480 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12481 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12482 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12483
12484 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12485 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12486 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12487
12488 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12489 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12490
12491 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12492 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12493
12494 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12495
12496 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12497
12498 ;;;***
12499 \f
12500 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12501 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17580 16976))
12502 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12503
12504 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12505
12506 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12507 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12508 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12509 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12510 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12511
12512 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12513
12514 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12515 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12516 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12517 or to send e-mail.
12518 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12519 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12520
12521 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12522 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12523
12524 \(fn)" t nil)
12525 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12526
12527 ;;;***
12528 \f
12529 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12530 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12531 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17645 45313))
12532 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12533
12534 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12535 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12536
12537 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep" t)
12538
12539 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12540 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12541 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12542 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12543 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12544
12545 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12546 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12547
12548 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep" t)
12549
12550 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12551 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12552 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12553 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12554
12555 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep" t)
12556
12557 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12558 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12559
12560 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep" t)
12561
12562 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12563 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12564
12565 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12566 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12567 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12568
12569 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12570 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12571 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12572
12573 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12574 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12575
12576 If `exec', it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
12577 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
12578
12579 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12580
12581 (defvar grep-history nil)
12582
12583 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12584
12585 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12586 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12587 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12588
12589 \(fn)" nil nil)
12590
12591 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12592 Not documented
12593
12594 \(fn)" nil nil)
12595
12596 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12597 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12598
12599 \(fn)" nil nil)
12600
12601 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12602 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12603 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12604 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12605 where grep found matches.
12606
12607 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12608 easily repeat a grep command.
12609
12610 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12611 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12612 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12613 if that history list is empty).
12614
12615 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12616
12617 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12618 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12619 Collect output in a buffer.
12620 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12621 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12622
12623 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12624 easily repeat a find command.
12625
12626 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12627
12628 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12629
12630 (autoload (quote lgrep) "grep" "\
12631 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in current directory.
12632 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12633 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12634 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12635
12636 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12637 before it is executed.
12638 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12639
12640 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12641 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12642 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12643
12644 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12645
12646 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES)" t nil)
12647
12648 (autoload (quote rgrep) "grep" "\
12649 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12650 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12651 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12652 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12653
12654 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12655 before it is executed.
12656 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12657
12658 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12659 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12660 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12661
12662 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12663
12664 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12665
12666 ;;;***
12667 \f
12668 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17598 60524))
12669 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12670
12671 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12672 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12673 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12674 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12675 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12676
12677 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12678
12679 ;;;***
12680 \f
12681 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
12682 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17661 56350))
12683 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12684
12685 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12686 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12687 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12688 directory and source-file directory for your debugger. By
12689 default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface. See
12690 `gdba' for more information.
12691
12692 To run GDB in text command mode, set `gud-gdb-command-name' to
12693 \"gdb --fullname\" and include the pathname, if necessary.
12694
12695 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12696
12697 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12698 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12699 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12700 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12701
12702 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12703
12704 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12705 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12706 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12707 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12708
12709 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12710
12711 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12712 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12713 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12714 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12715
12716 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12717 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12718
12719 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12720
12721 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12722 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12723 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12724 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12725
12726 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12727
12728 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12729 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12730 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12731 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12732
12733 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12734
12735 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12736 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12737 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12738 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12739 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12740
12741 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12742 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12743 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12744 original source file access method.
12745
12746 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12747 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12748
12749 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12750
12751 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
12752 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12753 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12754 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12755
12756 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12757 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12758
12759 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12760
12761 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12762 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12763
12764 \(fn)" t nil)
12765
12766 ;;;***
12767 \f
12768 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17759
12769 ;;;;;; 28871))
12770 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12771
12772 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12773 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12774 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12775 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12776
12777 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12778 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12779 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12780 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12781
12782 \(fn)" t nil)
12783
12784 ;;;***
12785 \f
12786 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12787 ;;;;;; (17746 34862))
12788 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12789
12790 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12791 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12792
12793 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12794
12795 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12796 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12797 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12798 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12799
12800 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12801
12802 \(fn)" t nil)
12803
12804 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12805 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12806 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12807 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12808 to be updated.
12809
12810 \(fn)" t nil)
12811
12812 ;;;***
12813 \f
12814 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12815 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12816 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12817 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17710 3074))
12818 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12819
12820 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12821 Return the help-echo string at point.
12822 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12823 property, or nil, is returned.
12824 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12825 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12826 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12827
12828 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12829
12830 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12831 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12832 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12833 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12834 this produces no string either, return nil.
12835
12836 \(fn)" nil nil)
12837
12838 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12839 Display local help in the echo area.
12840 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12841 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12842 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12843 printed instead.
12844
12845 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12846 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12847 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12848
12849 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12850
12851 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12852 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12853 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12854
12855 \(fn)" t nil)
12856
12857 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12858 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12859 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12860
12861 \(fn)" t nil)
12862
12863 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
12864 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12865 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12866 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12867 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12868 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12869 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12870 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12871 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12872 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12873 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12874
12875 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12876 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12877 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12878 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12879 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12880
12881 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12882 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12883 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12884 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12885 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12886 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12887 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12888 The default is `never'.")
12889
12890 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt" nil)
12891
12892 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12893 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12894 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12895 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12896 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12897 considered different regions.
12898
12899 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12900 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12901 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12902 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12903 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12904 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12905 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12906 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12907 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12908
12909 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12910
12911 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12912 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12913 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12914 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12915 different regions.
12916
12917 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12918 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12919 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12920 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12921 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12922 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12923 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12924 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12925
12926 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12927 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12928 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12929 rarely happens in practice.
12930
12931 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12932
12933 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12934 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12935 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12936 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12937 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12938 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
12939
12940 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12941
12942 ;;;***
12943 \f
12944 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12945 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
12946 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12947 ;;;;;; (17736 44182))
12948 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12949
12950 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
12951 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12952
12953 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12954
12955 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12956 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12957 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12958
12959 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12960
12961 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12962 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
12963
12964 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12965
12966 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
12967 Not documented
12968
12969 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12970
12971 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
12972 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
12973 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12974 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12975
12976 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12977
12978 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
12979 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12980 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12981 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
12982 it is displayed along with the global value.
12983
12984 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12985
12986 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
12987 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12988 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12989 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12990
12991 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12992
12993 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
12994 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12995 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12996 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12997 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12998
12999 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13000
13001 ;;;***
13002 \f
13003 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13004 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
13005 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13006
13007 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13008 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13009 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13010 and window listing and describing the options.
13011 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13012 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13013
13014 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro" t)
13015
13016 ;;;***
13017 \f
13018 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13019 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
13020 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17604 18983))
13021 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13022
13023 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
13024 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13025 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13026 Commands:
13027 \\{help-mode-map}
13028
13029 \(fn)" t nil)
13030
13031 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
13032 Not documented
13033
13034 \(fn)" nil nil)
13035
13036 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
13037 Not documented
13038
13039 \(fn)" nil nil)
13040
13041 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
13042 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13043
13044 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13045 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13046 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13047 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13048
13049 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13050 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13051 restore it properly when going back.
13052
13053 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13054
13055 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
13056 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13057
13058 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13059 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13060 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13061 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13062 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13063 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13064 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13065 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13066
13067 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13068 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13069 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13070 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13071
13072 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13073 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13074 that.
13075
13076 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13077
13078 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13079 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13080 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13081 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13082 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13083 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13084
13085 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13086
13087 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13088 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13089 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13090 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13091 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13092
13093 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13094
13095 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
13096 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13097
13098 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13099
13100 ;;;***
13101 \f
13102 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13103 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17586 63376))
13104 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13105
13106 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
13107 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13108
13109 \(fn)" t nil)
13110
13111 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
13112 Provide help for current mode.
13113
13114 \(fn)" t nil)
13115
13116 ;;;***
13117 \f
13118 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13119 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17746 34860))
13120 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13121
13122 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
13123 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13124 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13125 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13126 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13127
13128 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13129 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13130
13131 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13132 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13133 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13134 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13135
13136 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13137 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13138 periods.
13139
13140 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13141 in hexl format.
13142
13143 A sample format:
13144
13145 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13146 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13147 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13148 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13149 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13150 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13151 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13152 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13153 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13154 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13155 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13156 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13157 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13158 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13159 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13160
13161 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13162 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13163 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13164
13165 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13166 also supported.
13167
13168 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13169
13170 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13171 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13172 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13173
13174 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13175 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13176 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13177
13178 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13179 into the buffer at the current point.
13180
13181 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13182 into the buffer at the current point.
13183
13184 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13185 into the buffer at the current point.
13186
13187 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13188
13189 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13190 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13191
13192 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13193
13194 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13195
13196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13197
13198 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
13199 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13200 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13201 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13202
13203 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13204
13205 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
13206 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13207 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13208
13209 \(fn)" t nil)
13210
13211 ;;;***
13212 \f
13213 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13214 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13215 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13216 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
13217 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13218
13219 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13220 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13221
13222 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13223 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13224 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13225 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13226 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13227 called interactively, are:
13228
13229 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13230 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13231
13232 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13233 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13234 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13235 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13236
13237 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13238 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13239
13240 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13241 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13242
13243 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13244 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
13245 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13246 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13247 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13248 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
13249
13250 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13251 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13252
13253 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
13254 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
13255 Hi-lock: FOO
13256 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13257 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13258 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13259 Patterns will be read until
13260 Hi-lock: end
13261 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13262
13263 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13264
13265 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13266 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13267 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13268 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13269 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13270 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13271
13272 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" nil)
13273
13274 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13275 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every buffer.
13276 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13277 Hi-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
13278 in which `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' turns it on.
13279
13280 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13281
13282 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13283
13284 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13285 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13286
13287 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13288 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13289 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13290 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13291
13292 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13293
13294 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13295
13296 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13297 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13298
13299 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13300 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13301 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13302 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13303
13304 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13305
13306 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13307
13308 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13309 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13310
13311 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13312 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13313
13314 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13315
13316 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13317
13318 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13319 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13320
13321 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13322 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13323 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13324 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13325 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13326
13327 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13328
13329 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13330 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13331
13332 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13333 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13334 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13335
13336 \(fn)" t nil)
13337
13338 ;;;***
13339 \f
13340 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13341 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17522 22309))
13342 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13343
13344 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13345 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13346 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13347 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13348 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13349 how the hiding is done:
13350
13351 `hide-ifdef-env'
13352 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13353 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13354 is used.
13355
13356 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13357 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13358 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13359 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13360 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13361
13362 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13363 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13364 #endif lines when hiding.
13365
13366 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13367 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13368 is activated.
13369
13370 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13371 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13372 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13373
13374 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13375
13376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13377
13378 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13379 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13380
13381 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif" t)
13382
13383 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13384 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13385
13386 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif" t)
13387
13388 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13389 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13390
13391 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif" t)
13392
13393 ;;;***
13394 \f
13395 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13396 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
13397 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13398
13399 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13400 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13401 Each element has the form
13402 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13403
13404 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13405 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13406
13407 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13408 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13409
13410 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13411 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13412 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13413 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13414 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13415 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13416
13417 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13418 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13419
13420 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13421 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13422
13423 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13424 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13425 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13426
13427 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13428 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13429 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13430 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13431 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13432 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13433
13434 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13435 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13436 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13437
13438 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13439 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13440
13441 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13442
13443 Key bindings:
13444 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13445
13446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13447
13448 ;;;***
13449 \f
13450 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13451 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13452 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13453 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13454 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17504 41540))
13455 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13456
13457 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13458 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13459 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13460
13461 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13462
13463 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13464 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13465
13466 Without an argument:
13467 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13468 or passive state as determined by the variable
13469 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13470 and passive state.
13471
13472 With an argument ARG:
13473 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13474 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13475 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13476
13477 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13478 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13479 not displayed in a different face.
13480
13481 Functions:
13482 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13483 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13484 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13485 buffer with the contents of a file
13486 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13487 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13488 various faces
13489
13490 Hook variables:
13491 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13492 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13493 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13494
13495 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13496
13497 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13498 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13499
13500 \(fn)" t nil)
13501
13502 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13503 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13504
13505 \(fn)" t nil)
13506
13507 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13508 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13509
13510 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13511 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13512 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13513 shown in the last face in the list.
13514
13515 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13516 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13517 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13518
13519 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13520
13521 \(fn)" t nil)
13522
13523 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13524 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13525
13526 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13527
13528 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13529 to save the file.
13530
13531 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13532 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13533
13534 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13535 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13536 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13537
13538 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13539
13540 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13541 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13542
13543 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13544 this function is called interactively.
13545
13546 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13547 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13548 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13549
13550 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13551 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13552 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13553
13554 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13555
13556 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13557 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13558
13559 When called interactively:
13560 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13561 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13562 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13563 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13564
13565 When called from a program:
13566 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13567 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13568 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13569 - otherwise just turn it on
13570
13571 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13572 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13573 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13574 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13575
13576 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13577
13578 ;;;***
13579 \f
13580 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13581 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13582 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13583 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13584 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17504 41540))
13585 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13586
13587 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13588 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13589 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13590 or insert functions in this list.")
13591
13592 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" t)
13593
13594 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13595 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13596
13597 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp" t)
13598
13599 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13600 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13601
13602 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp" t)
13603
13604 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13605 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13606
13607 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp" t)
13608
13609 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13610 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13611
13612 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp" t)
13613
13614 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13615 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13616 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13617
13618 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13619
13620 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13621 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13622 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13623 \(as atoms)")
13624
13625 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13626
13627 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13628 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13629 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13630 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13631 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13632
13633 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13634
13635 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13636 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13637 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13638 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13639 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13640 expansions.
13641 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13642 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13643 undoes the expansion.
13644
13645 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13646
13647 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13648 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13649 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13650 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13651
13652 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13653
13654 ;;;***
13655 \f
13656 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13657 ;;;;;; (17652 40095))
13658 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13659
13660 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13661 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13662 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13663
13664 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13665 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13666 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13667 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13668 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13669
13670 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13671 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13672 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13673 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13674
13675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13676
13677 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13678 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13679 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13680 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13681 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13682 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13683
13684 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" nil)
13685
13686 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13687 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13688 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13689
13690 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13691 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13692
13693 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13694
13695 ;;;***
13696 \f
13697 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13698 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
13699 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13700
13701 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13702 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13703 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13704
13705 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13706
13707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13708
13709 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13710 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13711
13712 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13713 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13714 different list. For example,
13715
13716 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13717 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13718
13719 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13720 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13721
13722 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13723 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13724 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13725 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13726 of a holiday list.
13727
13728 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13729
13730 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13731
13732 ;;;***
13733 \f
13734 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17746
13735 ;;;;;; 34861))
13736 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13737
13738 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13739 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13740
13741 \(fn)" t nil)
13742
13743 ;;;***
13744 \f
13745 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13746 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13747 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13748 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13749 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13750 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13751 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13752 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13753 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13754 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13755 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13756 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13757 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13758 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13759 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13760 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13761 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13762 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13763 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13764 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13765 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13766 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13767 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17701 49517))
13768 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13769
13770 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13771 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13772 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13773
13774 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13775
13776 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13777 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13778
13779 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13780
13781 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13782 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13783
13784 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13785
13786 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13787 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13788
13789 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13790
13791 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13792 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13793
13794 \(fn)" t nil)
13795
13796 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13797 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13798
13799 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13800
13801 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13802 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13803
13804 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13805 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13806 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13807 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13808 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13809 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13810 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13811 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13812 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13813 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13814 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13815 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13816
13817 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13818 Not documented
13819
13820 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13821
13822 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13823 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13824
13825 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13826
13827 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13828 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13829
13830 \(fn)" t nil)
13831
13832 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13833 Remove the first filter group.
13834
13835 \(fn)" t nil)
13836
13837 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13838 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13839
13840 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13841
13842 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13843 Remove all filter groups.
13844
13845 \(fn)" t nil)
13846
13847 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13848 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13849
13850 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13851
13852 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13853 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13854 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13855
13856 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13857
13858 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
13859 Kill the filter group at point.
13860 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13861
13862 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13863
13864 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
13865 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13866
13867 \(fn)" t nil)
13868
13869 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13870 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13871
13872 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13873
13874 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13875 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13876 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13877 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13878
13879 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
13880
13881 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13882 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
13883 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
13884
13885 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13886
13887 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13888 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
13889 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
13890 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13891 of replacing the current filters.
13892
13893 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13894
13895 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
13896 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
13897
13898 \(fn)" t nil)
13899
13900 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13901 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
13902
13903 \(fn)" t nil)
13904
13905 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13906 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
13907
13908 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
13909 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
13910 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
13911
13912 \(fn)" t nil)
13913
13914 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13915 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
13916
13917 \(fn)" t nil)
13918
13919 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13920 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
13921
13922 \(fn)" t nil)
13923
13924 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13925 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
13926 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
13927 filter into parts.
13928
13929 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
13930
13931 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13932 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13933 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13934
13935 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
13936
13937 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13938 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13939
13940 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13941
13942 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13943 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
13944
13945 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13946
13947 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13948 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13949 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13950 of replacing the current filters.
13951
13952 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13953 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
13954 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
13955 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
13956 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
13957 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
13958 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
13959 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
13960 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
13961
13962 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13963 Toggle the current sorting mode.
13964 Default sorting modes are:
13965 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
13966 Name - the name of the buffer
13967 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
13968 Size - the size of the buffer
13969
13970 \(fn)" t nil)
13971
13972 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
13973 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
13974
13975 \(fn)" t nil)
13976 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
13977 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
13978 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
13979 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
13980
13981 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13982 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
13983
13984 \(fn)" t nil)
13985
13986 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
13987 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
13988 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
13989 for this Ibuffer session.
13990
13991 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13992
13993 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13994 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
13995 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
13996 for this Ibuffer session.
13997
13998 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13999
14000 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14001 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14002
14003 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14004 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14005
14006 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14007 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14008
14009 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14010
14011 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14012 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14013
14014 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14015 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14016
14017 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14018
14019 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
14020 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14021
14022 \(fn)" t nil)
14023
14024 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
14025 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14026
14027 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14028 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14029 hidden group filter, open it.
14030
14031 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14032 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14033 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14034
14035 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14036
14037 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
14038 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14039 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14040
14041 \(fn)" t nil)
14042
14043 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
14044 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14045
14046 The names are separated by a space.
14047 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14048
14049 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14050 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14051 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14052 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14053
14054 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14055
14056 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14057
14058 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14059 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14060
14061 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14062
14063 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14064 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14065
14066 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14067
14068 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14069 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14070
14071 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14072
14073 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14074 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14075
14076 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
14077
14078 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14079 Mark all modified buffers.
14080
14081 \(fn)" t nil)
14082
14083 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14084 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14085
14086 \(fn)" t nil)
14087
14088 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14089 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14090
14091 \(fn)" t nil)
14092
14093 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14094 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14095
14096 \(fn)" t nil)
14097
14098 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14099 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14100
14101 \(fn)" t nil)
14102
14103 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14104 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
14105
14106 \(fn)" t nil)
14107
14108 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14109 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14110
14111 \(fn)" t nil)
14112
14113 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14114 Mark all read-only buffers.
14115
14116 \(fn)" t nil)
14117
14118 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14119 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14120
14121 \(fn)" t nil)
14122
14123 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
14124 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14125 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14126 defaults to one.
14127
14128 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14129
14130 ;;;***
14131 \f
14132 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14133 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17504
14134 ;;;;;; 41540))
14135 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14136
14137 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
14138 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14139
14140 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14141 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14142 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14143
14144 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14145 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14146 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14147 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14148 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14149 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14150
14151 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14152 title of the column.
14153
14154 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14155 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14156 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14157 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14158 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14159
14160 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14161
14162 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14163 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14164 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14165 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14166 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14167
14168 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14169 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14170 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14171
14172 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14173
14174 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
14175 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14176 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14177 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14178 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14179 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14180
14181 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14182 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14183 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14184 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14185 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14186 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14187 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14188 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14189 values are:
14190 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14191 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14192 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14193 buffer's modification flag.
14194 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14195 prompted before performing this operation.
14196 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14197 operation is complete, in the form:
14198 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14199 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14200 confirmation message, in the form:
14201 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14202 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14203 macro for exactly what it does.
14204
14205 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14206
14207 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14208 Define a filter named NAME.
14209 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14210 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14211 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14212
14213 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14214 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14215 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14216 bound to the current value of the filter.
14217
14218 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14219
14220 ;;;***
14221 \f
14222 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14223 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17652 14941))
14224 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14225
14226 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
14227 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14228 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14229 buffers which are visiting a file.
14230
14231 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14232
14233 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
14234 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14235 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14236 buffers which are visiting a file.
14237
14238 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14239
14240 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
14241 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14242 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14243
14244 All arguments are optional.
14245 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14246 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14247 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14248 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14249 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14250 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14251 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14252 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14253 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14254 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14255 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14256 that value locally in this buffer.
14257
14258 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14259
14260 ;;;***
14261 \f
14262 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14263 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14264 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17504 41540))
14265 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14266
14267 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14268 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14269 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14270 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14271
14272 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14273
14274 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14275 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14276 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14277 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14278 ICAL-FILENAME.
14279 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14280 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14281 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14282
14283 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14284
14285 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14286 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14287 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14288 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14289 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14290 non-marking or not.
14291
14292 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14293
14294 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14295 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14296
14297 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14298 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14299 DIARY-FILE.
14300
14301 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14302 when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14303 DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event.
14304
14305 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14306 non-marking.
14307
14308 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14309 means that an error has occured. Error messages will be in the
14310 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14311
14312 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14313
14314 ;;;***
14315 \f
14316 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17686
14317 ;;;;;; 53336))
14318 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14319
14320 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14321 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14322 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14323 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14324 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14325 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14326
14327 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" nil)
14328
14329 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14330 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14331 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14332
14333 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14334
14335 ;;;***
14336 \f
14337 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17504 41540))
14338 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14339
14340 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14341 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14342 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14343 Tab indents for Icon code.
14344 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14345 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14346 \\{icon-mode-map}
14347 Variables controlling indentation style:
14348 icon-tab-always-indent
14349 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14350 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14351 icon-auto-newline
14352 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14353 inserted in Icon code.
14354 icon-indent-level
14355 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14356 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14357 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14358 icon-continued-statement-offset
14359 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14360 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14361 icon-continued-brace-offset
14362 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14363 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14364 icon-brace-offset
14365 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14366 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14367 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14368 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14369
14370 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14371 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14372
14373 \(fn)" t nil)
14374
14375 ;;;***
14376 \f
14377 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14378 ;;;;;; (17596 14703))
14379 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14380
14381 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14382 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14383 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14384 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14385
14386 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14387 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14388 separate frames.
14389
14390 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14391 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14392
14393 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14394 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14395 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14396
14397 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14398
14399 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14400
14401 ;;;***
14402 \f
14403 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14404 ;;;;;; (17746 34862))
14405 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14406
14407 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14408 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.0_em22).
14409
14410 The main features of this mode are
14411
14412 1. Indentation and Formatting
14413 --------------------------
14414 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14415 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14416
14417 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14418 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14419 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14420 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14421
14422 Comments are indented as follows:
14423
14424 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14425 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14426 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14427
14428 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14429
14430 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14431 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14432 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14433 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14434 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14435 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14436
14437 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14438 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14439 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14440 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14441
14442 2. Routine Info
14443 ------------
14444 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14445 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14446 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14447 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14448 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14449 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14450 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14451 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14452 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14453 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14454
14455 3. Online IDL Help
14456 ---------------
14457
14458 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14459 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14460 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14461 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14462
14463 4. Completion
14464 ----------
14465 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14466 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14467 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14468 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14469 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14470 upper case.
14471
14472 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14473 --------------------------------
14474 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14475 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14476
14477 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14478 \\fu FUNCTION template
14479 \\c CASE statement template
14480 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14481 \\f FOR loop template
14482 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14483 \\w WHILE loop template
14484 \\i IF statement template
14485 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14486 \\b BEGIN
14487
14488 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14489 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14490
14491 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14492 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14493 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14494 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14495
14496 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14497 -------------------------
14498 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14499 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14500
14501 7. Automatic END completion
14502 ------------------------
14503 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14504 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14505
14506 8. Hooks
14507 -----
14508 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14509 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14510
14511 9. Documentation and Customization
14512 -------------------------------
14513 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14514 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14515 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14516 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14517 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14518
14519 10.Keybindings
14520 -----------
14521 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14522 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14523 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14524
14525 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14526
14527 \(fn)" t nil)
14528 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14529
14530 ;;;***
14531 \f
14532 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14533 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14534 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14535 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14536 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14537 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14538 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14539 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17759
14540 ;;;;;; 28868))
14541 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14542
14543 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14544 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14545 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14546 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14547 displaying...)
14548 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14549 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14550 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14551
14552 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14553 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14554
14555 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" nil)
14556
14557 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14558 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14559 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14560 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14561 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14562 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14563 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14564 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14565 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14566
14567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14568
14569 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14570 Switch to another buffer.
14571 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14572 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14573 in another frame.
14574
14575 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14576 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14577 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14578 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14579 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14580
14581 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14582 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14583
14584 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14585 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14586
14587 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14588 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14589 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14590 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14591 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14592 in a separate window.
14593 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14594 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14595 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14596 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14597 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14598 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14599 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14600 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14601 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14602
14603 \(fn)" t nil)
14604
14605 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14606 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14607 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14608 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14609
14610 \(fn)" t nil)
14611
14612 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14613 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14614 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14615 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14616
14617 \(fn)" t nil)
14618
14619 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14620 Kill a buffer.
14621 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14622 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14623
14624 \(fn)" t nil)
14625
14626 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14627 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14628 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14629 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14630
14631 \(fn)" t nil)
14632
14633 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14634 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14635 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14636 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14637
14638 \(fn)" t nil)
14639
14640 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14641 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14642
14643 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14644
14645 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14646 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14647 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14648 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14649 visible in another frame.
14650
14651 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14652 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14653 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14654 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14655 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14656 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14657
14658 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14659 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14660
14661 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14662 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14663
14664 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14665 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14666 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14667 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14668 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14669 in a separate window.
14670 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14671 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14672 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14673 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14674 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14675 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14676 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14677 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14678 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14679 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14680 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14681 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14682 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14683 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14684 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14685
14686 \(fn)" t nil)
14687
14688 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14689 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14690 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14691 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14692
14693 \(fn)" t nil)
14694
14695 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14696 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14697 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14698 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14699
14700 \(fn)" t nil)
14701
14702 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14703 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14704 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14705 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14706
14707 \(fn)" t nil)
14708
14709 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14710 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14711 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14712 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14713
14714 \(fn)" t nil)
14715
14716 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14717 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14718 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14719 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14720
14721 \(fn)" t nil)
14722
14723 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14724 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14725 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14726 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14727
14728 \(fn)" t nil)
14729
14730 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14731 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14732 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14733 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14734
14735 \(fn)" t nil)
14736
14737 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14738 Write current buffer to a file.
14739 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14740 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14741
14742 \(fn)" t nil)
14743
14744 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14745 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14746 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14747 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14748
14749 \(fn)" t nil)
14750
14751 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14752 Call `dired' the ido way.
14753 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14754 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14755
14756 \(fn)" t nil)
14757
14758 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14759 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14760 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14761 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14762 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14763 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14764
14765 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14766
14767 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14768 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14769 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14770 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14771
14772 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14773
14774 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14775 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14776 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14777 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14778
14779 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14780
14781 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14782 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14783 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14784 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14785 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14786 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14787 with `completing-read'.
14788 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14789 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14790 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14791 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14792 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14793 with point positioned at the end.
14794 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14795 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14796
14797 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14798
14799 ;;;***
14800 \f
14801 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17504 41540))
14802 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14803 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14804
14805 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14806 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14807 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14808
14809 \(fn)" t nil)
14810
14811 ;;;***
14812 \f
14813 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14814 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
14815 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14816
14817 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14818 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14819
14820 \(fn)" t nil)
14821
14822 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14823 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14824
14825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14826
14827 ;;;***
14828 \f
14829 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14830 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-available-p
14831 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14832 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14833 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
14834 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14835
14836 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14837 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14838 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14839 be determined.
14840
14841 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14842
14843 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
14844 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14845 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14846 be determined.
14847
14848 \(fn)" nil nil)
14849
14850 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
14851 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14852 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14853 be determined.
14854
14855 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14856
14857 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
14858 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14859 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14860 be determined.
14861
14862 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14863
14864 (autoload (quote image-type) "image" "\
14865 Determine and return image type.
14866 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14867 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14868 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14869 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14870 use its file extension as image type.
14871 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14872
14873 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14874
14875 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
14876 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14877 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14878
14879 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14880
14881 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
14882 Create an image.
14883 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14884 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14885 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14886 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14887 use its file extension as image type.
14888 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14889 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14890 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14891 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14892
14893 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14894
14895 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14896
14897 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
14898 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14899 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14900 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14901 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14902 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14903 POS may be an integer or marker.
14904 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14905 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14906 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14907 means display it in the right marginal area.
14908
14909 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14910
14911 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
14912 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14913 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14914 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14915 defaulted if you omit it.
14916 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14917 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14918 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14919 means display it in the right marginal area.
14920 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14921 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14922 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14923 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14924 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14925
14926 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14927
14928 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
14929 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14930 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14931 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14932 defaulted if you omit it.
14933 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14934 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14935 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14936 means display it in the right marginal area.
14937 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
14938
14939 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14940
14941 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
14942 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14943 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14944 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14945
14946 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14947
14948 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
14949 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14950
14951 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14952
14953 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14954 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14955 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14956 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14957 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14958 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14959 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14960 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14961 satisfied.
14962
14963 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14964
14965 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14966
14967 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14968
14969 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
14970 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14971
14972 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14973 documentation string.
14974
14975 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14976 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14977 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14978 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14979 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14980 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14981 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14982 define SYMBOL.
14983
14984 Example:
14985
14986 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14987 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14988
14989 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14990
14991 ;;;***
14992 \f
14993 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14994 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14995 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17504 41540))
14996 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14997
14998 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
14999 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15000 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15001 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15002
15003 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15004 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15005 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15006 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15007
15008 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file" nil)
15009
15010 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15011 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15012 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15013 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15014
15015 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15016 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15017 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15018 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15019
15020 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file" nil)
15021
15022 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
15023 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15024
15025 \(fn)" nil nil)
15026
15027 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
15028 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15029 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15030 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15031
15032 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15033
15034 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15035 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15036 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15037 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15038 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15039 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15040
15041 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" nil)
15042
15043 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
15044 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15045 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15046 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15047
15048 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15049 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15050 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15051
15052 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15053
15054 ;;;***
15055 \f
15056 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15057 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17652 40095))
15058 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15059 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15060 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15061 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15062 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15063 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15064 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15065
15066 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
15067 Major mode for image files.
15068 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15069 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15070
15071 \(fn)" t nil)
15072
15073 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
15074 Toggle Image minor mode.
15075 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15076 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15077
15078 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15079
15080 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
15081 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15082 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15083 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15084 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15085 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15086
15087 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15088 information on these modes.
15089
15090 \(fn)" t nil)
15091
15092 ;;;***
15093 \f
15094 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15095 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17656 34193))
15096 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15097
15098 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15099 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15100
15101 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15102
15103 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15104 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15105 in the buffer.
15106
15107 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15108
15109 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15110 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15111 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15112
15113 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu" t)
15114
15115 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15116 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15117
15118 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15119 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15120 pattern's structure.
15121
15122 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15123 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15124 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15125 during matching.")
15126
15127 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
15128
15129 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
15130 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15131
15132 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15133 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15134 called within a `save-excursion'.
15135
15136 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15137
15138 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
15139
15140 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
15141 Function for finding the next index position.
15142
15143 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15144 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15145 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15146 file.
15147
15148 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15149 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15150
15151 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
15152
15153 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15154 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15155
15156 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15157 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15158 It should return the name for that index item.")
15159
15160 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
15161
15162 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15163 Function to compare string with index item.
15164
15165 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15166 non-nil if they match.
15167
15168 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15169 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15170 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15171 arguments match\".")
15172
15173 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
15174
15175 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
15176 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15177 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15178
15179 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
15180
15181 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
15182
15183 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
15184
15185 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
15186 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15187 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15188 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15189
15190 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15191
15192 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
15193 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15194
15195 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15196
15197 \(fn)" t nil)
15198
15199 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
15200 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15201 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15202 for more information.
15203
15204 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15205
15206 ;;;***
15207 \f
15208 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15209 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15210 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17504 41540))
15211 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15212
15213 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
15214 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15215
15216 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15217
15218 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
15219 Not documented
15220
15221 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15222
15223 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15224 Not documented
15225
15226 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15227
15228 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15229 Not documented
15230
15231 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15232
15233 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
15234 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15235 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15236 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15237 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15238
15239 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15240
15241 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
15242 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15243 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15244 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15245 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15246
15247 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15248
15249 ;;;***
15250 \f
15251 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15252 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15253 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17541 35103))
15254 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15255
15256 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15257 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15258 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15259 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15260 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15261
15262 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp" t)
15263
15264 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15265 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15266
15267 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp" t)
15268
15269 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15270 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15271 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15272 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15273 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15274 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15275 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15276 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15277
15278 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp" t)
15279
15280 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15281 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15282 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15283 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15284 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15285
15286 This variable is only used if the variable
15287 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15288
15289 More precise choices:
15290 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15291 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15292 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15293
15294 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15295
15296 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp" t)
15297
15298 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15299 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15300
15301 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15302 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15303 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15304 to that buffer.
15305 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15306 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15307 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15308 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15309
15310 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15311 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15312
15313 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15314
15315 ;;;***
15316 \f
15317 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15318 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15319 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15320 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (17665 54360))
15321 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15322
15323 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15324 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15325
15326 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15327 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15328 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15329
15330 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15331 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15332 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15333 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15334 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15335 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15336 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15337 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15338 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15339 with the top-level Info directory.
15340
15341 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15342 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15343 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15344 appended to the Info buffer name.
15345
15346 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15347 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15348 in all the directories in that path.
15349
15350 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15351
15352 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15353 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15354
15355 \(fn)" t nil)
15356
15357 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15358 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15359 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15360 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15361
15362 \(fn)" nil nil)
15363
15364 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15365 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15366 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15367 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15368
15369 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15370
15371 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15372 Go to the Info directory node.
15373
15374 \(fn)" t nil)
15375
15376 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15377 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15378 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15379 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15380 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15381 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15382
15383 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15384
15385 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15386 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15387 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15388
15389 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15390
15391 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15392 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15393 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15394 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15395 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15396
15397 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15398 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15399
15400 Selecting other nodes:
15401 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15402 Follow a node reference you click on.
15403 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15404 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15405 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15406 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15407 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15408 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15409 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15410 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15411 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15412 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15413 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15414 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15415 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15416 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15417 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15418 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15419 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15420 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15421 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15422 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15423
15424 Moving within a node:
15425 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15426 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15427 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15428 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15429 move up to the parent node.
15430 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15431 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15432 if there is none.
15433 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15434
15435 Advanced commands:
15436 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15437 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15438 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15439 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15440 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15441 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15442 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15443 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15444 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15445 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15446 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15447 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15448 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15449 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15450 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15451 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15452
15453 \(fn)" nil nil)
15454 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15455
15456 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15457 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15458 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15459 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15460 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15461 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15462
15463 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15464 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15465
15466 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15467 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15468 KEY is a string.
15469 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15470 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15471 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15472 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15473
15474 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15475
15476 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15477 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15478 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15479
15480 \(fn)" t nil)
15481
15482 ;;;***
15483 \f
15484 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15485 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15486 ;;;;;; (17746 34860))
15487 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15488
15489 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15490 Throw away all cached data.
15491 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15492 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15493 system.
15494
15495 \(fn)" t nil)
15496 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15497
15498 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15499 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15500 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15501 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15502 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15503 one found at point.
15504
15505 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15506
15507 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15508 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15509
15510 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15511 Display the documentation of a file.
15512 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15513 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15514 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15515 The default file name is the one found at point.
15516
15517 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15518
15519 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15520
15521 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15522 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15523
15524 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15525
15526 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15527 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15528
15529 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15530
15531 ;;;***
15532 \f
15533 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15534 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17522 22308))
15535 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15536
15537 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15538 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15539
15540 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15541
15542 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15543 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15544 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15545
15546 \(fn)" t nil)
15547
15548 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15549 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15550 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15551
15552 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15553 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15554 quite a while.
15555
15556 \(fn)" t nil)
15557
15558 ;;;***
15559 \f
15560 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15561 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17504 41540))
15562 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15563
15564 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15565 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15566
15567 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15568
15569 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15570 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15571 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15572
15573 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15574 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15575 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15576
15577 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15578 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15579 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15580 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15581
15582 \(fn)" t nil)
15583
15584 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15585 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15586 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15587
15588 \(fn)" t nil)
15589
15590 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15591 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15592 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15593 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15594 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15595
15596 \(fn)" nil nil)
15597
15598 ;;;***
15599 \f
15600 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15601 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15602 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
15603 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15604
15605 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15606 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15607
15608 \(fn)" t nil)
15609
15610 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15611 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15612
15613 \(fn)" t nil)
15614
15615 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15616 Not documented
15617
15618 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15619
15620 ;;;***
15621 \f
15622 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17504
15623 ;;;;;; 41540))
15624 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15625
15626 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15627 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15628 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15629 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15630 accessed via isearchb.
15631
15632 \(fn)" t nil)
15633
15634 ;;;***
15635 \f
15636 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15637 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15638 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15639 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17504 41540))
15640 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15641
15642 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15643 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15644 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15645 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15646
15647 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15648
15649 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15650 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15651 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15652 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15653
15654 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15655
15656 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15657 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15658 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15659 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15660
15661 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15662
15663 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15664 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15665 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15666 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15667
15668 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15669
15670 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15671 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15672 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15673 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15674
15675 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15676
15677 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15678 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15679 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15680 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15681
15682 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15683
15684 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15685 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15686 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15687 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15688
15689 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15690
15691 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
15692 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15693 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15694 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15695
15696 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15697
15698 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15699 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15700 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15701 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15702
15703 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15704
15705 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15706 Warn that format is read-only.
15707
15708 \(fn)" t nil)
15709
15710 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15711 Warn that format is write-only.
15712
15713 \(fn)" t nil)
15714
15715 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
15716 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15717
15718 \(fn)" t nil)
15719
15720 ;;;***
15721 \f
15722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15723 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
15724 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15725 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15726 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15727 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15728
15729 ;;;***
15730 \f
15731 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15732 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15733 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15734 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
15735 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
15736 ;;;;;; (17746 34863))
15737 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15738 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15739
15740 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15741 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15742 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
15743 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15744
15745 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" t)
15746 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15747
15748 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
15749 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
15750 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15751
15752 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
15753 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
15754 re-start Emacs.")
15755
15756 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell" t)
15757
15758 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15759
15760 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
15761
15762 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
15763
15764 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
15765
15766 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "." nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15767
15768 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
15769
15770 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
15771 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
15772
15773 Each element of this list is also a list:
15774
15775 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
15776 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
15777
15778 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
15779 nil means the default dictionary.
15780
15781 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
15782 word.
15783
15784 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
15785
15786 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
15787 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
15788 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
15789 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
15790 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
15791 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
15792 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
15793 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
15794 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
15795
15796 CASECHAS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be a unibyte string
15797 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
15798 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
15799 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
15800 for non-ASCII bytes.
15801
15802 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
15803 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
15804 single word.
15805
15806 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
15807 subprocess.
15808
15809 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
15810 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
15811 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
15812 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
15813 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
15814 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
15815 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
15816 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
15817
15818 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
15819
15820 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
15821 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
15822 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
15823
15824 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15825 Key map for ispell menu.")
15826
15827 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15828 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15829 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15830 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15831
15832 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
15833
15834 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15835
15836 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15837
15838 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
15839
15840 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15841 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15842 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15843 Valid forms include:
15844 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15845 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15846 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15847 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15848
15849 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15850 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15851 First list is used raw.
15852 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15853
15854 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15855 for skipping in latex mode.")
15856
15857 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
15858 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15859 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
15860 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15861 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15862 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15863
15864 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
15865 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15866 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15867 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15868
15869 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15870 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15871 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15872 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15873 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15874
15875 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15876 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15877
15878 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15879 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15880
15881 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15882 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15883
15884 return values:
15885 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15886 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15887 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15888 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15889 quit spell session exited.
15890
15891 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
15892
15893 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
15894 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15895 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15896
15897 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15898
15899 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
15900 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15901
15902 Selections are:
15903
15904 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15905 SPC: Accept word this time.
15906 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15907 `a': Accept word for this session.
15908 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15909 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15910 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15911 `?': Show these commands.
15912 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15913 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15914 the aborted check to be completed later.
15915 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15916 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15917 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15918 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15919 `C-l': redraws screen
15920 `C-r': recursive edit
15921 `C-z': suspend Emacs or iconify frame
15922
15923 \(fn)" nil nil)
15924
15925 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
15926 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15927 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15928
15929 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15930
15931 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
15932 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15933 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15934 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15935
15936 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15937
15938 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15939
15940 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
15941 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15942 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15943 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15944
15945 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15946
15947 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
15948 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15949
15950 \(fn)" t nil)
15951
15952 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
15953 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15954
15955 \(fn)" t nil)
15956
15957 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
15958 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15959
15960 \(fn)" t nil)
15961
15962 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
15963 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15964 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15965 sequence inside of a word.
15966
15967 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15968
15969 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15970
15971 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
15972 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15973
15974 \(fn)" t nil)
15975
15976 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
15977 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15978 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15979 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15980
15981 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15982 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15983 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15984 available on the net.
15985
15986 \(fn)" t nil)
15987
15988 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
15989 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15990 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
15991
15992 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15993 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15994
15995 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15996 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15997
15998 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15999
16000 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
16001 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16002 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16003 Don't check included messages.
16004
16005 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16006 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16007 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16008
16009 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16010 in your .emacs file:
16011 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16012 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16013 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16014 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16015
16016 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16017 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16018 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16019
16020 \(fn)" t nil)
16021
16022 ;;;***
16023 \f
16024 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17504
16025 ;;;;;; 41540))
16026 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16027
16028 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16029 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16030 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16031 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16032 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16033 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16034
16035 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" nil)
16036
16037 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
16038 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16039 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
16040 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16041 `iswitchb' for details.
16042
16043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16044
16045 ;;;***
16046 \f
16047 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16048 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16049 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16050 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17504 41540))
16051 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16052
16053 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
16054 Not documented
16055
16056 \(fn)" nil nil)
16057
16058 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
16059 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16060 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16061 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16062 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16063 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16064 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16065 necessary to represent OBJ.
16066
16067 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16068
16069 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
16070 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16071 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16072 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16073
16074 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16075
16076 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
16077 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16078 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16079 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16080 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16081
16082 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16083
16084 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
16085 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16086 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16087 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16088
16089 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16090
16091 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
16092 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16093 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16094 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16095
16096 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16097
16098 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
16099 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16100
16101 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16102
16103 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16104 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16105 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16106 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16107 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16108
16109 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16110
16111 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16112 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16113 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16114 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16115 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16116
16117 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16118
16119 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
16120 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16121 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16122
16123 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16124
16125 ;;;***
16126 \f
16127 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16128 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17504 41540))
16129 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16130
16131 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16132 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16133 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16134 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16135
16136 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
16137 Not documented
16138
16139 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16140
16141 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
16142 Uninstall jka-compr.
16143 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16144 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16145 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16146
16147 \(fn)" nil nil)
16148
16149 ;;;***
16150 \f
16151 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16152 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16153 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
16154 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16155
16156 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16157 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16158 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16159 decimal key must be specified.")
16160
16161 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" nil)
16162
16163 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16164 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16165 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16166 decimal key must be specified.")
16167
16168 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad" nil)
16169
16170 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16171 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16172 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16173 decimal key must be specified.")
16174
16175 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16176
16177 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16178 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16179 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16180 decimal key must be specified.")
16181
16182 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16183
16184 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
16185 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
16186 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16187 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16188 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16189 keys are bound.
16190
16191 Setup Binding
16192 -------------------------------------------------------------
16193 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16194 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16195 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16196 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16197 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16198 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16199 in the global and local keymaps.
16200
16201 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16202 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16203
16204 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16205
16206 ;;;***
16207 \f
16208 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16209 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
16210 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16211
16212 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
16213 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16214 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16215
16216 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16217 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16218 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16219 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16220 shorter.
16221
16222 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16223 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16224 the context of text formatting.
16225
16226 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16227
16228 ;;;***
16229 \f
16230 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17721
16231 ;;;;;; 3805))
16232 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16233
16234 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16235 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16236 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16237 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16238 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16239 positions that contains the current selection.")
16240
16241 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16242 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16243 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16244 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16245 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16246 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16247 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16248
16249 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16250
16251 ;;;***
16252 \f
16253 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16254 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16255 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16256 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17652 14942))
16257 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16258 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16259 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16260 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16261 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16262 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16263 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16264 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16265
16266 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16267 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16268 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16269 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16270 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16271
16272 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16273
16274 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16275 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16276 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16277
16278 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16279 defining the macro.
16280
16281 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16282 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16283 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16284
16285 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16286 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16287
16288 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16289
16290 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16291 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16292 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16293 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16294 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16295 under that name.
16296
16297 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16298 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16299 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16300
16301 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16302
16303 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16304 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16305 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16306
16307 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16308 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16309 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16310 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16311
16312 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16313 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16314
16315 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16316
16317 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16318 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16319 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16320
16321 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16322 macro.
16323
16324 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16325 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16326
16327 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16328 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16329 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
16330
16331 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16332 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16333
16334 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16335
16336 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16337 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16338 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16339 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16340
16341 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16342
16343 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16344 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16345 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16346 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16347
16348 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16349 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16350
16351 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16352
16353 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16354 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16355 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16356
16357 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16358
16359 ;;;***
16360 \f
16361 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16362 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16363 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
16364 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16365
16366 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16367
16368 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16369 Not documented
16370
16371 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16372
16373 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16374 Not documented
16375
16376 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16377
16378 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16379 Not documented
16380
16381 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16382
16383 ;;;***
16384 \f
16385 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16386 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17504 41540))
16387 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16388
16389 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16390 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16391 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16392
16393 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16394 Not documented
16395
16396 \(fn)" nil nil)
16397
16398 ;;;***
16399 \f
16400 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16401 ;;;;;; (17580 16977))
16402 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16403
16404 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16405
16406 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16407 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16408
16409 \(fn)" t nil)
16410
16411 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16412
16413 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16414 Start or resume an Lm game.
16415 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16416 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16417
16418 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16419 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16420 none / 1 | yes | no
16421 2 | yes | yes
16422 3 | no | yes
16423 4 | no | no
16424
16425 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16426 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16427 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16428
16429 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16430
16431 ;;;***
16432 \f
16433 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16434 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16435 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17504
16436 ;;;;;; 41540))
16437 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16438
16439 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16440 Not documented
16441
16442 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16443
16444 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16445 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16446 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16447 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16448 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16449 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16450
16451 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16452 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16453
16454 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16455
16456 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16457 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16458
16459 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16460
16461 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16462 Not documented
16463
16464 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16465
16466 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16467 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16468 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16469 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16470 to compose.
16471
16472 The return value is number of composed characters.
16473
16474 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16475
16476 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16477 Not documented
16478
16479 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16480
16481 ;;;***
16482 \f
16483 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16484 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16485 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17664 29029))
16486 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16487
16488 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16489 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16490 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16491 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16492
16493 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc" t)
16494
16495 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16496 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16497 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16498
16499 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16500
16501 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16502 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16503 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16504
16505 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16506
16507 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16508 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16509 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16510 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16511
16512 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16513
16514 ;;;***
16515 \f
16516 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16517 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17504 41540))
16518 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16519
16520 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16521 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16522 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16523 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16524 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16525 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16526 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16527 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16528
16529 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16530 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16531
16532 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16533 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16534
16535 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" nil)
16536
16537 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16538 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16539 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16540 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16541 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16542 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16543 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16544 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16545
16546 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16547
16548 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16549 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16550 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16551 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16552
16553 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16554 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16555
16556 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp" nil)
16557
16558 ;;;***
16559 \f
16560 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16561 ;;;;;; (17610 3931))
16562 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16563
16564 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
16565
16566 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
16567
16568 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16569 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16570
16571 \(fn)" t nil)
16572
16573 ;;;***
16574 \f
16575 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16576 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
16577 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16578
16579 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16580 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16581
16582 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16583 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16584
16585 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16586 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16587
16588 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16589 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16590 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16591 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16592 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16593 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16594 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16595 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16596 and transmit saved text.
16597 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16598 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16599 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16600
16601 \(fn)" t nil)
16602
16603 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16604 Not documented
16605
16606 \(fn)" nil nil)
16607
16608 ;;;***
16609 \f
16610 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17675 64484))
16611 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16612
16613 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16614 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16615 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16616 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16617 generations (this defaults to 1).
16618
16619 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16620
16621 ;;;***
16622 \f
16623 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17746
16624 ;;;;;; 34860))
16625 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16626
16627 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16628 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
16629 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16630 is nil, raise an error.
16631
16632 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
16633 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
16634 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
16635 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
16636 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
16637 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
16638 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
16639 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
16640 such as redefining an Emacs function.
16641
16642 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16643
16644 ;;;***
16645 \f
16646 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16647 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17668 1406))
16648 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16649
16650 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16651 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16652 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16653
16654 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate" t)
16655
16656 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16657 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16658 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16659 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16660
16661 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16662 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16663 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16664 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16665 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16666 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16667 the version.)
16668
16669 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16670 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16671
16672 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16673 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16674
16675 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
16676
16677 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
16678 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16679 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16680 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16681 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16682 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16683 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16684 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16685 to constrain a big search.
16686
16687 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16688 except that FILTER is not optional.
16689
16690 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
16691
16692 ;;;***
16693 \f
16694 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17504 41540))
16695 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16696
16697 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
16698 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16699 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16700 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16701 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16702 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16703 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16704 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16705 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
16706 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
16707 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16708 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16709 uses the current buffer.
16710
16711 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16712
16713 ;;;***
16714 \f
16715 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17504
16716 ;;;;;; 41540))
16717 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16718
16719 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
16720 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16721
16722 \(fn)" t nil)
16723
16724 ;;;***
16725 \f
16726 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17710
16727 ;;;;;; 3074))
16728 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16729
16730 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
16731 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16732 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16733 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16734 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16735
16736 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16737 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16738 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16739
16740 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16741 are indicated with a symbol.
16742
16743 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16744
16745 ;;;***
16746 \f
16747 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16748 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17686
16749 ;;;;;; 35928))
16750 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16751
16752 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
16753
16754 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
16755
16756 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
16757 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16758 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16759
16760 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16761 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16762
16763 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16764 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16765 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16766 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16767 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16768 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16769 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16770
16771 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr" t)
16772
16773 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16774 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16775 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16776 switch on this list.
16777 See `lpr-command'.")
16778
16779 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr" t)
16780
16781 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
16782 *Name of program for printing a file.
16783
16784 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16785 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16786 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16787 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16788 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16789 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16790 argument.")
16791
16792 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr" t)
16793
16794 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
16795 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16796 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16797 for customization of the printer command.
16798
16799 \(fn)" t nil)
16800
16801 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
16802 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16803
16804 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16805 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16806 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16807 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16808
16809 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16810 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16811
16812 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16813 for further customization of the printer command.
16814
16815 \(fn)" t nil)
16816
16817 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
16818 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16819 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16820 for customization of the printer command.
16821
16822 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16823
16824 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
16825 Paginate and print the region contents.
16826
16827 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16828 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16829 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16830 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16831
16832 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16833 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16834
16835 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16836 for further customization of the printer command.
16837
16838 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16839
16840 ;;;***
16841 \f
16842 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16843 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
16844 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16845
16846 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16847 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16848 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16849
16850 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" t)
16851
16852 ;;;***
16853 \f
16854 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17504
16855 ;;;;;; 41540))
16856 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16857
16858 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
16859 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16860 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
16861
16862 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16863
16864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16865
16866 ;;;***
16867 \f
16868 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17504
16869 ;;;;;; 41540))
16870 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16871
16872 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
16873 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16874 \\{m4-mode-map}
16875
16876 \(fn)" t nil)
16877
16878 ;;;***
16879 \f
16880 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16881 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
16882 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16883
16884 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
16885 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16886 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16887 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16888 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16889
16890 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16891
16892 ;;;***
16893 \f
16894 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16895 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17504 41540))
16896 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16897
16898 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16899 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16900 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16901 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16902 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16903
16904 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16905
16906 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16907 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16908 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16909 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16910
16911 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16912 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16913 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16914 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16915 bindings.
16916
16917 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16918 use this command, and then save the file.
16919
16920 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16921
16922 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
16923 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16924 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16925 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16926 each time the macro executes.
16927 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16928 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16929 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16930 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16931 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16932 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16933 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16934
16935 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
16936
16937 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
16938 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16939 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16940 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16941
16942 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16943 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16944 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16945 execute.
16946
16947 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16948 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16949
16950 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16951 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16952 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16953 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16954 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16955
16956 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16957 looked like this:
16958
16959 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16960 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16961 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16962
16963 You could enter the names in this format:
16964
16965 foo
16966 bar
16967 baz
16968
16969 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16970
16971 \\C-x (
16972 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16973 \\C-x )
16974
16975 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16976 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16977
16978 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16979 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16980
16981 ;;;***
16982 \f
16983 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16984 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17504 41540))
16985 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16986
16987 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
16988 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16989 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
16990 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16991 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
16992 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16993
16994 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16995 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16996 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16997 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16998 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16999
17000 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17001 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17002 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17003 consing a string.)
17004
17005 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17006
17007 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
17008 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17009
17010 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17011
17012 ;;;***
17013 \f
17014 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17015 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17016 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
17017 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17018
17019 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
17020 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17021
17022 \(fn)" nil nil)
17023
17024 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
17025 Not documented
17026
17027 \(fn)" nil nil)
17028
17029 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17030 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17031
17032 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist" t)
17033
17034 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
17035 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17036 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17037 message.
17038
17039 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17040
17041 \(fn)" nil nil)
17042
17043 ;;;***
17044 \f
17045 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17046 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17047 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17504
17048 ;;;;;; 41540))
17049 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17050
17051 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17052 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17053 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17054 often correct parser.")
17055
17056 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" t)
17057
17058 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
17059 Not documented
17060
17061 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17062
17063 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17064 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17065 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17066 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17067
17068 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17069
17070 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17071 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17072 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17073 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17074
17075 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17076
17077 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
17078 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17079 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17080 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17081 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17082 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17083 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17084 as Rmail does.
17085
17086 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17087
17088 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
17089 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17090 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17091 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17092 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17093 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17094
17095 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17096
17097 ;;;***
17098 \f
17099 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17100 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17504 41540))
17101 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17102
17103 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
17104 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17105
17106 \(fn)" nil nil)
17107
17108 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
17109 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17110 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17111
17112 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17113
17114 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
17115 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17116 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17117
17118 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17119
17120 ;;;***
17121 \f
17122 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17123 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17504
17124 ;;;;;; 41540))
17125 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17126
17127 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
17128 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17129 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17130 king@grassland.com
17131 If `parens', they look like:
17132 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17133 If `angles', they look like:
17134 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17135
17136 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias" t)
17137
17138 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
17139 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17140 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17141 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17142 their `Resent-' variants.
17143
17144 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17145 removed from alias expansions.
17146
17147 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17148
17149 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
17150 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17151 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17152
17153 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17154 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17155 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17156 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17157
17158 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17159
17160 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
17161 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17162 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17163 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17164
17165 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17166
17167 ;;;***
17168 \f
17169 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17170 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
17171 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17172
17173 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17174 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17175 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17176 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17177
17178 \(fn)" nil nil)
17179
17180 ;;;***
17181 \f
17182 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17183 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17184 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (17701 49519))
17185 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17186
17187 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17188 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17189
17190 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17191 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17192 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17193 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17194 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17195 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17196
17197 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17198 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17199 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17200 dependency, despite the colon.
17201
17202 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17203
17204 In the browser, use the following keys:
17205
17206 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17207
17208 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17209
17210 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17211 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17212
17213 `makefile-target-colon':
17214 The string that gets appended to all target names
17215 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17216 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17217
17218 `makefile-macro-assign':
17219 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17220 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17221 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17222 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17223 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17224 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17225
17226 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17227 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17228 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17229
17230 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17231 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17232
17233 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17234 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17235 up or down in the browser.
17236
17237 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17238 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17239
17240 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17241 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17242
17243 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17244 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17245 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17246 has been selected in the browser.
17247
17248 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17249 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17250 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17251 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17252 filenames are omitted.
17253
17254 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17255 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17256 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17257 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17258 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17259 the backslash itself intact.
17260 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17261 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17262
17263 `makefile-browser-hook':
17264 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17265 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17266
17267 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17268 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17269 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17270 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17271
17272 \(fn)" t nil)
17273
17274 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17275 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17276
17277 \(fn)" t nil)
17278
17279 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17280 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17281
17282 \(fn)" t nil)
17283
17284 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17285 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17286
17287 \(fn)" t nil)
17288
17289 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17290 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17291
17292 \(fn)" t nil)
17293
17294 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17295 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17296
17297 \(fn)" t nil)
17298
17299 ;;;***
17300 \f
17301 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17504
17302 ;;;;;; 41540))
17303 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17304
17305 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17306 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17307 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17308
17309 \(fn)" t nil)
17310
17311 ;;;***
17312 \f
17313 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17658 57980))
17314 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17315
17316 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17317
17318 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17319 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17320 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17321 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17322 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17323 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17324 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17325
17326 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17327 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17328 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17329 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17330
17331 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17332
17333 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17334 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17335
17336 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17337
17338 ;;;***
17339 \f
17340 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17504 41540))
17341 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17342
17343 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17344 Toggle Master mode.
17345 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17346 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17347 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17348
17349 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17350 following commands:
17351
17352 \\{master-mode-map}
17353
17354 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17355 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17356 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17357
17358 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17359
17360 ;;;***
17361 \f
17362 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17759
17363 ;;;;;; 28868))
17364 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17365
17366 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17367
17368 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17369 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17370 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17371 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17372 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17373 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17374
17375 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" nil)
17376
17377 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17378 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17379 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17380 created in the future.
17381 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17382 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17383
17384 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17385
17386 ;;;***
17387 \f
17388 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17389 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17390 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17391 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17392 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17393 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17394 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17395 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17396 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17397 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17398 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (17759 28869))
17399 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17400
17401 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17402 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17403
17404 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17405 king@grassland.com
17406 If `parens', they look like:
17407 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17408 If `angles', they look like:
17409 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17410
17411 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17412 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17413
17414 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message" t)
17415
17416 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17417 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17418
17419 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message" t)
17420
17421 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17422 *Local news organization file.")
17423
17424 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message" t)
17425
17426 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17427 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17428 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17429 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17430
17431 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17432 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17433 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17434
17435 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17436
17437 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message" t)
17438
17439 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17440 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17441
17442 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17443 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17444 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17445 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17446
17447 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message" t)
17448
17449 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17450 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17451 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17452 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17453
17454 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message" t)
17455
17456 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17457 *Function for citing an original message.
17458 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17459 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17460 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17461
17462 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message" t)
17463
17464 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17465 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17466 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17467 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17468 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17469
17470 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message" t)
17471
17472 (defvar message-signature t "\
17473 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17474 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17475 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17476 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17477
17478 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message" t)
17479
17480 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17481 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17482 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17483 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17484
17485 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message" t)
17486
17487 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17488 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17489
17490 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message" t)
17491
17492 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17493
17494 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17495 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17496 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17497 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17498 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17499 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17500 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17501 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17502 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17503 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17504 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17505 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17506 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17507 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17508 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17509 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17510 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17511 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17512 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17513 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17514 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17515 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17516 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17517 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17518 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17519 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17520 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17521 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17522 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17523 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17524 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17525 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17526 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17527 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17528 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17529 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17530 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17531
17532 \(fn)" t nil)
17533
17534 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17535 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17536 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
17537
17538 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17539
17540 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17541 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17542
17543 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17544
17545 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17546 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17547
17548 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17549
17550 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17551 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17552
17553 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17554
17555 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17556 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17557 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17558
17559 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17560
17561 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17562 Cancel an article you posted.
17563 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17564
17565 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17566
17567 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17568 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17569 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17570 header line with the old Message-ID.
17571
17572 \(fn)" t nil)
17573
17574 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17575 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17576
17577 \(fn)" t nil)
17578
17579 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17580 Forward the current message via mail.
17581 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17582 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17583
17584 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17585
17586 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17587 Not documented
17588
17589 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17590
17591 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17592 Not documented
17593
17594 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17595
17596 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17597 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17598
17599 \(fn)" t nil)
17600
17601 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17602 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17603
17604 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17605
17606 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17607 Re-mail the current message.
17608 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17609 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17610 you.
17611
17612 \(fn)" t nil)
17613
17614 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17615 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17616
17617 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17618
17619 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17620 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17621
17622 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17623
17624 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17625 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17626
17627 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17628
17629 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17630 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17631
17632 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17633
17634 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17635 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17636 Works by overstriking characters.
17637 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17638 which specify the range to operate on.
17639
17640 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17641
17642 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17643 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17644 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17645 which specify the range to operate on.
17646
17647 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17648
17649 ;;;***
17650 \f
17651 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17652 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
17653 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17654
17655 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17656 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17657 Special commands:
17658 \\{meta-mode-map}
17659
17660 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17661 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17662
17663 \(fn)" t nil)
17664
17665 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17666 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17667 Special commands:
17668 \\{meta-mode-map}
17669
17670 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17671 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17672
17673 \(fn)" t nil)
17674
17675 ;;;***
17676 \f
17677 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17678 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17679 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
17680 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17681
17682 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
17683 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17684 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17685
17686 \(fn)" t nil)
17687
17688 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
17689 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17690 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17691 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17692 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17693 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17694 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17695
17696 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17697
17698 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
17699 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17700 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17701 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17702 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17703 means current).
17704 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17705 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17706
17707 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17708
17709 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
17710 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17711 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17712 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17713 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17714 means current).
17715 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17716 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17717
17718 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17719
17720 ;;;***
17721 \f
17722 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17723 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17724 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17690 32932))
17725 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17726
17727 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
17728 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17729 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17730
17731 \(fn)" t nil)
17732
17733 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
17734 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17735 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17736
17737 \(fn)" t nil)
17738
17739 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
17740 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17741
17742 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17743 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17744 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17745
17746 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17747 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17748
17749 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17750 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17751
17752 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17753
17754 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
17755
17756 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
17757 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17758 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17759 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17760 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17761 as `compose-mail'.
17762
17763 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17764 initial Subject field, respectively.
17765
17766 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17767 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17768 are strings.
17769
17770 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17771 ignored.
17772
17773 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17774
17775 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
17776 Save draft and send message.
17777
17778 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17779 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17780 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17781 Mail Delivery*\".
17782
17783 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17784 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17785 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17786
17787 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17788 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17789 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17790 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17791 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17792 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17793
17794 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17795 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17796
17797 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17798
17799 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
17800 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17801
17802 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17803 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17804 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17805 delete the draft message.
17806
17807 \(fn)" t nil)
17808
17809 ;;;***
17810 \f
17811 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17759 28870))
17812 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17813
17814 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17815
17816 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17817
17818 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17819
17820 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
17821 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17822
17823 \(fn)" t nil)
17824
17825 ;;;***
17826 \f
17827 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17828 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (17504 41540))
17829 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17830
17831 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
17832 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17833 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17834
17835 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17836 the MH mail system.
17837
17838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17839
17840 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
17841 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17842 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17843
17844 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17845 the MH mail system.
17846
17847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17848
17849 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
17850 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17851
17852 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17853 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17854 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17855 separate command.
17856
17857 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17858 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17859 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17860 format.
17861
17862 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17863
17864 Ranges
17865 ======
17866 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17867 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17868 can be used in several ways.
17869
17870 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17871 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17872 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17873 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17874 page):
17875
17876 <num1>-<num2>
17877 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17878 The range must be nonempty.
17879
17880 <num>:N
17881 <num>:+N
17882 <num>:-N
17883 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17884 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17885 last.
17886
17887 first:N
17888 prev:N
17889 next:N
17890 last:N
17891 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17892
17893 all
17894 All of the messages.
17895
17896 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17897 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17898
17899 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17900 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17901 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17902
17903 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17904
17905 \(fn)" t nil)
17906
17907 ;;;***
17908 \f
17909 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17910 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17731 48935))
17911 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17912
17913 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
17914 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17915 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17916 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17917 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17918 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17919 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17920 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17921 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17922 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17923 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17924
17925 \(fn)" t nil)
17926
17927 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
17928 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17929 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17930 to its second argument TM.
17931
17932 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17933
17934 ;;;***
17935 \f
17936 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17937 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17504 41540))
17938 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17939
17940 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17941 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17942 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17943 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17944 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17945 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17946
17947 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" nil)
17948
17949 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
17950 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17951 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17952 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17953 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17954 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17955 default indication.
17956
17957 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17958 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17959
17960 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17961
17962 ;;;***
17963 \f
17964 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17965 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
17966 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17967
17968 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
17969 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17970 \\{mixal-mode-map}
17971
17972 \(fn)" t nil)
17973
17974 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
17975
17976 ;;;***
17977 \f
17978 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
17979 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
17980 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
17981 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
17982
17983 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
17984 Not documented
17985
17986 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17987
17988 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
17989 Not documented
17990
17991 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
17992
17993 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
17994 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
17995 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
17996 PATTERN regexp.
17997
17998 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
17999
18000 ;;;***
18001 \f
18002 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18003 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (17632 36219))
18004 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18005
18006 (autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
18007 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18008
18009 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18010
18011 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
18012 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18013 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18014 the entire message.
18015 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18016
18017 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18018
18019 ;;;***
18020 \f
18021 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18022 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
18023 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18024
18025 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
18026 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18027 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18028 the entire message.
18029 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18030
18031 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18032
18033 ;;;***
18034 \f
18035 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18036 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17610 3931))
18037 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18038
18039 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
18040 Insert file contents of URL.
18041 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18042
18043 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18044
18045 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
18046 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18047
18048 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18049
18050 ;;;***
18051 \f
18052 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18053 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17715 55646))
18054 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18055
18056 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
18057 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18058 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18059 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18060 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18061
18062 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18063
18064 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
18065 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18066 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18067
18068 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18069
18070 ;;;***
18071 \f
18072 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18073 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
18074 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18075
18076 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
18077 Not documented
18078
18079 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18080
18081 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
18082 Not documented
18083
18084 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18085
18086 ;;;***
18087 \f
18088 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18089 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18090 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17504 41540))
18091 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18092
18093 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
18094 Not documented
18095
18096 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18097
18098 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
18099 Not documented
18100
18101 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18102
18103 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
18104 Not documented
18105
18106 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18107
18108 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
18109 Not documented
18110
18111 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18112
18113 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18114 Not documented
18115
18116 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18117
18118 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
18119 Not documented
18120
18121 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18122
18123 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18124 Not documented
18125
18126 \(fn)" nil nil)
18127
18128 ;;;***
18129 \f
18130 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18131 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
18132 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18133
18134 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
18135 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18136 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18137 followed by the first character of the construct.
18138 \\<m2-mode-map>
18139 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18140 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18141 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18142 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18143 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18144 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18145 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18146 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18147 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18148 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18149 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18150 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18151 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18152 \\[m2-link] link
18153
18154 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18155 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18156 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18157
18158 \(fn)" t nil)
18159
18160 ;;;***
18161 \f
18162 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18163 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
18164 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18165
18166 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18167 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18168
18169 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18170
18171 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18172 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18173
18174 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18175
18176 ;;;***
18177 \f
18178 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17704
18179 ;;;;;; 3961))
18180 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18181
18182 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18183 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18184 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18185 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18186 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18187 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18188
18189 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" nil)
18190
18191 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18192 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18193 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18194 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18195
18196 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18197
18198 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18199
18200 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18201
18202 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18203 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18204 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18205 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18206 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18207 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18208
18209 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18210 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18211 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18212 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18213 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18214
18215 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18216 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18217
18218 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18219 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18220
18221 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18222
18223 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18224 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18225 primary selection and region.
18226
18227 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18228
18229 ;;;***
18230 \f
18231 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17504 41540))
18232 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18233
18234 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18235 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18236
18237 \(fn)" t nil)
18238
18239 ;;;***
18240 \f
18241 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17566 60306))
18242 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18243
18244 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18245 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18246 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18247 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18248 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18249 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18250
18251 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" nil)
18252
18253 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18254 Toggle Msb mode.
18255 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18256 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18257 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18258
18259 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18260
18261 ;;;***
18262 \f
18263 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18264 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18265 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18266 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18267 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18268 ;;;;;; (17623 45182))
18269 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18270
18271 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18272 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18273 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18274 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18275 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18276 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18277 set of ISO charsets.
18278
18279 Each element has the following format:
18280 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18281
18282 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18283
18284 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18285 CHARSET are mapped.
18286
18287 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18288 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18289 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18290 character code in CHARSET.
18291
18292 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18293 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18294 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18295 or
18296 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18297 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18298 TO2, or...
18299 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18300 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18301
18302 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18303 Display a list of all character sets.
18304
18305 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18306 internal Emacs use.
18307
18308 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18309 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18310 hexadecimal digits.
18311 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18312 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18313
18314 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18315 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18316 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18317 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18318
18319 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18320 but still shows the full information.
18321
18322 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18323
18324 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18325 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18326 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18327 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18328 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18329
18330 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18331 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18332 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18333 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18334 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18335
18336 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18337
18338 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18339 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18340 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18341 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18342 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18343
18344 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18345
18346 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18347 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18348
18349 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18350
18351 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18352 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18353
18354 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18355
18356 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18357 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18358
18359 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18360 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18361 in place of `..':
18362 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18363 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18364 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18365 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18366 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18367 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18368 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18369 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18370 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18371 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18372 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18373 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18374 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18375 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18376 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18377 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18378
18379 \(fn)" t nil)
18380
18381 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18382 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18383
18384 \(fn)" t nil)
18385
18386 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18387 Display a list of all coding systems.
18388 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18389
18390 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18391 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18392
18393 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18394
18395 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18396 Display a list of all coding categories.
18397
18398 \(fn)" nil nil)
18399
18400 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18401 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18402 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18403
18404 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18405
18406 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18407 Display information about FONTSET.
18408 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18409
18410 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18411
18412 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18413 Display a list of all fontsets.
18414 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18415 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18416 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18417
18418 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18419
18420 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18421 Display information about all input methods.
18422
18423 \(fn)" t nil)
18424
18425 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18426 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18427
18428 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18429 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18430 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18431 system which uses fontsets).
18432
18433 \(fn)" t nil)
18434
18435 ;;;***
18436 \f
18437 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18438 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18439 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18440 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18441 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18442 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17504 41540))
18443 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18444
18445 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18446 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18447 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18448
18449 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18450
18451 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18452
18453 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18454 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18455
18456 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18457 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18458
18459 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18460 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18461
18462 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18463
18464 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18465 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18466 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18467 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18468 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18469 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18470 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18471
18472 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18473 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18474 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18475 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18476 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18477 middle of a character in STR.
18478
18479 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18480 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18481
18482 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18483 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18484 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18485 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18486 defaults to \"...\".
18487
18488 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18489
18490 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18491 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18492
18493 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18494 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18495 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18496
18497 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18498 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18499 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18500
18501 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18502 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18503 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18504 is considered.
18505 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18506 longer than KEYSEQ.
18507 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18508
18509 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18510
18511 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18512 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18513 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18514 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18515 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18516 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18517 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18518 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18519 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18520 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18521 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18522
18523 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18524
18525 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18526 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18527
18528 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18529
18530 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18531 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18532
18533 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18534
18535 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18536 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18537
18538 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18539
18540 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18541 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18542
18543 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18544
18545 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18546 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18547 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18548 coding systems ordered by priority.
18549
18550 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18551
18552 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
18553 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18554 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18555 language environment LANG-ENV.
18556
18557 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18558
18559 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
18560 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18561 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18562 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18563 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18564 basis, this may not be accurate.
18565
18566 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18567
18568 ;;;***
18569 \f
18570 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18571 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
18572 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18573
18574 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18575 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18576 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18577 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18578 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18579 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18580
18581 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" nil)
18582
18583 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18584 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18585 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18586 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18587
18588 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18589
18590 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18591 Enable mouse wheel support.
18592
18593 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18594
18595 ;;;***
18596 \f
18597 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18598 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18599 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18600 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17504 41540))
18601 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18602
18603 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18604 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18605
18606 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18607
18608 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18609 Ping HOST.
18610 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18611 `ping-program-options'.
18612
18613 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18614
18615 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
18616 Run ipconfig program.
18617
18618 \(fn)" t nil)
18619
18620 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
18621
18622 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18623 Run netstat program.
18624
18625 \(fn)" t nil)
18626
18627 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18628 Run the arp program.
18629
18630 \(fn)" t nil)
18631
18632 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18633 Run the route program.
18634
18635 \(fn)" t nil)
18636
18637 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18638 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18639
18640 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18641
18642 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18643 Run nslookup program.
18644
18645 \(fn)" t nil)
18646
18647 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18648 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18649
18650 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18651
18652 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18653 Run dig program.
18654
18655 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18656
18657 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18658 Run ftp program.
18659
18660 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18661
18662 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18663 Finger USER on HOST.
18664
18665 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18666
18667 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18668 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18669 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18670 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18671
18672 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18673
18674 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
18675 Not documented
18676
18677 \(fn)" t nil)
18678
18679 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
18680 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18681
18682 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18683
18684 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
18685 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18686
18687 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18688
18689 ;;;***
18690 \f
18691 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18692 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18693 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18694 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18695 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18696 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (17707 61789))
18697 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18698
18699 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
18700
18701 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
18702
18703 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
18704
18705 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
18706
18707 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
18708 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18709 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18710 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18711 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18712 Major modes should set this variable.")
18713
18714 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18715 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18716 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
18717 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18718 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
18719 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
18720
18721 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment" t)
18722 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18723
18724 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18725 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18726 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18727
18728 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18729 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18730 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18731 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18732 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18733
18734 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18735 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18736 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18737
18738 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18739 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18740 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18741 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18742
18743 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
18744 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18745 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18746 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18747 column indentation or nil.
18748 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18749
18750 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18751 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18752 The function has no args.
18753
18754 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18755 comments always start in column zero.")
18756
18757 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
18758 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18759 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18760
18761 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment" t)
18762
18763 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
18764 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18765 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18766 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18767
18768 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18769 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18770
18771 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment" t)
18772
18773 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18774 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18775 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18776 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18777 customize this variable.
18778
18779 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18780 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18781
18782 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment" t)
18783
18784 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
18785 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18786 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18787 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18788 the variables are properly set.
18789
18790 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18791
18792 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
18793 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18794
18795 \(fn)" nil nil)
18796
18797 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
18798 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18799 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18800
18801 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18802
18803 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
18804 Set the comment column based on point.
18805 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18806 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18807 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18808 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18809
18810 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18811
18812 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
18813 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
18814 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18815
18816 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18817
18818 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18819 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18820 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18821 comment markers.
18822
18823 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18824
18825 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
18826 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18827 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18828 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18829 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18830 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
18831 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
18832 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
18833
18834 The strings used as comment starts are built from
18835 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
18836
18837 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18838
18839 (autoload (quote comment-box) "newcomment" "\
18840 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
18841 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
18842 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
18843
18844 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18845
18846 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
18847 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18848 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18849 is passed on to the respective function.
18850
18851 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18852
18853 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
18854 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18855 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18856 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18857 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18858 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
18859 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18860 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18861 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18862
18863 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18864
18865 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18866 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18867 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18868
18869 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment" t)
18870
18871 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
18872 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18873 This indents the body of the continued comment
18874 under the previous comment line.
18875
18876 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18877 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18878 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18879
18880 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18881 or comment indentation.
18882
18883 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18884 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18885
18886 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18887
18888 ;;;***
18889 \f
18890 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
18891 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
18892 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17504 41540))
18893 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
18894
18895 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18896 Check whether newsticker is running.
18897 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18898 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18899
18900 \(fn)" nil nil)
18901
18902 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
18903 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18904 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18905 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18906 empty.
18907
18908 \(fn)" nil nil)
18909
18910 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
18911 Start the newsticker.
18912 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18913 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18914 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18915 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18916
18917 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18918
18919 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
18920 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18921 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18922 running already.
18923
18924 \(fn)" t nil)
18925
18926 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
18927 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
18928
18929 \(fn)" t nil)
18930
18931 ;;;***
18932 \f
18933 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18934 ;;;;;; (17746 34862))
18935 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18936
18937 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
18938 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18939
18940 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18941
18942 ;;;***
18943 \f
18944 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17504
18945 ;;;;;; 41540))
18946 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18947
18948 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
18949 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18950 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18951 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18952 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18953 symbol in the alist.
18954
18955 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18956
18957 ;;;***
18958 \f
18959 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18960 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
18961 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18962
18963 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
18964 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18965 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18966
18967 \(fn)" t nil)
18968
18969 ;;;***
18970 \f
18971 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
18972 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
18973 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
18974
18975 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
18976 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
18977 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
18978
18979 \(fn)" t nil)
18980
18981 ;;;***
18982 \f
18983 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18984 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
18985 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18986
18987 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
18988 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18989
18990 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18991
18992 ;;;***
18993 \f
18994 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
18995 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17746 34862))
18996 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
18997
18998 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
18999 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19000
19001 \(fn)" t nil)
19002
19003 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19004 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19005
19006 \(fn)" t nil)
19007
19008 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19009 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19010
19011 \(fn)" t nil)
19012
19013 ;;;***
19014 \f
19015 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19016 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17665 54360))
19017 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19018
19019 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
19020 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19021 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19022
19023 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
19024
19025 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
19026 Not documented
19027
19028 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19029
19030 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
19031 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19032 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19033 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19034 to future sessions.
19035
19036 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19037
19038 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
19039 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19040 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19041 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19042 to future sessions.
19043
19044 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19045
19046 ;;;***
19047 \f
19048 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19049 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
19050 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19051
19052 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
19053 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19054 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19055 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19056 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19057 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19058
19059 \(fn)" t nil)
19060
19061 ;;;***
19062 \f
19063 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19064 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
19065 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19066
19067 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
19068 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19069 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19070 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19071 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19072
19073 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
19074
19075 ;;;***
19076 \f
19077 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19078 ;;;;;; (17731 48936))
19079 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19080
19081 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
19082 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19083 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19084
19085 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19086
19087 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19088 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19089
19090 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19091 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19092 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19093
19094 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19095
19096 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
19097
19098 ;;;***
19099 \f
19100 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19101 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
19102 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19103
19104 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
19105 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19106
19107 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19108 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19109 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19110 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19111
19112 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19113 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19114 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19115 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19116 is why you need this mode!).
19117
19118 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19119 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19120 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19121
19122 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19123
19124 Keybindings
19125 ===========
19126
19127 \\{octave-mode-map}
19128
19129 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19130 ==============================================
19131
19132 octave-auto-indent
19133 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19134 Default is nil.
19135
19136 octave-auto-newline
19137 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19138 Default is nil.
19139
19140 octave-blink-matching-block
19141 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19142 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19143
19144 octave-block-offset
19145 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19146 Default is 2.
19147
19148 octave-continuation-offset
19149 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19150 Default is 4.
19151
19152 octave-continuation-string
19153 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19154 Default is a backslash.
19155
19156 octave-mode-startup-message
19157 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
19158 Default is t.
19159
19160 octave-send-echo-input
19161 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19162 command to the inferior Octave process.
19163
19164 octave-send-line-auto-forward
19165 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19166 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19167
19168 octave-send-echo-input
19169 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19170
19171 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19172
19173 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19174 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19175
19176 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19177 (setq auto-mode-alist
19178 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19179
19180 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19181 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19182
19183 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19184 (lambda ()
19185 (abbrev-mode 1)
19186 (auto-fill-mode 1)
19187 (if (eq window-system 'x)
19188 (font-lock-mode 1))))
19189
19190 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19191 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19192 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19193 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19194
19195 \(fn)" t nil)
19196
19197 ;;;***
19198 \f
19199 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19200 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19201 ;;;;;; org-remember-handler org-remember-apply-template org-remember-annotation
19202 ;;;;;; org-store-link org-tags-view org-diary org-cycle-agenda-files
19203 ;;;;;; org-todo-list org-agenda-list org-batch-agenda org-agenda
19204 ;;;;;; org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
19205 ;;;;;; (17759 28874))
19206 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19207
19208 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19209 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19210 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19211
19212 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19213 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19214 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19215 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19216 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19217 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19218 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19219 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19220 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19221 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19222
19223 The following commands are available:
19224
19225 \\{org-mode-map}
19226
19227 \(fn)" t nil)
19228
19229 (autoload (quote org-cycle) "org" "\
19230 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19231
19232 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19233 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19234 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19235 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19236 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19237
19238 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19239 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19240 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19241 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19242 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19243 and zoom in further.
19244 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19245
19246 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19247 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19248 is negative, go up that many levels.
19249
19250 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19251 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19252 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19253
19254 - Special case: if point is the the beginning of the buffer and there is
19255 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19256
19257 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19258
19259 (autoload (quote org-global-cycle) "org" "\
19260 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19261
19262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19263
19264 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19265 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19266 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19267 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19268 g
19269 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19270 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19271 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19272 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19273 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19274 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19275 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19276 l Create a timeeline for the current buffer.
19277
19278 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19279 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19280 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19281
19282 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19283 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19284 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19285
19286 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19287
19288 (autoload (quote org-batch-agenda) "org" "\
19289 Run an agenda command in batch mode, send result to STDOUT.
19290 CMD-KEY is a string that is also a key in `org-agenda-custom-commands'.
19291 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19292 before running the agenda command.
19293
19294 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19295
19296 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19297 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19298 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19299 will be able to go to other weeks.
19300 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19301 also be shown, under the current date.
19302 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19303 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19304 to turn on logging.
19305 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19306 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19307 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19308
19309 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19310
19311 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19312 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19313 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19314 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19315 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19316 `org-todo-keywords'.
19317
19318 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19319
19320 (autoload (quote org-cycle-agenda-files) "org" "\
19321 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19322 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19323 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19324
19325 \(fn)" t nil)
19326
19327 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19328 Return diary information from org-files.
19329 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19330 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19331 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19332 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19333
19334 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19335 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19336 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19337
19338 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19339 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19340 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19341 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19342
19343 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19344 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19345 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19346
19347 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19348 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19349 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19350 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19351
19352 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19353
19354 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19355
19356 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19357 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19358
19359 &%%(org-diary)
19360
19361 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19362 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
19363 also be written as
19364
19365 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19366
19367 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19368 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19369 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19370
19371 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19372
19373 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19374 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19375 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19376
19377 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19378
19379 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19380 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19381 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19382 \\[org-insert-link].
19383 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19384 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19385 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19386
19387 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19388
19389 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19390 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19391 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19392 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19393 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19394
19395 \(fn)" nil nil)
19396
19397 (autoload (quote org-remember-apply-template) "org" "\
19398 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19399 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19400 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19401
19402 \(fn)" nil nil)
19403
19404 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19405 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19406 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19407 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19408 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19409 file the text at a specific location.
19410 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19411 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19412 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19413
19414 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19415 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19416 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19417 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19418 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19419 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19420 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19421 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19422
19423 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19424 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19425 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19426 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19427
19428 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19429 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19430 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19431
19432 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19433 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19434 \(i.e. after the stars).
19435
19436 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19437
19438 \(fn)" nil nil)
19439
19440 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19441 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19442
19443 \(fn)" nil nil)
19444
19445 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19446 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19447
19448 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19449
19450 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org" "\
19451 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19452 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19453 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19454
19455 \(fn)" t nil)
19456
19457 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19458 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19459 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19460 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19461
19462 \(fn)" t nil)
19463
19464 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19465 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19466 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19467
19468 \(fn)" t nil)
19469
19470 ;;;***
19471 \f
19472 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19473 ;;;;;; (17508 50986))
19474 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19475 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19476
19477 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19478 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19479 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19480 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19481
19482 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19483 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19484 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19485 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19486
19487 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19488 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19489 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19490 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19491 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19492 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19493
19494 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19495 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19496 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19497
19498 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19499 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19500 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19501 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19502 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19503 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19504 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19505 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19506 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19507 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19508 The subheadings remain visible.
19509 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19510
19511 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19512 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19513 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19514
19515 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19516 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19517
19518 \(fn)" t nil)
19519
19520 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
19521 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19522 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19523 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19524
19525 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19526
19527 ;;;***
19528 \f
19529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (17504
19530 ;;;;;; 41540))
19531 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
19532 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19533 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19534 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19535 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19536 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19537 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19538 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19539 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19540 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19541
19542 ;;;***
19543 \f
19544 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17504 41540))
19545 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19546
19547 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19548 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19549 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19550 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19551 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19552 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19553
19554 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" nil)
19555
19556 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
19557 Toggle Show Paren mode.
19558 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19559 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19560
19561 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19562 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19563
19564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19565
19566 ;;;***
19567 \f
19568 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19569 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
19570 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19571
19572 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
19573 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19574 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19575 unknown are returned as nil.
19576
19577 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19578
19579 ;;;***
19580 \f
19581 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17504
19582 ;;;;;; 41540))
19583 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19584
19585 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
19586 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19587 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19588
19589 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19590 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19591
19592 Other useful functions are:
19593
19594 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
19595 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
19596 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
19597 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19598 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19599 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
19600 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
19601 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19602 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19603
19604 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19605
19606 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19607 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19608 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19609 Indentation for case statements.
19610 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19611 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19612 mark after an end.
19613 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19614 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19615 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19616 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19617 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19618 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19619 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19620 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19621 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19622 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19623
19624 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19625 pascal-separator-keywords.
19626
19627 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19628 no args, if that value is non-nil.
19629
19630 \(fn)" t nil)
19631
19632 ;;;***
19633 \f
19634 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19635 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
19636 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19637
19638 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
19639 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19640 The keys affected are:
19641 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19642 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19643 M-Backspace does undo.
19644 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19645 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19646 C-Escape does list-buffers.
19647
19648 \(fn)" t nil)
19649
19650 ;;;***
19651 \f
19652 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
19653 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17504 41540))
19654 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19655
19656 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19657 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19658 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19659 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19660 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19661 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19662
19663 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
19664
19665 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
19666 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
19667
19668 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19669
19670 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
19671 which modify the status of the mark.
19672
19673 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
19674 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
19675
19676 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
19677 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
19678
19679 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
19680 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
19681 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
19682 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
19683 turning PC Selection mode on.
19684
19685 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
19686 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
19687
19688 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
19689 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
19690 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
19691
19692 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
19693 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
19694 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
19695
19696 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
19697 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
19698
19699 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
19700 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
19701 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
19702
19703 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
19704 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
19705 but before calling PC Selection mode):
19706
19707 F6 other-window
19708 DELETE delete-char
19709 C-DELETE kill-line
19710 M-DELETE kill-word
19711 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
19712 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
19713 M-BACKSPACE undo
19714
19715 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19716
19717 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19718 Toggle PC Selection mode.
19719 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
19720 and cursor movement commands.
19721 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19722 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19723 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
19724
19725 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
19726
19727 ;;;***
19728 \f
19729 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17504
19730 ;;;;;; 41540))
19731 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
19732
19733 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
19734 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
19735
19736 \(fn)" nil nil)
19737
19738 ;;;***
19739 \f
19740 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
19741 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17504 41540))
19742 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
19743
19744 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19745 Completion for `gzip'.
19746
19747 \(fn)" nil nil)
19748
19749 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19750 Completion for `bzip2'.
19751
19752 \(fn)" nil nil)
19753
19754 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19755 Completion for GNU `make'.
19756
19757 \(fn)" nil nil)
19758
19759 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19760 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
19761
19762 \(fn)" nil nil)
19763
19764 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19765
19766 ;;;***
19767 \f
19768 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
19769 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17504 41540))
19770 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
19771
19772 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19773 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
19774
19775 \(fn)" nil nil)
19776
19777 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19778 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
19779
19780 \(fn)" nil nil)
19781
19782 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
19783 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
19784
19785 \(fn)" nil nil)
19786
19787 ;;;***
19788 \f
19789 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17504
19790 ;;;;;; 41540))
19791 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
19792
19793 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
19794 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
19795 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
19796 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
19797 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
19798 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
19799
19800 \(fn)" nil nil)
19801
19802 ;;;***
19803 \f
19804 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
19805 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
19806 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17504 41540))
19807 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
19808
19809 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19810 Completion for `cd'.
19811
19812 \(fn)" nil nil)
19813
19814 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
19815
19816 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19817 Completion for `rmdir'.
19818
19819 \(fn)" nil nil)
19820
19821 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19822 Completion for `rm'.
19823
19824 \(fn)" nil nil)
19825
19826 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19827 Completion for `xargs'.
19828
19829 \(fn)" nil nil)
19830
19831 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
19832
19833 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19834 Completion for `which'.
19835
19836 \(fn)" nil nil)
19837
19838 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19839 Completion for the `chown' command.
19840
19841 \(fn)" nil nil)
19842
19843 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
19844 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
19845
19846 \(fn)" nil nil)
19847
19848 ;;;***
19849 \f
19850 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
19851 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
19852 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17504
19853 ;;;;;; 41540))
19854 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
19855
19856 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
19857 Support extensible programmable completion.
19858 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
19859 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
19860
19861 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
19862
19863 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
19864 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
19865
19866 \(fn)" t nil)
19867
19868 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
19869 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19870 This will modify the current buffer.
19871
19872 \(fn)" t nil)
19873
19874 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
19875 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
19876
19877 \(fn)" t nil)
19878
19879 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
19880 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
19881 This will modify the current buffer.
19882
19883 \(fn)" t nil)
19884
19885 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
19886 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
19887
19888 \(fn)" t nil)
19889
19890 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
19891 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
19892
19893 \(fn)" t nil)
19894
19895 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19896 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
19897 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
19898 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
19899 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
19900
19901 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
19902
19903 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
19904 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
19905
19906 \(fn)" nil nil)
19907
19908 ;;;***
19909 \f
19910 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
19911 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
19912 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17759 28868))
19913 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
19914
19915 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
19916 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
19917 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
19918 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19919
19920 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
19921
19922 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
19923
19924 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
19925 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
19926 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
19927 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19928 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19929 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19930 FLAGS is ignored.
19931
19932 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
19933
19934 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
19935 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
19936 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
19937 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19938 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
19939 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19940 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19941 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19942
19943 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
19944
19945 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
19946 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
19947 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19948 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
19949 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19950 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19951 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
19952 passed to cvs.
19953
19954 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
19955
19956 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
19957 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
19958 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
19959 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
19960 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
19961 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
19962 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
19963
19964 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
19965
19966 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
19967
19968 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
19969 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
19970 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
19971
19972 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs" t)
19973
19974 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
19975 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
19976 nil means never do it.
19977 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
19978 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
19979 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
19980
19981 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs" t)
19982
19983 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
19984 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
19985 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
19986
19987 ;;;***
19988 \f
19989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17672 28070))
19990 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
19991
19992 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
19993
19994 ;;;***
19995 \f
19996 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
19997 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
19998 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
19999
20000 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
20001 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20002 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20003 Tab indents for Perl code.
20004 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20005 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20006 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20007 \\{perl-mode-map}
20008 Variables controlling indentation style:
20009 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20010 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20011 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20012 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20013 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20014 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20015 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20016 `perl-nochange'
20017 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20018 `perl-indent-level'
20019 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20020 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20021 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20022 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20023 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20024 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20025 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20026 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20027 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20028 `perl-brace-offset'
20029 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20030 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20031 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20032 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20033 `perl-label-offset'
20034 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20035 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20036 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20037
20038 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20039 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20040 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20041 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20042 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20043 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20044 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20045
20046 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20047
20048 \(fn)" t nil)
20049
20050 ;;;***
20051 \f
20052 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20053 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20054 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20055 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17661 56347))
20056 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20057
20058 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20059 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20060
20061 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20062
20063 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20064 passphrase cache or user.
20065
20066 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20067
20068 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
20069 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20070
20071 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20072 cache or user.
20073
20074 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20075
20076 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
20077 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20078
20079 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20080 the region.
20081
20082 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20083 passphrase cache or user.
20084
20085 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20086
20087 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
20088 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20089
20090 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20091
20092 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20093 the region.
20094
20095 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20096 passphrase cache or user.
20097
20098 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20099
20100 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20101 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20102
20103 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20104 passphrase cache or user.
20105
20106 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20107
20108 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
20109 Decrypt the current buffer.
20110
20111 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20112 the region.
20113
20114 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20115 passphrase cache or user.
20116
20117 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20118
20119 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
20120 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20121
20122 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20123 a detached signature.
20124
20125 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20126 and the the output is displayed.
20127
20128 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20129 passphrase cache or user.
20130
20131 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20132
20133 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
20134 Sign the current buffer.
20135
20136 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20137 detached signature.
20138
20139 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20140 within the region.
20141
20142 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20143 and the the output is displayed.
20144
20145 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20146 passphrase cache or user.
20147
20148 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20149
20150 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
20151 Verify the current region between START and END.
20152 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20153 the detached signature of the current region.
20154
20155 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20156 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20157
20158 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20159
20160 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
20161 Verify the current buffer.
20162 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20163 the detached signature of the current region.
20164 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20165 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20166 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20167 within the region.
20168
20169 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20170
20171 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
20172 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20173
20174 \(fn)" t nil)
20175
20176 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
20177 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20178
20179 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20180
20181 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
20182 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20183
20184 \(fn)" t nil)
20185
20186 ;;;***
20187 \f
20188 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20189 ;;;;;; (17664 29027))
20190 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20191
20192 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
20193 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20194
20195 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20196
20197 ;;;***
20198 \f
20199 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20200 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
20201 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20202
20203 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
20204 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20205 \\<picture-mode-map>
20206 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20207 afterwards settable by these commands:
20208
20209 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20210 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20211 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20212 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20213
20214 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20215 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20216 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20217 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20218
20219 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20220 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20221 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20222 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20223
20224 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20225 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20226 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20227 with these commands:
20228
20229 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20230 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20231 Move to column following last
20232 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20233 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20234 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20235 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20236 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20237 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20238
20239 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20240
20241 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20242 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20243 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20244 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20245 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20246 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20247
20248 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20249 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20250 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20251 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20252 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20253 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20254 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20255
20256 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20257 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20258 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20259 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20260 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20261 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20262 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20263 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20264
20265 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20266 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20267 by supplying an argument.
20268
20269 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20270
20271 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20272 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20273
20274 \(fn)" t nil)
20275
20276 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20277
20278 ;;;***
20279 \f
20280 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20281 ;;;;;; (17604 18984))
20282 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20283
20284 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20285 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20286 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20287
20288 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20289
20290 ;;;***
20291 \f
20292 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17557 12730))
20293 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20294
20295 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20296 Play pong and waste time.
20297 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20298 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20299
20300 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20301
20302 \\{pong-mode-map}
20303
20304 \(fn)" t nil)
20305
20306 ;;;***
20307 \f
20308 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20309 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17746 34861))
20310 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20311
20312 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20313 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20314 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20315 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20316
20317 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20318
20319 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20320 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20321
20322 \(fn)" nil nil)
20323
20324 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20325 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20326 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20327 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20328 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20329
20330 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20331
20332 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20333 Evaluate an expression, then pretty-print value EXPVAL into a new buffer.
20334 If pretty-printed EXPVAL fits on one line, display it in the echo
20335 area instead. Also add EXPVAL to the front of the list
20336 in the variable `values'.
20337
20338 Non-interactively, the argument is the value, EXPVAL, not the expression
20339 to evaluate.
20340
20341 \(fn EXPVAL)" t nil)
20342
20343 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20344 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20345 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20346 Ignores leading comment characters.
20347
20348 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20349
20350 ;;;***
20351 \f
20352 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20353 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20354 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20355 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20356 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20357 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20358 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20359 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20360 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20361 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20362 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20363 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20364 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20365 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20366 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20367 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20368 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20369 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20370 ;;;;;; (17746 34861))
20371 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20372
20373 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20374 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20375
20376 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20377
20378 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20379
20380 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20381
20382 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20383 Preview directory using ghostview.
20384
20385 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20386 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20387 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20388 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20389
20390 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20391 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20392 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20393 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20394 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20395 file name.
20396
20397 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20398
20399 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20400
20401 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20402 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20403
20404 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20405 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20406 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20407 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20408
20409 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20410 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20411 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20412 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20413 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20414 file name.
20415
20416 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20417
20418 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20419
20420 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20421 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20422
20423 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20424 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20425 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20426 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20427
20428 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20429 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20430 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20431 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20432 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20433 file name.
20434
20435 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20436
20437 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20438
20439 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20440 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20441
20442 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20443
20444 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20445 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20446 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20447 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20448
20449 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20450 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20451 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20452 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20453 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20454 file name.
20455
20456 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20457
20458 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20459
20460 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20461 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20462
20463 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20464 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20465 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20466
20467 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20468 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20469 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20470 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20471
20472 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20473
20474 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20475 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20476
20477 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20478 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20479 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20480
20481 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20482 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20483 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20484 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20485
20486 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20487
20488 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20489 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20490
20491 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20492 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20493 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20494
20495 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20496 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20497 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20498 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20499
20500 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20501
20502 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20503 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20504
20505 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20506
20507 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20508 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20509 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20510
20511 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20512 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20513 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20514 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20515
20516 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20517
20518 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
20519 Preview region using ghostview.
20520
20521 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20522
20523 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20524
20525 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20526 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20527
20528 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20529
20530 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20531
20532 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
20533 Print region using PostScript printer.
20534
20535 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20536
20537 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20538
20539 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
20540 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20541
20542 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20543
20544 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20545
20546 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
20547 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20548
20549 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20550
20551 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20552
20553 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20554 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20555
20556 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20557
20558 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20559
20560 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
20561 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20562
20563 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20564
20565 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20566
20567 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
20568 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20569
20570 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20571
20572 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20573
20574 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
20575 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20576 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20577 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20578
20579 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20580 matching.
20581
20582 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20583 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20584
20585 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20586
20587 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20588
20589 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
20590 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20591 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20592 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20593
20594 \(fn)" t nil)
20595
20596 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
20597 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20598 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20599 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20600
20601 \(fn)" t nil)
20602
20603 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
20604 Print directory using text printer.
20605
20606 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20607 matching.
20608
20609 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20610 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20611
20612 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20613
20614 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20615
20616 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
20617 Print buffer using text printer.
20618
20619 \(fn)" t nil)
20620
20621 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
20622 Print region using text printer.
20623
20624 \(fn)" t nil)
20625
20626 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
20627 Print major mode using text printer.
20628
20629 \(fn)" t nil)
20630
20631 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
20632 Preview spooled PostScript.
20633
20634 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20635 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20636 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20637
20638 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20639 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20640 PostScript image in a file with that name.
20641
20642 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20643
20644 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20645 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20646
20647 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20648 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20649 instead of sending it to the printer.
20650
20651 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20652 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20653 image in a file with that name.
20654
20655 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20656
20657 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
20658 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20659
20660 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20661 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20662 instead of sending it to the printer.
20663
20664 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20665 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20666 image in a file with that name.
20667
20668 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20669
20670 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
20671 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20672
20673 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20674 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20675 instead of sending it to the printer.
20676
20677 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20678 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20679 image in a file with that name.
20680
20681 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20682
20683 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
20684 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20685
20686 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20687
20688 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
20689 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20690
20691 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20692
20693 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20694 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
20695
20696 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20697
20698 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
20699 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
20700
20701 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20702
20703 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
20704 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20705
20706 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20707
20708 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
20709 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
20710
20711 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
20712 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20713 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
20714 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20715
20716 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20717 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
20718 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
20719 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
20720 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
20721 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
20722 file name.
20723
20724 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20725
20726 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
20727 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
20728
20729 \(fn)" t nil)
20730
20731 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
20732 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
20733
20734 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20735 right.
20736 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20737 bottom.
20738
20739 \(fn)" t nil)
20740
20741 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
20742 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
20743
20744 \(fn)" t nil)
20745
20746 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20747 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
20748
20749 \(fn)" t nil)
20750
20751 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
20752 Toggle printing with faces.
20753
20754 \(fn)" t nil)
20755
20756 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
20757 Toggle spooling.
20758
20759 \(fn)" t nil)
20760
20761 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
20762 Toggle duplex.
20763
20764 \(fn)" t nil)
20765
20766 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
20767 Toggle tumble.
20768
20769 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20770 right.
20771 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20772 bottom.
20773
20774 \(fn)" t nil)
20775
20776 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
20777 Toggle landscape.
20778
20779 \(fn)" t nil)
20780
20781 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
20782 Toggle upside-down.
20783
20784 \(fn)" t nil)
20785
20786 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
20787 Toggle line number.
20788
20789 \(fn)" t nil)
20790
20791 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
20792 Toggle zebra stripes.
20793
20794 \(fn)" t nil)
20795
20796 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
20797 Toggle printing header.
20798
20799 \(fn)" t nil)
20800
20801 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
20802 Toggle printing header frame.
20803
20804 \(fn)" t nil)
20805
20806 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
20807 Toggle menu lock.
20808
20809 \(fn)" t nil)
20810
20811 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
20812 Toggle auto region.
20813
20814 \(fn)" t nil)
20815
20816 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
20817 Toggle auto mode.
20818
20819 \(fn)" t nil)
20820
20821 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
20822 Customization of the `printing' group.
20823
20824 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20825
20826 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
20827 Customization of the `lpr' group.
20828
20829 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20830
20831 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
20832 Help for the printing package.
20833
20834 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20835
20836 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
20837 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
20838
20839 \(fn)" t nil)
20840
20841 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
20842 Interactively select a text printer.
20843
20844 \(fn)" t nil)
20845
20846 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
20847 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
20848
20849 \(fn)" t nil)
20850
20851 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
20852 Show current ps-print settings.
20853
20854 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20855
20856 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
20857 Show current printing settings.
20858
20859 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20860
20861 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
20862 Show current lpr settings.
20863
20864 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20865
20866 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20867 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
20868
20869 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20870 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20871 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20872 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
20873
20874
20875 Interactively, you have the following situations:
20876
20877 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20878 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
20879 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
20880
20881 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20882 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20883 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
20884 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
20885 current active printer.
20886
20887 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20888 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
20889 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20890 printer.
20891
20892 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
20893 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
20894 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
20895 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
20896 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20897
20898
20899 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
20900 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
20901
20902 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
20903
20904 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
20905 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
20906 be done using the new current active printer.
20907
20908 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
20909 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
20910 printer.
20911
20912 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
20913 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
20914 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
20915 instead of sending it to the printer.
20916
20917 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
20918 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
20919 printer.
20920
20921 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
20922
20923
20924 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
20925 are both set to t.
20926
20927 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
20928
20929 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
20930 Fast fire function for text printing.
20931
20932 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
20933 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
20934 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
20935 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
20936
20937 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20938 user for a new active text printer.
20939
20940 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
20941
20942 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
20943
20944 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
20945 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
20946 printer.
20947
20948 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
20949
20950 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
20951 are both set to t.
20952
20953 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
20954
20955 ;;;***
20956 \f
20957 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
20958 ;;;;;; (17665 30176))
20959 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
20960
20961 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
20962 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
20963 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
20964 Commands:
20965 \\{prolog-mode-map}
20966 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
20967 if that value is non-nil.
20968
20969 \(fn)" t nil)
20970
20971 (defalias (quote run-prolog) (quote switch-to-prolog))
20972
20973 (autoload (quote switch-to-prolog) "prolog" "\
20974 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
20975 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
20976
20977 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
20978
20979 ;;;***
20980 \f
20981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17504 41540))
20982 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
20983
20984 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
20985 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
20986 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
20987
20988 ;;;***
20989 \f
20990 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17504
20991 ;;;;;; 41540))
20992 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
20993
20994 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
20995 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
20996
20997 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
20998
20999 The following variables hold user options, and can
21000 be set through the `customize' command:
21001
21002 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21003 `ps-mode-tab'
21004 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21005 `ps-mode-print-function'
21006 `ps-run-prompt'
21007 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21008 `ps-run-x'
21009 `ps-run-dumb'
21010 `ps-run-init'
21011 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21012 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21013
21014 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21015
21016
21017 \\{ps-mode-map}
21018
21019
21020 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21021 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21022 The keymap for this second window is:
21023
21024 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21025
21026
21027 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21028 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21029 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21030 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21031 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21032
21033 \(fn)" t nil)
21034
21035 ;;;***
21036 \f
21037 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
21038 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
21039 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
21040 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17504 41540))
21041 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
21042
21043 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
21044 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
21045
21046 Valid values are:
21047
21048 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
21049 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
21050 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
21051 changed by setting the variable
21052 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
21053 The initial value of this variable is
21054 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
21055 documentation).
21056
21057 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
21058 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
21059 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
21060 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
21061 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
21062 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
21063 test it.
21064
21065 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
21066 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
21067 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
21068 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
21069 source file. BDF fonts are included in
21070 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
21071 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
21072 use this value, be sure to have installed
21073 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
21074 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
21075 documentation of this variable).
21076
21077 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
21078 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
21079 characters. This is convenient when you want or
21080 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
21081 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
21082 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
21083
21084 Any other value is treated as nil.")
21085
21086 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" t)
21087
21088 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21089 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
21090 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
21091
21092 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21093
21094 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21095 Not documented
21096
21097 \(fn)" nil nil)
21098
21099 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
21100 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
21101
21102 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
21103
21104 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21105
21106 Returns the value:
21107
21108 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21109
21110 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21111 the sequence.
21112
21113 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21114
21115 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
21116 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
21117
21118 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
21119 composition.
21120
21121 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21122
21123 Returns the value:
21124
21125 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21126
21127 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21128 the sequence.
21129
21130 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21131
21132 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
21133 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
21134
21135 \(fn)" nil nil)
21136
21137 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
21138 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
21139 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
21140
21141 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
21142
21143 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
21144 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
21145 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
21146
21147 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21148
21149 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
21150 Not documented
21151
21152 \(fn)" nil nil)
21153
21154 ;;;***
21155 \f
21156 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21157 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21158 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21159 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21160 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21161 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17686
21162 ;;;;;; 35929))
21163 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21164
21165 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21166 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21167 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21168
21169 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" t)
21170
21171 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
21172 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21173 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21174 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21175
21176 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print" t)
21177
21178 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
21179 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21180
21181 Valid values are:
21182
21183 nil Do not print colors.
21184
21185 t Print colors.
21186
21187 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21188 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21189
21190 Any other value is treated as t.")
21191
21192 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print" t)
21193
21194 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
21195 Customization of ps-print group.
21196
21197 \(fn)" t nil)
21198
21199 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21200 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21201
21202 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21203 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21204 sending it to the printer.
21205
21206 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21207 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21208 image in a file with that name.
21209
21210 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21211
21212 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21213 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21214 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21215 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21216 so it has a way to determine color values.
21217
21218 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21219
21220 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
21221 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21222 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21223
21224 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21225
21226 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21227 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21228 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21229 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21230 so it has a way to determine color values.
21231
21232 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21233
21234 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21235 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21236 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21237 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21238
21239 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21240
21241 \(fn)" t nil)
21242
21243 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21244 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21245 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21246 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21247 so it has a way to determine color values.
21248
21249 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21250
21251 \(fn)" t nil)
21252
21253 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21254 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21255 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21256
21257 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21258
21259 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21260
21261 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21262 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21263 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21264 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21265 so it has a way to determine color values.
21266
21267 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21268
21269 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21270
21271 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21272 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21273
21274 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21275 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21276 instead of sending it to the printer.
21277
21278 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21279 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21280 image in a file with that name.
21281
21282 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21283
21284 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21285 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21286 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21287 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21288 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21289
21290 \(fn)" t nil)
21291
21292 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21293 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21294 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21295
21296 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21297
21298 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21299 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21300 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21301
21302 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21303
21304 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21305 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21306
21307 \(fn)" nil nil)
21308
21309 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21310 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21311
21312 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21313 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21314
21315 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21316 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21317
21318 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21319
21320 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21321
21322 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21323
21324 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21325 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21326
21327 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21328 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21329
21330 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21331 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21332
21333 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21334
21335 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21336
21337 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21338
21339 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21340 foreground and background colors respectively.
21341
21342 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21343 bold - use bold font.
21344 italic - use italic font.
21345 underline - put a line under text.
21346 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21347 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21348 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21349 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21350 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21351
21352 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21353
21354 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21355
21356 ;;;***
21357 \f
21358 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21359 ;;;;;; (17759 28873))
21360 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21361
21362 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21363
21364 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21365
21366 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21367
21368 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21369 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21370 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21371 buffer automatically.
21372
21373 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21374 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21375 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21376 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21377 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21378 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21379 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21380
21381 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21382 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21383 buffer for a list of commands.)
21384
21385 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21386
21387 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21388 Major mode for editing Python files.
21389 Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
21390 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21391 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21392 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21393
21394 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21395 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21396 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21397 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21398 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21399 \\<python-mode-map>
21400 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21401 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21402 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21403 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21404 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21405 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21406
21407 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21408 effect outside them.
21409
21410 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21411 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21412 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21413 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21414 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21415 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21416 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21417 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21418 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21419
21420 \\{python-mode-map}
21421
21422 \(fn)" t nil)
21423
21424 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21425 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21426 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21427 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21428
21429 \(fn)" t nil)
21430
21431 ;;;***
21432 \f
21433 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21434 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
21435 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21436
21437 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21438 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21439 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21440 coding-system.
21441
21442 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21443 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21444
21445 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21446 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21447 them into characters should be done separately.
21448
21449 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21450
21451 ;;;***
21452 \f
21453 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21454 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21455 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21456 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21457 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17660 47810))
21458 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21459
21460 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21461 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21462
21463 \(fn)" nil nil)
21464
21465 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21466 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21467 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21468
21469 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21470 `quail-activate', which see.
21471
21472 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21473
21474 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21475 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21476 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21477 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21478 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21479 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21480 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21481
21482 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21483 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21484 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21485 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21486 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21487 shown.
21488 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21489
21490 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21491 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21492 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21493 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21494 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21495 list of candidates.
21496
21497 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21498 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21499 command to be called.
21500
21501 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21502 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21503 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21504 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21505
21506 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21507 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21508 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21509 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21510 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21511 to t.
21512
21513 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21514 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21515 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21516 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21517
21518 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21519 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21520 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21521 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21522
21523 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21524 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21525 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21526 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21527 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21528 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21529
21530 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21531 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21532 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21533 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21534 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21535 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21536
21537 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21538 covers Quail translation region.
21539
21540 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21541 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21542 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21543 for it) is inserted.
21544
21545 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21546 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21547 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21548
21549 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21550 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21551 non-Quail commands.
21552
21553 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21554
21555 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21556 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21557
21558 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21559 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21560 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21561 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21562 you type is correctly handled.
21563
21564 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21565
21566 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21567 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21568
21569 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21570 keyboard type.
21571
21572 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21573
21574 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
21575 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21576 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21577 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21578 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21579 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21580 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21581 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21582 for the translation.
21583 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21584
21585 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21586 it is used to handle KEY.
21587
21588 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21589 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21590 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21591 the following annotation types are supported.
21592
21593 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21594 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21595
21596 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21597 candidate list.
21598
21599 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21600 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21601 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21602 inserted.
21603
21604 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21605 generated for the following translations.
21606
21607 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21608
21609 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
21610 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21611
21612 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21613 which to install MAP.
21614
21615 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21616
21617 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21618
21619 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
21620 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21621
21622 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21623 which to install MAP.
21624
21625 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21626
21627 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21628
21629 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
21630 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21631 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21632 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21633 a function, or a cons.
21634 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21635 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21636 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21637 for the translation.
21638 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21639 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21640 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21641 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21642 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21643
21644 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21645 it is used to handle KEY.
21646
21647 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21648 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21649 current Quail package.
21650
21651 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21652 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21653
21654 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21655
21656 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
21657 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21658
21659 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21660 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21661
21662 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21663
21664 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
21665 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21666
21667 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21668
21669 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
21670 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21671 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21672 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21673 of the Emacs source tree.
21674
21675 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21676 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21677
21678 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21679 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21680 of each directory.
21681
21682 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21683
21684 ;;;***
21685 \f
21686 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
21687 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
21688 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17504
21689 ;;;;;; 41540))
21690 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21691
21692 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21693 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21694 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21695 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
21696
21697 To make use of this do something like:
21698
21699 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
21700
21701 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
21702
21703 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
21704 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
21705
21706 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
21707 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21708 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21709
21710 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21711
21712 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
21713 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
21714
21715 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21716
21717 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
21718 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
21719
21720 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
21721 is decided.
21722
21723 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
21724
21725 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
21726 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
21727
21728 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
21729 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21730 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21731
21732 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21733
21734 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
21735 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
21736
21737 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21738
21739 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
21740 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
21741
21742 \(fn)" t nil)
21743
21744 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
21745 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
21746
21747 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
21748
21749 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
21750
21751 \(fn)" t nil)
21752
21753 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
21754 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
21755
21756 \(fn)" t nil)
21757
21758 ;;;***
21759 \f
21760 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
21761 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (17672 28071))
21762 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
21763
21764 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
21765 Connect to IRC.
21766 If ARG is non-nil, prompt for a server to connect to.
21767
21768 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21769
21770 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
21771
21772 (autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
21773 Not documented
21774
21775 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
21776
21777 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
21778 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
21779 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21780 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21781 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21782 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
21783
21784 (custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" nil)
21785
21786 (autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
21787 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
21788
21789 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21790
21791 ;;;***
21792 \f
21793 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17578
21794 ;;;;;; 29458))
21795 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
21796
21797 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
21798 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
21799 See \\[compile].
21800
21801 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
21802
21803 ;;;***
21804 \f
21805 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
21806 ;;;;;; (17759 28868))
21807 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
21808
21809 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
21810
21811 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
21812 Construct a regexp interactively.
21813
21814 \(fn)" t nil)
21815
21816 ;;;***
21817 \f
21818 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17718 30636))
21819 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
21820
21821 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
21822 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
21823 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21824 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21825 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21826 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
21827
21828 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" nil)
21829
21830 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
21831 Toggle recentf mode.
21832 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
21833 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
21834
21835 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
21836 that were operated on recently.
21837
21838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21839
21840 ;;;***
21841 \f
21842 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
21843 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
21844 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
21845 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17639
21846 ;;;;;; 6256))
21847 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
21848
21849 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
21850 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
21851 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
21852 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
21853
21854 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
21855
21856 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
21857
21858 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
21859 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
21860 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
21861 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
21862 ends.
21863
21864 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21865 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
21866 to be deleted.
21867
21868 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21869
21870 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21871 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21872 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21873
21874 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21875 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21876 deleted.
21877
21878 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
21879
21880 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
21881 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
21882 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
21883
21884 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
21885
21886 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
21887 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
21888
21889 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21890 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
21891
21892 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
21893 deleted.
21894
21895 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
21896 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
21897 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
21898 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
21899 even beep.)
21900
21901 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21902
21903 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
21904 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
21905
21906 \(fn)" t nil)
21907
21908 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21909 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
21910 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
21911 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
21912 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
21913 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
21914 and point is at the lower right corner.
21915
21916 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
21917
21918 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
21919 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21920
21921 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
21922 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
21923
21924 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21925 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
21926 on the right side of the rectangle.
21927
21928 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21929
21930 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
21931
21932 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
21933 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
21934 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
21935 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
21936 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
21937
21938 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21939 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
21940
21941 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21942
21943 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
21944 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
21945 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
21946
21947 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
21948
21949 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
21950
21951 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
21952
21953 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
21954 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
21955
21956 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21957 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
21958 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
21959
21960 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
21961
21962 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
21963 Blank out the region-rectangle.
21964 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
21965
21966 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
21967 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
21968 rectangle which were empty.
21969
21970 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
21971
21972 ;;;***
21973 \f
21974 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17504
21975 ;;;;;; 41540))
21976 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
21977
21978 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
21979 Toggle Refill minor mode.
21980 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
21981
21982 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
21983 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
21984 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
21985
21986 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21987
21988 ;;;***
21989 \f
21990 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
21991 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17504 41540))
21992 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
21993
21994 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
21995 Turn on RefTeX mode.
21996
21997 \(fn)" nil nil)
21998
21999 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
22000 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22001
22002 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22003 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22004
22005 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22006 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22007 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22008 \\ref macro.
22009
22010 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22011 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22012 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22013
22014 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22015 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22016 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22017
22018 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22019 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22020
22021 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22022 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22023
22024 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22025 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22026 on the menu bar.
22027
22028 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22029
22030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22031
22032 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
22033 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22034 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22035
22036 \(fn)" nil nil)
22037
22038 ;;;***
22039 \f
22040 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22041 ;;;;;; (17746 34863))
22042 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22043
22044 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
22045 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22046 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22047 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22048 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22049 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22050
22051 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22052
22053 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22054
22055 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22056 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22057 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22058 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22059 `reftex-cite-format'.
22060
22061 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22062 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22063 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22064 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22065
22066 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22067
22068 ;;;***
22069 \f
22070 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22071 ;;;;;; (17712 1062))
22072 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22073
22074 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
22075 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22076 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22077 the current TeX document.
22078
22079 With no argument, this command toggles
22080 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22081 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
22082
22083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22084
22085 ;;;***
22086 \f
22087 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22088 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
22089 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22090
22091 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
22092 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22093 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22094
22095 To insert new phrases, use
22096 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22097 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22098
22099 To index phrases use one of:
22100
22101 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22102 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22103 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22104 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22105 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22106
22107 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22108 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22109
22110 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22111
22112 Here are all local bindings.
22113
22114 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22115
22116 \(fn)" t nil)
22117
22118 ;;;***
22119 \f
22120 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22121 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
22122 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22123
22124 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
22125 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22126 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22127 of master file.
22128
22129 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22130
22131 ;;;***
22132 \f
22133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (17704
22134 ;;;;;; 3967))
22135 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22136 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22137 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22138 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22139 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22140
22141 ;;;***
22142 \f
22143 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22144 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
22145 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22146
22147 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
22148 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
22149 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22150 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22151 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22152 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22153
22154 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22155 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22156
22157 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22158 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22159
22160 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22161
22162 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
22163 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22164 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22165 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22166
22167 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22168
22169 ;;;***
22170 \f
22171 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17504 41540))
22172 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22173
22174 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
22175 Repeat most recently executed command.
22176 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
22177 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22178 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22179
22180 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
22181 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
22182 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22183
22184 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22185
22186 ;;;***
22187 \f
22188 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22189 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
22190 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22191
22192 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
22193 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22194
22195 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22196 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22197 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22198 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22199 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22200 and point is left after the salutation.
22201
22202 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22203 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22204 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22205 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22206 left after that text.
22207
22208 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22209 is non-nil.
22210
22211 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22212 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22213 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22214 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22215
22216 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22217
22218 ;;;***
22219 \f
22220 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22221 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
22222 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22223
22224 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
22225 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22226 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22227 visibility of comments that precede it.
22228 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22229 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22230 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22231 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22232 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22233 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22234 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22235 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22236 the comment lines.
22237 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22238 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22239 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22240 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22241 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22242
22243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22244 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
22245
22246 ;;;***
22247 \f
22248 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17746
22249 ;;;;;; 34861))
22250 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22251
22252 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
22253 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22254
22255 \(fn)" nil nil)
22256
22257 ;;;***
22258 \f
22259 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22260 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
22261 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22262
22263 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22264 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22265 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22266
22267 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22268 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22269 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22270
22271 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22272
22273 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22274 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22275 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22276 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22277 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22278 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22279
22280 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" nil)
22281
22282 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22283 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22284 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22285
22286 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22287 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22288 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22289
22290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22291
22292 ;;;***
22293 \f
22294 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22295 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
22296 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22297
22298 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22299 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22300
22301 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22302
22303 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22304 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22305
22306 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22307
22308 ;;;***
22309 \f
22310 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17504 41540))
22311 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22312 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22313
22314 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22315 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22316 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22317 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22318
22319 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22320
22321 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22322 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22323 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22324 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22325
22326 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22327 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22328
22329 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22330 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22331
22332 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22333 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22334 INPUT-ARGS.
22335
22336 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22337 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22338 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22339 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22340 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22341
22342 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22343 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22344 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22345 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22346
22347 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22348 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22349 variable.
22350
22351 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22352
22353 ;;;***
22354 \f
22355 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22356 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22357 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22358 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22359 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22360 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22361 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17746
22362 ;;;;;; 34862))
22363 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22364
22365 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22366 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22367 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22368
22369 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22370
22371 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22372 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22373 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22374 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22375
22376 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail" t)
22377
22378 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22379 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22380 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22381 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22382 value is the user's email address and name.)
22383 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22384
22385 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22386 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22387 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22388 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22389 which normally happens once for each message,
22390 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22391 To make a change in this variable take effect
22392 for a message that you have already viewed,
22393 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22394
22395 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22396
22397 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22398 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22399 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22400 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22401
22402 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail" t)
22403
22404 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22405 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22406
22407 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22408
22409 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22410 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22411 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22412 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22413
22414 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail" t)
22415
22416 (defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
22417 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22418
22419 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail" t)
22420
22421 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22422 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22423
22424 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail" t)
22425
22426 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22427 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22428 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22429 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22430 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22431
22432 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail" t)
22433
22434 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22435 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22436 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22437 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22438
22439 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail" t)
22440
22441 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22442 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22443
22444 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail" t)
22445
22446 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22447 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22448
22449 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail" t)
22450
22451 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22452 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22453
22454 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail" t)
22455
22456 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22457 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22458
22459 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22460 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22461
22462 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22463 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22464
22465 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail" t)
22466
22467 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22468 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22469
22470 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22471 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22472 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22473 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22474
22475 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22476 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22477
22478 This is set to nil by default.")
22479
22480 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22481 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22482 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22483 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22484 until a user explicitly requires it.
22485
22486 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22487 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22488 in your session.")
22489
22490 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail" t)
22491
22492 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22493 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22494 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22495 It is called with no argument.")
22496
22497 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22498 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22499 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22500 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22501 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22502 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22503 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22504
22505 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22506 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22507 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22508 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22509 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22510 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22511
22512 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22513 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22514 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22515 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22516 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22517
22518 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22519 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22520 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22521 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22522 MSG is the message number,
22523 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22524 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
22525
22526 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
22527 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
22528 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
22529 this feature is required with `require'.
22530
22531 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
22532 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
22533
22534 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
22535 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
22536 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
22537 the message is decoded as normal way.
22538
22539 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
22540 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
22541 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
22542
22543 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
22544 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
22545 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
22546
22547 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
22548 Read and edit incoming mail.
22549 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
22550 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
22551 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22552
22553 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22554 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22555 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22556 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22557
22558 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22559
22560 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22561
22562 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
22563 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22564 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22565 Instead, these commands are available:
22566
22567 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22568 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22569 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22570 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22571 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22572 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22573 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22574 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22575 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22576 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22577 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22578 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22579 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22580 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22581 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22582 till a deleted message is found.
22583 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22584 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22585 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22586 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22587 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22588 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22589 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22590 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22591 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22592 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22593 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22594 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
22595 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
22596 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22597 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22598 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22599 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22600 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22601 (label defaults to last one specified).
22602 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22603 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22604 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22605 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22606 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22607 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22608 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22609 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22610 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22611
22612 \(fn)" t nil)
22613
22614 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
22615 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22616
22617 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22618
22619 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
22620 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22621
22622 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22623
22624 ;;;***
22625 \f
22626 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
22627 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
22628 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
22629
22630 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
22631 Edit the contents of this message.
22632
22633 \(fn)" t nil)
22634
22635 ;;;***
22636 \f
22637 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
22638 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
22639 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17504 41540))
22640 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
22641
22642 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22643 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22644 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22645
22646 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22647
22648 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22649 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22650 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22651
22652 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22653
22654 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22655 Not documented
22656
22657 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
22658
22659 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22660 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
22661 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22662 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22663 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
22664
22665 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22666
22667 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22668 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
22669 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22670 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22671 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
22672
22673 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22674
22675 ;;;***
22676 \f
22677 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
22678 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
22679 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
22680
22681 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
22682 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
22683 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
22684 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
22685
22686 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22687
22688 ;;;***
22689 \f
22690 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
22691 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
22692 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17759 28870))
22693 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22694
22695 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
22696 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
22697 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
22698 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
22699 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
22700 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
22701 a file name as a string.")
22702
22703 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" t)
22704
22705 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
22706 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
22707 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
22708 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
22709 buffer visiting that file.
22710 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
22711 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
22712
22713 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
22714 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22715
22716 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22717 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22718
22719 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
22720 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
22721
22722 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
22723
22724 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
22725 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
22726
22727 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout" t)
22728
22729 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
22730 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
22731 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22732 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22733 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
22734
22735 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
22736 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
22737 will be appended with their original headers.
22738
22739 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
22740 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22741
22742 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
22743 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
22744
22745 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
22746
22747 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
22748
22749 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
22750 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
22751 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
22752
22753 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22754
22755 ;;;***
22756 \f
22757 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
22758 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
22759 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17504
22760 ;;;;;; 41540))
22761 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
22762
22763 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
22764 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
22765 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22766
22767 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22768
22769 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
22770 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
22771 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22772
22773 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22774
22775 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
22776 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
22777 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22778
22779 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22780
22781 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
22782 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
22783 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22784
22785 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22786
22787 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
22788 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
22789 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22790
22791 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22792
22793 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
22794 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
22795 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22796
22797 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
22798
22799 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
22800 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
22801 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
22802 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
22803
22804 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
22805
22806 ;;;***
22807 \f
22808 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
22809 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
22810 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
22811 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
22812 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17504 41540))
22813 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
22814
22815 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
22816 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
22817
22818 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" t)
22819
22820 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
22821 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
22822
22823 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum" t)
22824
22825 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
22826 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
22827
22828 \(fn)" t nil)
22829
22830 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
22831 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
22832 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
22833
22834 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
22835
22836 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
22837 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
22838 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
22839 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22840 only look in the To and From fields.
22841 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22842
22843 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
22844
22845 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
22846 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
22847 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
22848 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
22849 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
22850
22851 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22852
22853 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
22854 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
22855 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
22856 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
22857 look in the whole message.
22858 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
22859
22860 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
22861
22862 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
22863 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
22864 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
22865
22866 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
22867
22868 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
22869 *Function to decode summary-line.
22870
22871 By default, `identity' is set.")
22872
22873 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum" t)
22874
22875 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22876 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22877 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22878 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22879 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22880 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22881 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22882
22883 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22884 sent by you under different user names.
22885 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22886
22887 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22888
22889 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum" t)
22890
22891 ;;;***
22892 \f
22893 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
22894 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17504 41540))
22895 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
22896
22897 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
22898 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
22899
22900 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
22901
22902 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
22903 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
22904
22905 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22906
22907 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
22908 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
22909
22910 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22911
22912 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
22913 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
22914 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
22915
22916 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
22917 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
22918 in rot 13.
22919
22920 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
22921
22922 \(fn)" t nil)
22923
22924 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
22925 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
22926
22927 \(fn)" t nil)
22928
22929 ;;;***
22930 \f
22931 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17746
22932 ;;;;;; 34861))
22933 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
22934
22935 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
22936 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
22937
22938 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22939
22940 ;;;***
22941 \f
22942 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17504
22943 ;;;;;; 41540))
22944 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
22945
22946 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
22947 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
22948 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
22949 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
22950
22951 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
22952
22953 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
22954 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
22955 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
22956 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
22957
22958 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
22959 notation.
22960
22961 STRING
22962 matches string STRING literally.
22963
22964 CHAR
22965 matches character CHAR literally.
22966
22967 `not-newline', `nonl'
22968 matches any character except a newline.
22969 .
22970 `anything'
22971 matches any character
22972
22973 `(any SET ...)'
22974 `(in SET ...)'
22975 `(char SET ...)'
22976 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
22977 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
22978 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
22979
22980 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
22981 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
22982 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
22983 `word', or one of their synonyms.
22984
22985 `(not (any SET ...))'
22986 matches any character not in SET ...
22987
22988 `line-start', `bol'
22989 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
22990 in the text being matched
22991
22992 `line-end', `eol'
22993 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
22994
22995 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
22996 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
22997 string being matched against.
22998
22999 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23000 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23001 string being matched against.
23002
23003 `buffer-start'
23004 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23005 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23006
23007 `buffer-end'
23008 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23009 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23010
23011 `point'
23012 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23013
23014 `word-start', `bow'
23015 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23016 word.
23017
23018 `word-end', `eow'
23019 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23020
23021 `word-boundary'
23022 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23023 word.
23024
23025 `(not word-boundary)'
23026 `not-word-boundary'
23027 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23028 word.
23029
23030 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23031 matches 0 through 9.
23032
23033 `control', `cntrl'
23034 matches ASCII control characters.
23035
23036 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23037 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23038
23039 `blank'
23040 matches space and tab only.
23041
23042 `graphic', `graph'
23043 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23044 space, and DEL.
23045
23046 `printing', `print'
23047 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23048 and DEL.
23049
23050 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23051 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23052 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23053
23054 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23055 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23056 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23057
23058 `ascii'
23059 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23060
23061 `nonascii'
23062 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23063
23064 `lower', `lower-case'
23065 matches anything lower-case.
23066
23067 `upper', `upper-case'
23068 matches anything upper-case.
23069
23070 `punctuation', `punct'
23071 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23072 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23073
23074 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23075 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23076
23077 `word', `wordchar'
23078 matches anything that has word syntax.
23079
23080 `not-wordchar'
23081 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23082
23083 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23084 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23085 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23086 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23087
23088 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23089 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23090 `word' (\\sw)
23091 `symbol' (\\s_)
23092 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23093 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23094 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23095 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23096 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23097 `escape' (\\s\\)
23098 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23099 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23100 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23101 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23102 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23103
23104 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23105 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23106
23107 `(category CATEGORY)'
23108 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23109 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23110
23111 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23112 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23113 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23114 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23115 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23116 `symbol' (\\c5)
23117 `digit' (\\c6)
23118 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23119 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23120 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23121 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23122 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23123 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23124 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23125 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23126 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23127 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23128 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23129 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23130 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23131 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23132 `ascii' (\\ca)
23133 `arabic' (\\cb)
23134 `chinese' (\\cc)
23135 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23136 `greek' (\\cg)
23137 `korean' (\\ch)
23138 `indian' (\\ci)
23139 `japanese' (\\cj)
23140 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23141 `latin' (\\cl)
23142 `lao' (\\co)
23143 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23144 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23145 `thai' (\\ct)
23146 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23147 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23148 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23149 `can-break' (\\c|)
23150
23151 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23152 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23153
23154 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23155 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23156 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23157 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23158 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23159
23160 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23161 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23162 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23163 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23164
23165 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23166 another name for `submatch'.
23167
23168 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23169 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23170 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23171 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23172 regular expression.
23173
23174 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23175 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23176 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23177 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23178 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23179
23180 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23181 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23182
23183 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23184 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23185
23186 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23187 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23188 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23189
23190 `(* SEXP ...)'
23191 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23192 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23193
23194 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23195 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23196 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23197
23198 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23199 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23200 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23201
23202 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23203 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23204
23205 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23206 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23207
23208 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23209 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23210 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23211 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23212
23213 `(? SEXP ...)'
23214 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23215
23216 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23217 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23218
23219 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23220 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23221 matches N occurrences.
23222
23223 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23224 matches N or more occurrences.
23225
23226 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23227 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23228 matches N to M occurrences.
23229
23230 `(backref N)'
23231 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23232
23233 `(backref N)'
23234 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23235
23236 `(backref N)'
23237 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23238
23239 `(eval FORM)'
23240 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23241 `regexp-quote' it.
23242
23243 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23244 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23245
23246 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23247
23248 ;;;***
23249 \f
23250 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23251 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
23252 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23253
23254 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23255 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23256 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23257 interface.")
23258
23259 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" nil)
23260
23261 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23262 Toggle savehist-mode.
23263 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23264 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23265 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23266 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23267
23268 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23269 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23270 which is probably undesirable.
23271
23272 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23273
23274 ;;;***
23275 \f
23276 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23277 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
23278 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23279
23280 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23281 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23282 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23283
23284 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23285 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23286 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23287 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23288 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23289 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23290 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23291 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23292
23293 Commands:
23294 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23295 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23296 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23297 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23298 if that value is non-nil.
23299
23300 \(fn)" t nil)
23301
23302 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23303 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23304 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23305
23306 Commands:
23307 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23308 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23309 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23310 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23311 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23312 that variable's value is a string.
23313
23314 \(fn)" t nil)
23315
23316 ;;;***
23317 \f
23318 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23319 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
23320 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23321
23322 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23323 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23324 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23325
23326 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23327
23328 \(fn)" t nil)
23329
23330 ;;;***
23331 \f
23332 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23333 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
23334 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23335
23336 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23337 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23338 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23339 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23340 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23341 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23342
23343 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" nil)
23344
23345 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23346 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23347 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23348 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23349 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23350
23351 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23352
23353 ;;;***
23354 \f
23355 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23356 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
23357 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23358
23359 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23360 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23361 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23362 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23363 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23364 during scrolling.
23365
23366 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23367
23368 ;;;***
23369 \f
23370 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23371 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23372 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23373 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23374 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23375 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23376 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23377 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23378 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17660 47811))
23379 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23380
23381 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23382 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23383
23384 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23385 king@grassland.com
23386 If `parens', they look like:
23387 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23388 If `angles', they look like:
23389 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23390 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23391 derived from the envelope-from address.
23392
23393 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23394 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23395 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23396 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23397
23398 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail" t)
23399
23400 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23401 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23402 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23403 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23404
23405 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23406 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23407 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23408 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23409
23410 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail" t)
23411
23412 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23413 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23414 This is done when the message is initialized,
23415 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23416
23417 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail" t)
23418
23419 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23420 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23421 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23422
23423 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail" t)
23424
23425 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23426
23427 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23428 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23429 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23430 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23431 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23432 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23433 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23434
23435 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail" t)
23436
23437 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23438 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23439
23440 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail" t)
23441
23442 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23443 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23444 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23445
23446 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail" t)
23447
23448 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23449 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23450 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23451 when you first send mail.")
23452
23453 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail" t)
23454
23455 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23456 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23457 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23458 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23459 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23460
23461 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23462
23463 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23464 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23465 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23466 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23467 This file need not actually exist.")
23468
23469 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23470
23471 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23472 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23473 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23474
23475 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail" t)
23476
23477 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23478 Alist of mail address aliases,
23479 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23480 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23481 can specify a different file name.)
23482 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23483 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23484
23485 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23486 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23487 nil means use indentation.")
23488
23489 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail" t)
23490
23491 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23492 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23493 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23494
23495 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail" t)
23496
23497 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23498 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23499 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23500 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23501 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23502 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23503 in the cited portion of the message.
23504
23505 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23506 instead of no action.")
23507
23508 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail" t)
23509
23510 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
23511 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23512 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23513 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23514 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23515
23516 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail" t)
23517
23518 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23519 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23520 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23521 If a string, that string is inserted.
23522 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23523 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23524 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23525 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23526
23527 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail" t)
23528
23529 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23530 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23531
23532 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail" t)
23533
23534 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23535 Directory for mail buffers.
23536 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23537 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23538
23539 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail" t)
23540
23541 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23542 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23543 It is inserted before you edit the message,
23544 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
23545
23546 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail" t)
23547
23548 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23549 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
23550 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23551 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23552 is non-nil.")
23553
23554 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail" t)
23555
23556 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
23557 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23558 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23559 `query' means ask the user each time.
23560 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23561 The default is `mime'.
23562 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23563 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23564
23565 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail" t)
23566
23567 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
23568 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23569 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23570
23571 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23572 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23573
23574 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23575 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
23576 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
23577 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23578 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23579 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23580 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
23581 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23582 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23583 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23584 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
23585 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23586 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23587
23588 \(fn)" t nil)
23589
23590 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23591 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23592
23593 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23594 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23595
23596 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail" t)
23597
23598 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23599 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23600 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
23601 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23602 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23603 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23604
23605 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
23606 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23607 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23608
23609 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23610 User should not set this variable manually,
23611 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23612 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23613 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23614 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
23615
23616 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
23617 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23618 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23619 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23620
23621 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23622 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23623
23624 \\<mail-mode-map>
23625 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23626
23627 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23628 to move to message header fields:
23629 \\{mail-mode-map}
23630
23631 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23632 when the message is initialized.
23633
23634 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23635 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23636
23637 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
23638 is inserted.
23639
23640 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
23641 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
23642
23643 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
23644 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
23645 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
23646 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
23647 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
23648 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
23649 buffer without erasing the contents.
23650
23651 The second through fifth arguments,
23652 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
23653 the initial contents of those header fields.
23654 These arguments should not have final newlines.
23655 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
23656 original message being replied to, or else an action
23657 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
23658 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
23659 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
23660 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
23661 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
23662 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
23663
23664 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
23665
23666 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
23667 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
23668
23669 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23670
23671 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
23672 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
23673
23674 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23675
23676 ;;;***
23677 \f
23678 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
23679 ;;;;;; (17759 28868))
23680 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
23681
23682 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
23683 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
23684 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
23685 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
23686 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
23687 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
23688
23689 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
23690
23691 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
23692
23693 (defvar server-mode nil "\
23694 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
23695 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23696 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23697 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23698 or call the function `server-mode'.")
23699
23700 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server" nil)
23701
23702 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
23703 Toggle Server mode.
23704 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23705 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
23706 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
23707
23708 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23709
23710 ;;;***
23711 \f
23712 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17759 28868))
23713 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
23714
23715 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
23716 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
23717 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
23718
23719 Key definitions:
23720 \\{ses-mode-map}
23721 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
23722 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
23723 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
23724 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
23725
23726 \(fn)" t nil)
23727
23728 ;;;***
23729 \f
23730 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
23731 ;;;;;; (17522 22309))
23732 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
23733
23734 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23735 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
23736 Makes > match <.
23737 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
23738 `sgml-quick-keys'.
23739
23740 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
23741 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
23742 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
23743
23744 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
23745 in your `.emacs' file.
23746
23747 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
23748
23749 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23750 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
23751 \\{sgml-mode-map}
23752
23753 \(fn)" t nil)
23754
23755 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
23756
23757 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
23758 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
23759 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
23760 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
23761 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
23762 which this is based.
23763
23764 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
23765
23766 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
23767 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
23768 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
23769 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
23770
23771 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
23772 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
23773 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
23774
23775 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
23776 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
23777 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
23778 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
23779
23780 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
23781 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
23782 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
23783 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
23784
23785 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
23786
23787 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
23788 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
23789 To work around that, do:
23790 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
23791
23792 \\{html-mode-map}
23793
23794 \(fn)" t nil)
23795
23796 ;;;***
23797 \f
23798 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
23799 ;;;;;; (17710 3081))
23800 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
23801 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
23802
23803 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
23804 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
23805 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
23806 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
23807 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
23808 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
23809
23810 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
23811 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
23812 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
23813 shell-specific features.
23814
23815 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
23816 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
23817 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
23818 \\<sh-mode-map>
23819 \\[sh-case] case statement
23820 \\[sh-for] for loop
23821 \\[sh-function] function definition
23822 \\[sh-if] if statement
23823 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
23824 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
23825 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
23826 \\[sh-select] select loop
23827 \\[sh-until] until loop
23828 \\[sh-while] while loop
23829
23830 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
23831 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
23832 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
23833 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
23834 would indent to the way it currently is.
23835 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
23836 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
23837
23838
23839 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
23840 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
23841 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
23842 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
23843 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
23844 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
23845
23846 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
23847 {, (, [, ', \", `
23848 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
23849
23850 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
23851 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
23852 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
23853
23854 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
23855 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
23856
23857 \(fn)" t nil)
23858
23859 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
23860
23861 ;;;***
23862 \f
23863 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17504 41540))
23864 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
23865
23866 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
23867 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
23868 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
23869 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
23870 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
23871 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
23872
23873 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
23874
23875 ;;;***
23876 \f
23877 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
23878 ;;;;;; (17746 34861))
23879 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
23880
23881 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
23882 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
23883
23884 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
23885 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
23886 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
23887 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
23888 the earlier.
23889
23890 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
23891
23892 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
23893
23894 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
23895 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
23896 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
23897
23898 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
23899 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
23900
23901 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
23902 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
23903 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
23904 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
23905 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
23906 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
23907 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
23908 Emacs version).
23909
23910 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
23911 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
23912 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
23913 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
23914 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
23915
23916 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
23917 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
23918 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
23919
23920 \(fn)" t nil)
23921
23922 ;;;***
23923 \f
23924 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
23925 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17746
23926 ;;;;;; 34861))
23927 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
23928
23929 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
23930 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
23931 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
23932 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
23933 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
23934 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
23935 in the cluster.
23936
23937 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
23938
23939 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
23940 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
23941 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
23942 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
23943 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
23944
23945 \(fn)" t nil)
23946
23947 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
23948 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
23949 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
23950 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
23951 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this function).
23952 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
23953 `shadow-define-cluster').
23954
23955 \(fn)" t nil)
23956
23957 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
23958 Set up file shadowing.
23959
23960 \(fn)" t nil)
23961
23962 ;;;***
23963 \f
23964 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
23965 ;;;;;; (17715 55645))
23966 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
23967
23968 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
23969 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
23970 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
23971 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
23972 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
23973 arguments.")
23974
23975 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" t)
23976
23977 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
23978 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
23979 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
23980 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
23981 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
23982 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
23983 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
23984 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
23985 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
23986 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
23987 discards input when it starts up.)
23988 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
23989 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
23990 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
23991
23992 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23993 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23994 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23995 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
23996 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23997 `default-process-coding-system'.
23998
23999 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24000 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24001 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24002 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24003
24004 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24005
24006 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24007 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24008
24009 ;;;***
24010 \f
24011 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24012 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17504 41540))
24013 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24014
24015 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
24016 Not documented
24017
24018 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24019
24020 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
24021 Not documented
24022
24023 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24024
24025 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
24026 Not documented
24027
24028 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24029
24030 ;;;***
24031 \f
24032 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24033 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
24034 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24035
24036 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
24037 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24038 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24039 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24040 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24041
24042 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24043
24044 \(fn)" t nil)
24045
24046 ;;;***
24047 \f
24048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (17746 34861))
24049 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24050 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24051
24052 ;;;***
24053 \f
24054 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17504
24055 ;;;;;; 41540))
24056 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24057
24058 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
24059 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24060 \\{simula-mode-map}
24061 Variables controlling indentation style:
24062 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24063 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24064 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24065 `simula-indent-level'
24066 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24067 `simula-substatement-offset'
24068 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24069 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24070 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24071 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24072 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24073 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24074 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24075 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24076 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24077 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24078 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24079 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24080 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24081 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24082 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24083 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24084 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24085 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24086 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24087 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24088 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24089 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24090 or nil if they should not be changed.
24091 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24092 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24093 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24094 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24095
24096 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24097 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24098
24099 \(fn)" t nil)
24100
24101 ;;;***
24102 \f
24103 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24104 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17522 22308))
24105 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24106
24107 (defvar skeleton-filter-function (quote identity) "\
24108 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24109
24110 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
24111 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24112 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24113 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24114
24115 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24116
24117 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
24118 Insert SKELETON.
24119 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24120 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24121 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24122 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24123 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24124
24125 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24126 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24127
24128 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24129
24130 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
24131 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24132
24133 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24134 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24135 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24136 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24137
24138 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24139 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24140 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24141 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24142
24143 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24144 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24145 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24146
24147 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24148 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24149
24150 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24151 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24152
24153 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24154 _ interesting point, interregion here
24155 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24156 interesting point set by _
24157 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24158 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24159 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
24160 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
24161 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24162 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24163 nil skipped
24164
24165 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24166 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24167
24168 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24169 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24170 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24171 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24172 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24173 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24174 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24175 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24176
24177 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24178 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24179 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24180 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24181 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24182 available:
24183
24184 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24185 then: insert previously read string once more
24186 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24187 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24188 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24189
24190 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24191 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24192
24193 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24194
24195 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24196 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24197
24198 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24199 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24200 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24201 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24202 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24203 such as backslash.
24204
24205 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24206 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24207 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24208
24209 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24210
24211 ;;;***
24212 \f
24213 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24214 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
24215 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24216
24217 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24218 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24219 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24220 buffer names.
24221
24222 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24223
24224 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24225 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24226 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24227
24228 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24229
24230 ;;;***
24231 \f
24232 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24233 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
24234 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24235
24236 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24237 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24238 A list of images is returned.
24239
24240 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24241
24242 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24243 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24244 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24245
24246 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24247
24248 ;;;***
24249 \f
24250 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24251 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17718 30637))
24252 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24253
24254 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24255 Not documented
24256
24257 \(fn)" nil nil)
24258
24259 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24260 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24261
24262 \(fn)" t nil)
24263
24264 ;;;***
24265 \f
24266 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17504 41540))
24267 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24268
24269 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24270 Play the Snake game.
24271 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24272
24273 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24274
24275 Snake mode keybindings:
24276 \\<snake-mode-map>
24277 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24278 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24279 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24280 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24281 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24282 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24283 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24284
24285 \(fn)" t nil)
24286
24287 ;;;***
24288 \f
24289 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24290 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
24291 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24292
24293 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24294 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24295 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24296 Tab indents for C code.
24297 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24298 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24299 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24300 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24301 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24302
24303 \(fn)" t nil)
24304
24305 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24306 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24307 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24308 Tab indents for C code.
24309 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24310 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24311 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24312 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24313 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24314
24315 \(fn)" t nil)
24316
24317 ;;;***
24318 \f
24319 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24320 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24321 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17504 41540))
24322 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24323
24324 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24325 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24326
24327 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24328 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24329 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24330
24331 For example, the form
24332
24333 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24334 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24335
24336 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24337
24338 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar" t)
24339
24340 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24341 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24342
24343 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24344 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24345 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24346 York City.
24347
24348 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24349
24350 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar" t)
24351
24352 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24353 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24354
24355 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24356 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24357 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24358 York City.
24359
24360 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24361
24362 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar" t)
24363
24364 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24365 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24366 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24367 pair.
24368
24369 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24370
24371 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar" t)
24372
24373 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24374 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24375 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24376
24377 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24378 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24379
24380 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24381
24382 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24383
24384 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24385 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24386 Requires floating point.
24387
24388 \(fn)" nil nil)
24389
24390 ;;;***
24391 \f
24392 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17504
24393 ;;;;;; 41540))
24394 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24395
24396 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24397 Play Solitaire.
24398
24399 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24400 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24401 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24402 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24403 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24404 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24405 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24406 check after each move or undo)
24407
24408 What is Solitaire?
24409
24410 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24411 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24412 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24413
24414 Le Solitaire
24415 ============
24416
24417 o o o
24418
24419 o o o
24420
24421 o o o o o o o
24422
24423 o o o . o o o
24424
24425 o o o o o o o
24426
24427 o o o
24428
24429 o o o
24430
24431 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24432 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24433 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24434 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24435
24436 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24437 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24438 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24439 this: o o .
24440
24441 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24442 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24443
24444 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24445
24446 o o o
24447
24448 . o o
24449
24450 o o . o o o o
24451
24452 o . o o o o o
24453
24454 o o o o o o o
24455
24456 o o o
24457
24458 o o o
24459
24460 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24461
24462 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24463
24464 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24465
24466 ;;;***
24467 \f
24468 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24469 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24470 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17746 34861))
24471 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24472
24473 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
24474 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24475
24476 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24477 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24478 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24479 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24480 contiguous.
24481
24482 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24483 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24484 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24485 the sort order.
24486
24487 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24488 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24489
24490 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24491 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24492 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24493 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24494 is called.
24495
24496 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24497 It should move point to the end of the record.
24498
24499 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24500 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24501 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24502 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24503 starts at the beginning of the record.
24504
24505 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24506 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24507 same as ENDRECFUN.
24508
24509 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24510 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24511
24512 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24513
24514 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
24515 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24516 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24517 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24518 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24519 the sort order.
24520
24521 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24522
24523 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
24524 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24525 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24526 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24527 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24528 the sort order.
24529
24530 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24531
24532 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
24533 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24534 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24535 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24536 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24537 the sort order.
24538
24539 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24540
24541 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
24542 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24543 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24544 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24545 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24546 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24547 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24548 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24549 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24550
24551 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24552
24553 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
24554 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24555 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24556 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24557 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24558 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24559 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24560 the sort order.
24561
24562 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24563
24564 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
24565 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24566 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24567 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24568 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24569 is to be used for sorting.
24570 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24571 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24572 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24573 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24574 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24575
24576 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24577
24578 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24579 the sort order.
24580
24581 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24582 starting with the letter \"f\",
24583 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24584
24585 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24586
24587 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
24588 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24589 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24590 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24591 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24592 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24593 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24594 the sort order.
24595
24596 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24597 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24598 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24599 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24600 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24601
24602 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24603
24604 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
24605 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24606 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24607
24608 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24609
24610 ;;;***
24611 \f
24612 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17504
24613 ;;;;;; 41540))
24614 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24615
24616 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
24617 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
24618
24619 \(fn)" t nil)
24620
24621 ;;;***
24622 \f
24623 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24624 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24625 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17504 41540))
24626 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24627
24628 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
24629 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24630
24631 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24632 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24633 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24634
24635 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24636
24637 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
24638 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24639 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24640 server.
24641
24642 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24643
24644 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
24645 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
24646 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
24647
24648 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24649
24650 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
24651 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
24652 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
24653 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
24654 Agent is plugged.
24655
24656 \(fn)" t nil)
24657
24658 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
24659 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
24660 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
24661 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
24662
24663 \(fn)" t nil)
24664
24665 ;;;***
24666 \f
24667 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
24668 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17746 34861))
24669 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
24670
24671 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
24672
24673 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
24674 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
24675 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
24676 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
24677 supported at a time.
24678 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
24679 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
24680
24681 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24682
24683 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
24684 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
24685 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
24686 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
24687
24688 \(fn)" t nil)
24689
24690 ;;;***
24691 \f
24692 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
24693 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17504 41540))
24694 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
24695
24696 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
24697
24698 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
24699 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
24700 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
24701 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
24702 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
24703 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
24704
24705 \(fn)" t nil)
24706
24707 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
24708 Check spelling of word at or before point.
24709 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
24710 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
24711
24712 \(fn)" t nil)
24713
24714 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
24715 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
24716 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
24717 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
24718 for example, \"word\".
24719
24720 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
24721
24722 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
24723 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
24724
24725 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
24726
24727 ;;;***
24728 \f
24729 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17504
24730 ;;;;;; 41540))
24731 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
24732
24733 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
24734 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
24735
24736 \(fn)" t nil)
24737
24738 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
24739 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
24740
24741 \(fn)" nil nil)
24742
24743 ;;;***
24744 \f
24745 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
24746 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
24747 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
24748 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17504
24749 ;;;;;; 41540))
24750 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
24751
24752 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
24753 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
24754
24755 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
24756 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
24757 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
24758 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
24759 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
24760 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
24761 of the current highlighting list.
24762
24763 For example:
24764
24765 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
24766 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
24767
24768 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
24769 `_t' as data types.
24770
24771 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
24772
24773 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
24774 Show short help for the SQL modes.
24775
24776 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
24777 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
24778
24779 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
24780
24781 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
24782 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
24783 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
24784
24785 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
24786
24787 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
24788 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
24789 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
24790 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
24791 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
24792 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
24793 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
24794 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
24795 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
24796
24797 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
24798
24799 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
24800 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
24801 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
24802 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
24803
24804 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
24805 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
24806 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
24807 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
24808
24809 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
24810 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
24811 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
24812
24813 \(fn)" t nil)
24814
24815 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
24816 Major mode to edit SQL.
24817
24818 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
24819 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
24820 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
24821
24822 \\{sql-mode-map}
24823 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
24824
24825 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
24826 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
24827 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
24828 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
24829 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
24830 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
24831
24832 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
24833 `sql-interactive-mode'.
24834
24835 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
24836 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
24837 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
24838
24839 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
24840 (lambda ()
24841 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
24842
24843 \(fn)" t nil)
24844
24845 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
24846 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
24847
24848 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24849 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24850 `*SQL*'.
24851
24852 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24853
24854 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
24855
24856 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
24857 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
24858
24859 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24860 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24861 `*SQL*'.
24862
24863 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
24864 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
24865 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
24866 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
24867
24868 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24869 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24870
24871 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24872 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24873 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24874 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24875 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24876 `default-process-coding-system'.
24877
24878 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24879
24880 \(fn)" t nil)
24881
24882 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
24883 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
24884
24885 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24886 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24887 `*SQL*'.
24888
24889 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
24890 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
24891 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24892 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
24893
24894 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24895 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24896
24897 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24898 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24899 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24900 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24901 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24902 `default-process-coding-system'.
24903
24904 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24905
24906 \(fn)" t nil)
24907
24908 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
24909 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
24910
24911 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24912 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24913 `*SQL*'.
24914
24915 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
24916 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
24917
24918 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24919 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24920
24921 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24922 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24923 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24924 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24925 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24926 `default-process-coding-system'.
24927
24928 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24929
24930 \(fn)" t nil)
24931
24932 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
24933 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
24934
24935 SQLite is free software.
24936
24937 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24938 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24939 `*SQL*'.
24940
24941 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
24942 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
24943 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24944 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
24945
24946 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24947 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24948
24949 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24950 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24951 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24952 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24953 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24954 `default-process-coding-system'.
24955
24956 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24957
24958 \(fn)" t nil)
24959
24960 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
24961 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
24962
24963 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
24964
24965 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24966 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24967 `*SQL*'.
24968
24969 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
24970 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
24971 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24972 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
24973
24974 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24975 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24976
24977 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24978 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24979 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24980 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24981 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24982 `default-process-coding-system'.
24983
24984 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24985
24986 \(fn)" t nil)
24987
24988 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
24989 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
24990
24991 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24992 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24993 `*SQL*'.
24994
24995 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
24996 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
24997 defaults, if set.
24998
24999 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25000 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25001
25002 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25003 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25004 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25005 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25006 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25007 `default-process-coding-system'.
25008
25009 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25010
25011 \(fn)" t nil)
25012
25013 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
25014 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25015
25016 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25017 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25018 `*SQL*'.
25019
25020 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25021 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25022
25023 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25024 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25025
25026 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25027 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25028 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25029 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25030 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25031 `default-process-coding-system'.
25032
25033 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25034
25035 \(fn)" t nil)
25036
25037 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
25038 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25039
25040 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25041 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25042 `*SQL*'.
25043
25044 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25045 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25046 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25047 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25048
25049 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25050 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25051
25052 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25053 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25054 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25055 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25056 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25057 `default-process-coding-system'.
25058
25059 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25060
25061 \(fn)" t nil)
25062
25063 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
25064 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25065
25066 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25067 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25068 `*SQL*'.
25069
25070 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25071 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25072 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25073 `sql-postgres-options'.
25074
25075 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25076 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25077
25078 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25079 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25080 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25081 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25082 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25083 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25084 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25085 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25086
25087 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25088 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25089
25090 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25091
25092 \(fn)" t nil)
25093
25094 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
25095 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25096
25097 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25098 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25099 `*SQL*'.
25100
25101 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25102 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25103 defaults, if set.
25104
25105 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25106 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25107
25108 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25109 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25110 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25111 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25112 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25113 `default-process-coding-system'.
25114
25115 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25116
25117 \(fn)" t nil)
25118
25119 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
25120 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25121
25122 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25123 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25124 `*SQL*'.
25125
25126 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25127 automatic login.
25128
25129 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25130 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25131
25132 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25133 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25134 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25135 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25136
25137 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25138 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25139 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25140 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25141 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25142 `default-process-coding-system'.
25143
25144 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25145
25146 \(fn)" t nil)
25147
25148 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
25149 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25150
25151 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25152 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25153 `*SQL*'.
25154
25155 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25156 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25157 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25158 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25159 parameters.
25160
25161 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25162 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25163 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25164 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25165 an empty password.
25166
25167 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25168 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25169
25170 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25171
25172 \(fn)" t nil)
25173
25174 ;;;***
25175 \f
25176 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25177 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25178 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25179 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25180 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17704
25181 ;;;;;; 3962))
25182 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25183
25184 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
25185 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25186 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25187 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25188 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25189 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25190
25191 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25192
25193 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25194
25195 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25196 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25197 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25198 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25199 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25200 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25201 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25202
25203 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25204
25205 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25206 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25207 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25208 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25209 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25210 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25211 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25212
25213 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25214
25215 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25216 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25217 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25218
25219 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25220
25221 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25222 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25223 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25224
25225 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25226
25227 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25228 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25229
25230 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25231
25232 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25233 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25234
25235 \(fn)" t nil)
25236
25237 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25238 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25239
25240 \(fn)" t nil)
25241
25242 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25243 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25244 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25245 chronologically by command name.
25246 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25247
25248 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25249
25250 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25251 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25252 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25253 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25254 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25255 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25256
25257 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" nil)
25258
25259 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25260 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25261 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25262 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25263 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25264 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25265 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25266
25267 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25268 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25269 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25270 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25271
25272 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25273
25274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25275
25276 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25277 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25278 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25279 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25280
25281 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25282
25283 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25284 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25285
25286 \(fn)" t nil)
25287
25288 ;;;***
25289 \f
25290 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25291 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (17504 41540))
25292 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25293
25294 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25295 Studlify-case the region.
25296
25297 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25298
25299 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25300 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25301
25302 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25303
25304 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25305 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25306
25307 \(fn)" t nil)
25308
25309 ;;;***
25310 \f
25311 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17759 28868))
25312 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25313
25314 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25315 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25316 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25317 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25318 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25319 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25320
25321 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25322 is used instead of `load-path'.
25323
25324 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25325 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25326 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25327
25328 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25329
25330 ;;;***
25331 \f
25332 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25333 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
25334 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25335
25336 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25337 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25338 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25339 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25340 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25341 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25342 original message but it does require a few things:
25343
25344 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25345
25346 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25347 reply buffer.
25348
25349 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25350 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25351 original message.
25352
25353 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25354
25355 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25356
25357 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25358 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25359 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25360
25361 \(fn)" nil nil)
25362
25363 ;;;***
25364 \f
25365 ;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (17746 34861))
25366 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25367
25368 (defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
25369 Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
25370 See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25371 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25372 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25373 or call the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
25374
25375 (custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" nil)
25376
25377 (autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
25378 Toggle t-mouse mode.
25379 With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25380
25381 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use t-mouse commands.
25382
25383 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25384
25385 ;;;***
25386 \f
25387 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17610 3931))
25388 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25389
25390 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25391 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25392 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25393 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25394 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25395
25396 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25397
25398 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25399 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25400 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25401 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25402 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25403 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25404 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25405
25406 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25407
25408 ;;;***
25409 \f
25410 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25411 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25412 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25413 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25414 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25415 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25416 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25417 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25418 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25419 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25420 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25421 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25422 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17746 34863))
25423 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25424
25425 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25426 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25427 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25428
25429 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table" t)
25430
25431 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25432 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25433
25434 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table" t)
25435
25436 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25437 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25438
25439 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table" t)
25440
25441 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25442 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25443
25444 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table" t)
25445
25446 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
25447 Insert an editable text table.
25448 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25449 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25450 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25451 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25452 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25453 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25454 delimiting them.
25455
25456 Examples:
25457
25458 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25459
25460 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25461 location of point.
25462
25463 -!-
25464
25465 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25466 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25467 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25468 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25469 first cell.
25470
25471 +-----+-----+-----+
25472 |-!- | | |
25473 +-----+-----+-----+
25474
25475 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25476
25477 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25478 width, which results as
25479
25480 +--------------+-----+-----+
25481 |-!- | | |
25482 +--------------+-----+-----+
25483
25484 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25485 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25486
25487 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25488 | | |-!- |
25489 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25490
25491 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25492 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25493 width information to `table-insert'.
25494
25495 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25496
25497 instead of
25498
25499 Cell width(s): 5
25500
25501 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25502 work all together.
25503
25504 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25505 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25506
25507 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25508 |-!- | | |
25509 | | | |
25510 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25511
25512 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25513
25514 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25515 |-!- | | |
25516 | | | |
25517 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25518 | | | |
25519 | | | |
25520 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25521
25522 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25523
25524 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25525 | | | |
25526 | | | |
25527 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25528 | | | |
25529 | | | |
25530 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25531 -!-
25532
25533 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25534 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25535 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25536
25537 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25538 | | | |
25539 | | | |
25540 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25541 | | | |
25542 | | | |
25543 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25544 |-!- | | |
25545 | | | |
25546 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25547
25548 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25549 results.
25550
25551 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25552 | | | |
25553 | | | |
25554 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25555 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25556 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25557 | | |expected results.-!- |
25558 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25559 | | | |
25560 | | | |
25561 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25562
25563 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25564
25565 \\{table-cell-map}
25566
25567 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25568
25569 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
25570 Insert N table row(s).
25571 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25572 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25573 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25574 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25575
25576 \(fn N)" t nil)
25577
25578 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
25579 Insert N table column(s).
25580 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25581 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25582 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25583 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25584
25585 \(fn N)" t nil)
25586
25587 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
25588 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25589 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25590
25591 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25592
25593 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
25594 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25595 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25596 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25597 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25598 all the table specific features.
25599
25600 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25601
25602 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
25603 Not documented
25604
25605 \(fn)" t nil)
25606
25607 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
25608 Recognize all tables within region.
25609 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
25610 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
25611 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
25612 specific features.
25613
25614 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25615
25616 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
25617 Not documented
25618
25619 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25620
25621 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
25622 Recognize a table at point.
25623 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
25624 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
25625 the table specific features.
25626
25627 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25628
25629 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
25630 Not documented
25631
25632 \(fn)" t nil)
25633
25634 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
25635 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
25636 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
25637 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
25638 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
25639 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
25640 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
25641
25642 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
25643
25644 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
25645 Not documented
25646
25647 \(fn)" t nil)
25648
25649 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
25650 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
25651 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
25652 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
25653 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
25654 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
25655 specified.
25656
25657 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25658
25659 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
25660 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
25661 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
25662 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
25663 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
25664 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
25665 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
25666 table structure.
25667
25668 \(fn N)" t nil)
25669
25670 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
25671 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
25672 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
25673 table's rectangle structure.
25674
25675 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25676
25677 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
25678 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
25679 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
25680 table's rectangle structure.
25681
25682 \(fn N)" t nil)
25683
25684 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
25685 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
25686 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25687 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
25688 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
25689
25690 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
25691
25692 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
25693 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
25694 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
25695
25696 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
25697 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
25698 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
25699 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
25700 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
25701 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
25702 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
25703
25704 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25705 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
25706 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
25707 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
25708 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
25709 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
25710 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25711
25712 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
25713 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
25714 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
25715 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
25716 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
25717 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
25718 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
25719 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
25720
25721 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
25722
25723 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
25724 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
25725 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25726 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
25727
25728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25729
25730 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
25731 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
25732 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
25733
25734 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
25735
25736 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
25737 Split current cell vertically.
25738 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
25739
25740 \(fn)" t nil)
25741
25742 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
25743 Split current cell horizontally.
25744 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
25745
25746 \(fn)" t nil)
25747
25748 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
25749 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
25750 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
25751
25752 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
25753
25754 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
25755 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
25756 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
25757 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
25758
25759 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25760
25761 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
25762 Justify cell contents.
25763 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
25764 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
25765 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
25766 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
25767
25768 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
25769
25770 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
25771 Justify cells of a row.
25772 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25773 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25774
25775 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25776
25777 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
25778 Justify cells of a column.
25779 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
25780 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
25781
25782 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25783
25784 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
25785 Toggle fixing width mode.
25786 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
25787 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
25788 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
25789
25790 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25791
25792 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
25793 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
25794 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
25795 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
25796 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
25797 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
25798 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
25799 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
25800 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
25801 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
25802 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
25803
25804 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
25805
25806 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
25807 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
25808 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
25809 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
25810 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
25811 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
25812 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
25813 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
25814 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
25815 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
25816 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
25817 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
25818 untouched.
25819
25820 References used for this implementation:
25821
25822 HTML:
25823 http://www.w3.org
25824
25825 LaTeX:
25826 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
25827
25828 CALS (DocBook DTD):
25829 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
25830 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
25831
25832 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
25833
25834 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
25835 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
25836 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
25837 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
25838 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
25839 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
25840 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
25841 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
25842 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
25843 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
25844 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
25845 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
25846 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
25847 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
25848 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
25849 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
25850 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
25851
25852 Example:
25853
25854 (progn
25855 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
25856 (table-forward-cell 15)
25857 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
25858 (table-forward-cell 16)
25859 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
25860 (table-forward-cell 1)
25861 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
25862
25863 (progn
25864 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
25865 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
25866 (table-forward-cell 1)
25867 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
25868
25869 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
25870
25871 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
25872 Delete N row(s) of cells.
25873 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
25874 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
25875 consists from cells of same height.
25876
25877 \(fn N)" t nil)
25878
25879 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
25880 Delete N column(s) of cells.
25881 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
25882 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
25883 column must consists from cells of same width.
25884
25885 \(fn N)" t nil)
25886
25887 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
25888 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
25889 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
25890 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
25891 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
25892 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
25893 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
25894 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
25895 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
25896 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
25897 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
25898 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
25899 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
25900 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
25901 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
25902
25903
25904 Example 1:
25905
25906 1, 2, 3, 4
25907 5, 6, 7, 8
25908 , 9, 10
25909
25910 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
25911 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
25912 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
25913 specified as 5.
25914
25915 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25916 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
25917 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25918 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
25919 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25920 | | 9 | 10 | |
25921 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
25922
25923 Note:
25924
25925 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
25926 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
25927 of each row is optional.
25928
25929
25930 Example 2:
25931
25932 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
25933 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
25934 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
25935 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
25936 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
25937
25938 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
25939 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
25940
25941 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
25942 expression and raw delimiter regular
25943 expression, it parses the specified text
25944 area and extracts cell items from
25945 non-table text and then forms a table out
25946 of them.
25947
25948 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
25949 creates a single cell table. The text in
25950 the specified region is placed in that
25951 cell.-*-
25952
25953 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
25954 like this.
25955
25956 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25957 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
25958 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
25959 | |
25960 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
25961 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
25962 | expression, it parses the specified text |
25963 | area and extracts cell items from |
25964 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
25965 | of them. |
25966 | |
25967 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
25968 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
25969 | the specified region is placed in that |
25970 | cell. |
25971 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25972
25973 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
25974 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
25975 independently.
25976
25977 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
25978 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
25979 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
25980 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25981 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
25982 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
25983 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
25984 | |area and extracts cell items from |
25985 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
25986 | |of them. |
25987 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25988 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
25989 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
25990 | |the specified region is placed in that |
25991 | |cell. |
25992 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
25993
25994 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
25995 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
25996 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
25997
25998 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
25999
26000 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
26001 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26002 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26003 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26004 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26005
26006 \(fn)" t nil)
26007
26008 ;;;***
26009 \f
26010 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17504 41540))
26011 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26012
26013 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
26014 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26015
26016 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26017
26018 ;;;***
26019 \f
26020 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17527 7050))
26021 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26022
26023 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
26024 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26025 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26026 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26027 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26028 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26029 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26030
26031 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26032 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26033 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26034 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26035
26036 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26037 \\{tar-mode-map}
26038
26039 \(fn)" t nil)
26040
26041 ;;;***
26042 \f
26043 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26044 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17504 41540))
26045 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26046
26047 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
26048 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26049 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26050 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26051 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26052 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26053
26054 Variables controlling indentation style:
26055 `tcl-indent-level'
26056 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26057 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26058 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26059
26060 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26061 documentation for details):
26062 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26063 Controls action of TAB key.
26064 `tcl-auto-newline'
26065 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26066 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26067 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26068 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26069 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26070
26071 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26072 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26073 already exist.
26074
26075 Commands:
26076 \\{tcl-mode-map}
26077
26078 \(fn)" t nil)
26079
26080 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
26081 Run inferior Tcl process.
26082 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26083 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26084
26085 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26086
26087 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
26088 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26089 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26090
26091 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26092
26093 ;;;***
26094 \f
26095 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17504 41540))
26096 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26097 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26098
26099 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
26100 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26101 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26102 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26103
26104 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26105 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26106 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26107 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26108 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26109
26110 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26111 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26112
26113 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
26114 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26115 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26116 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26117
26118 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26119
26120 ;;;***
26121 \f
26122 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17566
26123 ;;;;;; 60306))
26124 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26125
26126 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
26127 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26128 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26129 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26130 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26131 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26132
26133 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26134
26135 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
26136 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26137 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26138 commands to use in that buffer.
26139
26140 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26141
26142 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26143
26144 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
26145 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26146
26147 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26148
26149 ;;;***
26150 \f
26151 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17746
26152 ;;;;;; 34861))
26153 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26154
26155 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
26156 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26157 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26158 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26159 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26160 program as keyboard input.
26161
26162 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26163 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26164 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26165 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26166
26167 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26168 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26169 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26170 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26171 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26172
26173 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26174
26175 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26176 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26177 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26178 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26179
26180 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26181 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26182 subprocess started.
26183
26184 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26185
26186 ;;;***
26187 \f
26188 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26189 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
26190 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26191
26192 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
26193 Start coverage on function under point.
26194
26195 \(fn)" t nil)
26196
26197 ;;;***
26198 \f
26199 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17504 41540))
26200 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26201
26202 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
26203 Play the Tetris game.
26204 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26205 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26206 as to form complete rows.
26207
26208 tetris-mode keybindings:
26209 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26210 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26211 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26212 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26213 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26214 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26215 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26216 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26217 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26218
26219 \(fn)" t nil)
26220
26221 ;;;***
26222 \f
26223 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26224 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26225 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26226 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26227 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26228 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26229 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26230 ;;;;;; (17566 60308))
26231 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26232
26233 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26234 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26235
26236 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" t)
26237
26238 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26239 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26240 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26241 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26242 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26243
26244 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode" t)
26245
26246 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26247 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26248 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26249 if it matches the first line of the file,
26250 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26251
26252 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode" t)
26253
26254 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26255 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26256 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26257 if the variable is non-nil.")
26258
26259 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode" t)
26260
26261 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26262 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26263
26264 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode" t)
26265
26266 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26267 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26268 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26269 See the documentation of that variable.")
26270
26271 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26272
26273 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26274 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26275 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26276 See the documentation of that variable.")
26277
26278 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26279
26280 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26281 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26282 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26283 See the documentation of that variable.")
26284
26285 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26286
26287 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26288 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26289 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26290 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26291 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26292
26293 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode" t)
26294
26295 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26296 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26297 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26298 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26299
26300 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode" t)
26301
26302 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26303 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26304 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26305
26306 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode" t)
26307
26308 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26309 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26310 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26311 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26312
26313 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode" t)
26314
26315 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26316 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26317 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26318 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26319
26320 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26321
26322 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26323 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26324 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26325 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26326
26327 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26328 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26329 for example,
26330
26331 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26332 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26333
26334 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26335 use.")
26336
26337 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26338
26339 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26340 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26341 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26342 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26343 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26344
26345 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26346
26347 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode" t)
26348
26349 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26350 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26351 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26352
26353 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode" t)
26354
26355 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26356 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26357 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26358 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26359 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26360
26361 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode" t)
26362
26363 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26364 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26365
26366 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26367
26368 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26369 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26370
26371 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26372
26373 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26374 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26375 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26376 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26377 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26378 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26379 says which mode to use.
26380
26381 \(fn)" t nil)
26382
26383 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26384
26385 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26386
26387 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26388
26389 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26390 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26391 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26392 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26393 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26394
26395 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26396 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26397 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26398 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26399 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26400 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26401 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26402
26403 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26404 mismatched $'s or braces.
26405
26406 Special commands:
26407 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26408
26409 Mode variables:
26410 tex-run-command
26411 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26412 tex-directory
26413 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26414 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26415 tex-dvi-print-command
26416 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26417 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26418 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26419 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26420 tex-dvi-view-command
26421 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26422 tex-show-queue-command
26423 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26424 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26425
26426 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26427 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26428 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26429
26430 \(fn)" t nil)
26431
26432 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26433 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26434 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26435 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26436 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26437
26438 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26439 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26440 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26441 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26442 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26443 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26444 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26445
26446 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26447 mismatched $'s or braces.
26448
26449 Special commands:
26450 \\{latex-mode-map}
26451
26452 Mode variables:
26453 latex-run-command
26454 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26455 tex-directory
26456 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26457 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26458 tex-dvi-print-command
26459 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26460 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26461 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26462 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26463 tex-dvi-view-command
26464 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26465 tex-show-queue-command
26466 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26467 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26468
26469 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26470 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26471 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26472
26473 \(fn)" t nil)
26474
26475 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26476 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26477 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26478 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26479 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26480
26481 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26482 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26483 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26484 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26485 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26486 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26487 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26488
26489 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26490 mismatched $'s or braces.
26491
26492 Special commands:
26493 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26494
26495 Mode variables:
26496 slitex-run-command
26497 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26498 tex-directory
26499 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26500 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26501 tex-dvi-print-command
26502 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26503 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26504 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26505 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26506 tex-dvi-view-command
26507 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26508 tex-show-queue-command
26509 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26510 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26511
26512 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26513 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26514 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26515 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26516
26517 \(fn)" t nil)
26518
26519 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
26520 Not documented
26521
26522 \(fn)" nil nil)
26523
26524 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26525 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26526
26527 \(fn)" t nil)
26528
26529 ;;;***
26530 \f
26531 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26532 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17746 34863))
26533 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26534
26535 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
26536 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26537 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26538 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26539
26540 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26541 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
26542 Info-split to do these manually.
26543
26544 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26545
26546 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
26547 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26548 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26549 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26550 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26551
26552 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26553
26554 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
26555 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26556 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26557 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26558
26559 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26560 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26561 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26562 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26563
26564 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26565 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
26566
26567 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26568
26569 ;;;***
26570 \f
26571 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26572 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17504 41540))
26573 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26574
26575 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26576 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26577
26578 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo" t)
26579
26580 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26581 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26582
26583 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo" t)
26584
26585 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
26586 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26587
26588 It has these extra commands:
26589 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
26590
26591 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26592 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26593 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
26594 modified version of TeX input format.
26595
26596 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26597 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
26598 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
26599 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
26600
26601 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
26602 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
26603 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
26604 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
26605 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
26606 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
26607 in the Texinfo file.
26608
26609 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
26610 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
26611 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
26612 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
26613 move forward past the closing brace.
26614
26615 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
26616 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
26617
26618 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
26619 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
26620 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
26621
26622 Here are the functions:
26623
26624 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
26625 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
26626 texinfo-sequential-node-update
26627
26628 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
26629 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
26630 texinfo-master-menu
26631
26632 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
26633
26634 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
26635 which menu descriptions are indented.
26636
26637 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
26638 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
26639 in the region.
26640
26641 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
26642 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
26643 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
26644 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
26645
26646 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
26647 be the first node in the file.
26648
26649 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
26650 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
26651
26652 \(fn)" t nil)
26653
26654 ;;;***
26655 \f
26656 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
26657 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
26658 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
26659 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
26660 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
26661
26662 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
26663 Compose Thai characters in the region.
26664 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
26665 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
26666
26667 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26668
26669 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
26670 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
26671
26672 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
26673
26674 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
26675 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
26676
26677 \(fn)" t nil)
26678
26679 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
26680 Not documented
26681
26682 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26683
26684 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
26685 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
26686 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
26687 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
26688 to compose.
26689
26690 The return value is number of composed characters.
26691
26692 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26693
26694 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
26695 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
26696
26697 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26698
26699 ;;;***
26700 \f
26701 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
26702 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
26703 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17675 64484))
26704 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
26705
26706 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
26707 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
26708
26709 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
26710
26711 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26712 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
26713 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26714 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26715 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26716
26717 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26718 a symbol as a valid THING.
26719
26720 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
26721 of the textual entity that was found.
26722
26723 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26724
26725 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26726 Return the THING at point.
26727 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
26728 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
26729 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
26730
26731 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
26732 a symbol as a valid THING.
26733
26734 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
26735
26736 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26737 Not documented
26738
26739 \(fn)" nil nil)
26740
26741 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26742 Not documented
26743
26744 \(fn)" nil nil)
26745
26746 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26747 Not documented
26748
26749 \(fn)" nil nil)
26750
26751 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
26752 Not documented
26753
26754 \(fn)" nil nil)
26755
26756 ;;;***
26757 \f
26758 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
26759 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
26760 ;;;;;; (17591 28068))
26761 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
26762
26763 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
26764 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
26765
26766 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
26767
26768 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
26769 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
26770 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
26771 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
26772
26773 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
26774
26775 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
26776 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
26777
26778 \(fn)" t nil)
26779
26780 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
26781 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
26782
26783 \(fn)" t nil)
26784
26785 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
26786
26787 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
26788 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
26789
26790 \(fn)" t nil)
26791
26792 ;;;***
26793 \f
26794 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
26795 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
26796 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
26797 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
26798 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
26799 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17504 41540))
26800 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
26801
26802 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
26803 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
26804 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
26805
26806 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
26807
26808 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
26809 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
26810
26811 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26812
26813 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
26814 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
26815 The returned string has no composition information.
26816
26817 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26818
26819 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26820 Compose Tibetan string STR.
26821
26822 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26823
26824 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26825 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
26826
26827 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26828
26829 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26830 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
26831 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
26832 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26833
26834 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26835
26836 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26837 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
26838 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
26839 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
26840
26841 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26842
26843 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
26844 Not documented
26845
26846 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26847
26848 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26849 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
26850 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
26851
26852 \(fn)" t nil)
26853
26854 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
26855 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
26856 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
26857
26858 \(fn)" t nil)
26859
26860 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26861 Not documented
26862
26863 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26864
26865 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
26866 Not documented
26867
26868 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26869
26870 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
26871 Not documented
26872
26873 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
26874
26875 ;;;***
26876 \f
26877 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
26878 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
26879 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
26880
26881 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
26882 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
26883 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26884 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26885 parameters.
26886 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26887
26888 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26889
26890 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
26891 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
26892 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
26893 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
26894 parameters.
26895 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
26896
26897 \(fn)" t nil)
26898
26899 ;;;***
26900 \f
26901 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
26902 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17675 64484))
26903 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
26904
26905 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
26906 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
26907
26908 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time" t)
26909
26910 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
26911 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26912 This display updates automatically every minute.
26913 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26914 are displayed as well.
26915 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
26916
26917 \(fn)" t nil)
26918
26919 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
26920 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
26921 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
26922 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26923 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26924 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
26925
26926 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" nil)
26927
26928 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
26929 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
26930 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
26931
26932 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
26933 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
26934 are displayed as well.
26935 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
26936
26937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26938
26939 ;;;***
26940 \f
26941 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
26942 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
26943 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
26944 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17504
26945 ;;;;;; 41540))
26946 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
26947
26948 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
26949 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
26950
26951 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
26952
26953 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
26954 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
26955 You can use `float-time' instead.
26956
26957 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26958
26959 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
26960 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
26961
26962 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
26963
26964 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
26965 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
26966
26967 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26968
26969 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
26970 Convert DAYS into a time value.
26971
26972 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
26973
26974 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
26975 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
26976 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
26977
26978 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
26979
26980 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
26981
26982 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
26983 Subtract two time values.
26984 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
26985
26986 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26987
26988 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
26989 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
26990
26991 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
26992
26993 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
26994 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
26995 DATE should be a date-time string.
26996
26997 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
26998
26999 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
27000 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27001 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27002
27003 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27004
27005 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
27006 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27007
27008 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27009
27010 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
27011 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27012
27013 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27014
27015 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
27016 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27017 TIME should be a time value.
27018 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27019
27020 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27021
27022 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27023 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27024 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27025
27026 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27027
27028 ;;;***
27029 \f
27030 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27031 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17504 41540))
27032 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27033 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27034 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27035 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27036 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27037 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27038 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27039 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27040
27041 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
27042 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27043 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27044 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27045 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27046 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27047 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27048 look like one of the following:
27049 Time-stamp: <>
27050 Time-stamp: \" \"
27051 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27052 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27053 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27054 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27055 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27056 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27057 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27058 the template.
27059
27060 \(fn)" t nil)
27061
27062 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
27063 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27064 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27065
27066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27067
27068 ;;;***
27069 \f
27070 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27071 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27072 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27073 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27074 ;;;;;; (17628 62478))
27075 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27076
27077 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
27078 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27079 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27080 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27081 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27082 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27083 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27084 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27085 display (non-nil means on).
27086
27087 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27088
27089 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
27090 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27091 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27092 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27093 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27094 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27095 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27096 this function is called within a day.
27097
27098 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27099 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27100 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27101 discover the name of the project.
27102
27103 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27104
27105 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
27106 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27107 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27108 begun during the last time segment.
27109
27110 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27111 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27112 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27113 discover the reason.
27114
27115 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27116
27117 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
27118 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27119 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27120 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27121 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27122
27123 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27124
27125 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
27126 Change to working on a different project.
27127 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27128 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27129 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27130 working on.
27131
27132 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27133
27134 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
27135 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27136 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27137
27138 \(fn)" nil nil)
27139
27140 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
27141 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27142 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27143
27144 \(fn)" t nil)
27145
27146 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
27147 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27148 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27149 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27150 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27151 \"relative to today\".
27152
27153 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27154
27155 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
27156 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27157 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27158 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27159
27160 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27161
27162 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
27163 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27164 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27165 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27166 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27167 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27168
27169 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27170
27171 ;;;***
27172 \f
27173 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27174 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27175 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17687 61868))
27176 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27177
27178 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
27179
27180 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
27181 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27182
27183 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27184
27185 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
27186 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
27187 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
27188 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
27189
27190 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27191
27192 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
27193 Perform an action at time TIME.
27194 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27195 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
27196 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
27197 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
27198 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
27199 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27200
27201 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27202
27203 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27204
27205 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
27206 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27207 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27208 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27209 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27210
27211 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27212
27213 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27214
27215 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
27216 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27217 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27218 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27219
27220 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27221
27222 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27223 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27224 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27225 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
27226 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
27227 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
27228 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
27229
27230 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27231 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27232
27233 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27234
27235 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27236 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27237
27238 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27239 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27240 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27241 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27242 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27243 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27244 be detected.
27245
27246 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27247
27248 ;;;***
27249 \f
27250 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27251 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17504 41540))
27252 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27253
27254 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27255 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27256 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27257 the generated Quail package is saved.
27258
27259 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27260
27261 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27262 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27263 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27264 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27265 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27266 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27267 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27268
27269 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27270
27271 ;;;***
27272 \f
27273 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27274 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17504
27275 ;;;;;; 41540))
27276 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27277
27278 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27279 Not documented
27280
27281 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27282
27283 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27284 Not documented
27285
27286 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27287
27288 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27289 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27290 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27291 PATTERN regexp.
27292
27293 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27294
27295 ;;;***
27296 \f
27297 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27298 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17504 41540))
27299 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27300 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27301 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
27302 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27303
27304 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27305 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27306 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27307 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27308 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27309
27310 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27311
27312 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27313 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27314 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27315 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27316 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27317
27318 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27319
27320 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27321 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27322 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27323 in the menu in two ways:
27324 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27325 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27326 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27327
27328 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27329 keymap or an alist of alists.
27330 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27331 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27332
27333 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27334
27335 ;;;***
27336 \f
27337 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27338 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27339 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17504 41540))
27340 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27341
27342 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27343 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27344
27345 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
27346
27347 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27348 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27349
27350 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27351
27352 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27353 Insert new TODO list entry.
27354 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27355 category.
27356
27357 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27358
27359 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27360 List top priorities for each category.
27361
27362 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27363 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27364
27365 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27366 between each category.
27367
27368 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27369
27370 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27371 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27372 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27373 between each category.
27374
27375 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27376
27377 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27378
27379 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27380 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27381
27382 \\{todo-mode-map}
27383
27384 \(fn)" t nil)
27385
27386 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27387 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27388
27389 \(fn)" nil nil)
27390
27391 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27392 Show TODO list.
27393
27394 \(fn)" t nil)
27395
27396 ;;;***
27397 \f
27398 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27399 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el"
27400 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
27401 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27402
27403 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27404
27405 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27406 Add an item to the tool bar.
27407 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27408 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27409 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27410 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27411
27412 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27413 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27414 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27415 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27416
27417 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27418 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27419
27420 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27421
27422 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
27423 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27424 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27425 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27426 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27427 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27428
27429 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27430 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27431 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27432 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27433
27434 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27435
27436 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27437 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27438 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27439 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27440 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27441 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27442 properties to add to the binding.
27443
27444 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27445
27446 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27447 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27448
27449 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27450
27451 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27452 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27453 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27454 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27455 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27456 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27457 properties to add to the binding.
27458
27459 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27460 holds a keymap.
27461
27462 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27463
27464 ;;;***
27465 \f
27466 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27467 ;;;;;; (17746 34861))
27468 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27469
27470 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27471 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27472 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27473 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27474 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27475 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27476
27477 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" nil)
27478
27479 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
27480 TPU/edt emulation.
27481
27482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27483
27484 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
27485
27486 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
27487 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27488
27489 \(fn)" t nil)
27490
27491 ;;;***
27492 \f
27493 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
27494 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17504 41540))
27495 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
27496
27497 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
27498 Set scroll margins.
27499
27500 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
27501
27502 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
27503 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
27504
27505 \(fn)" t nil)
27506
27507 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
27508 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
27509
27510 \(fn)" t nil)
27511
27512 ;;;***
27513 \f
27514 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17652 14943))
27515 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27516
27517 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
27518 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27519 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27520 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27521 to a tcp server on another machine.
27522
27523 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27524
27525 ;;;***
27526 \f
27527 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27528 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17656 34194))
27529 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27530
27531 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27532 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27533
27534 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace" t)
27535
27536 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
27537 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27538 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27539 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27540 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27541 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27542 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27543 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27544
27545 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27546
27547 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
27548 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27549 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
27550 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
27551 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
27552 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
27553 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
27554 the window or buffer configuration.
27555
27556 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
27557
27558 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27559
27560 ;;;***
27561 \f
27562 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27563 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
27564 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-regexp
27565 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17759 28871))
27566 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27567
27568 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
27569 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
27570 Otherwise, use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
27571
27572 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
27573 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27574 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27575 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27576
27577 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27578 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27579 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27580 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27581
27582 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27583 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
27584 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
27585 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27586 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27587 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27588 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
27589 files which are not really tramp files.
27590
27591 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27592 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27593 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27594 updated after changing this variable.
27595
27596 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27597
27598 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27599
27600 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
27601 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27602 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27603 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27604
27605 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
27606 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27607 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27608 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27609
27610 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27611 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
27612 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
27613
27614 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27615 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27616 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27617 updated after changing this variable.
27618
27619 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27620
27621 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27622
27623 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist (quote ((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion))) "\
27624 Alist of completion handler functions.
27625 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
27626 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
27627 normal Emacs functions.")
27628
27629 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27630 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
27631 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27632 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27633
27634 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27635 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
27636 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27637 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27638
27639 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27640 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
27641 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
27642
27643 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27644
27645 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
27646 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
27647 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
27648
27649 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
27650 Add tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
27651 (add-hook
27652 'after-init-hook
27653 '(lambda () (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)))
27654
27655 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handlers) "tramp" "\
27656 Not documented
27657
27658 \(fn)" nil nil)
27659
27660 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) "tramp" "\
27661 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial tramp files.
27662
27663 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
27664
27665 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion) "tramp" "\
27666 Like `file-name-completion' for tramp files.
27667
27668 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
27669
27670 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
27671 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
27672
27673 \(fn)" t nil)
27674
27675 ;;;***
27676 \f
27677 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
27678 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
27679 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
27680
27681 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
27682 Not documented
27683
27684 \(fn)" nil nil)
27685
27686 ;;;***
27687 \f
27688 ;;;### (autoloads (tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags tumme-mark-tagged-files
27689 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-comment-files tumme-dired-display-image tumme-dired-display-external
27690 ;;;;;; tumme-display-thumb tumme-display-thumbs-append tumme-setup-dired-keybindings
27691 ;;;;;; tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer tumme-delete-tag tumme-tag-files
27692 ;;;;;; tumme-show-all-from-dir tumme-display-thumbs tumme-dired-with-window-configuration
27693 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "tumme.el" (17647
27694 ;;;;;; 30168))
27695 ;;; Generated autoloads from tumme.el
27696
27697 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27698 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
27699
27700 \(fn)" t nil)
27701
27702 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-with-window-configuration) "tumme" "\
27703 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
27704
27705 Convenience command that:
27706
27707 - Opens dired in folder DIR
27708 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
27709 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
27710
27711 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
27712 image files in dired and type
27713 \\[tumme-display-thumbs] (`tumme-display-thumbs').
27714
27715 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
27716
27717 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
27718 calling `tumme-restore-window-configuration'.
27719
27720 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
27721
27722 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs) "tumme" "\
27723 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27724 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
27725 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
27726 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
27727 another one).
27728
27729 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
27730 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
27731 `tumme-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
27732
27733 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
27734 instead of erasing it first.
27735
27736 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
27737 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
27738 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
27739 `tumme-next-line-and-display' and
27740 `tumme-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
27741 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
27742
27743 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
27744
27745 (autoload (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir) "tumme" "\
27746 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
27747 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
27748 exceeds `tumme-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
27749 displayed.
27750
27751 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
27752
27753 (defalias (quote tumme) (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir))
27754
27755 (autoload (quote tumme-tag-files) "tumme" "\
27756 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
27757
27758 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27759
27760 (autoload (quote tumme-delete-tag) "tumme" "\
27761 Remove tag for selected file(s).
27762 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
27763
27764 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27765
27766 (autoload (quote tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "tumme" "\
27767 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
27768
27769 \(fn)" t nil)
27770
27771 (autoload (quote tumme-setup-dired-keybindings) "tumme" "\
27772 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
27773 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
27774 `tumme-dired-x-line'.
27775
27776 \(fn)" t nil)
27777
27778 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs-append) "tumme" "\
27779 Append thumbnails to `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
27780
27781 \(fn)" t nil)
27782
27783 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumb) "tumme" "\
27784 Shorthard for `tumme-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
27785
27786 \(fn)" t nil)
27787
27788 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-external) "tumme" "\
27789 Display file at point using an external viewer.
27790
27791 \(fn)" t nil)
27792
27793 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-image) "tumme" "\
27794 Display current image file.
27795 See documentation for `tumme-display-image' for more information.
27796 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
27797
27798 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27799
27800 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-comment-files) "tumme" "\
27801 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
27802
27803 \(fn)" t nil)
27804
27805 (autoload (quote tumme-mark-tagged-files) "tumme" "\
27806 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
27807 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
27808 image file and stored in tumme's database file. This command
27809 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
27810 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
27811 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
27812
27813 \(fn)" t nil)
27814
27815 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags) "tumme" "\
27816 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
27817 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
27818 easy-to-use form.
27819
27820 \(fn)" t nil)
27821
27822 ;;;***
27823 \f
27824 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (17735
27825 ;;;;;; 57938))
27826 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
27827
27828 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "\
27829 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
27830 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
27831 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
27832 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
27833 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
27834 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
27835 any question when restarting the tutorial.
27836
27837 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
27838 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
27839 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
27840
27841 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
27842 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
27843 resumed later.
27844
27845 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
27846
27847 ;;;***
27848 \f
27849 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
27850 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17706 55365))
27851 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
27852 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
27853 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
27854 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
27855
27856 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
27857 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
27858 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
27859 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
27860 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
27861 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
27862 first and the associated buffer to its right.
27863
27864 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27865
27866 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
27867 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
27868 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
27869 accepting the proposed default buffer.
27870
27871 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27872
27873 \(fn)" t nil)
27874
27875 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
27876 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
27877 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
27878 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
27879 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
27880 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
27881 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
27882
27883 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
27884 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
27885
27886 First column's text sSs Second column's text
27887 \\___/\\
27888 / \\
27889 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
27890
27891 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
27892
27893 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27894
27895 ;;;***
27896 \f
27897 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
27898 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
27899 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
27900 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
27901 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
27902 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
27903
27904 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
27905 Toggle typing break mode.
27906 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
27907 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27908 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
27909
27910 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" nil)
27911
27912 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
27913 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
27914
27915 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break" t)
27916
27917 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
27918 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
27919
27920 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
27921 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
27922 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
27923
27924 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
27925 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
27926
27927 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break" t)
27928
27929 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
27930 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
27931
27932 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
27933 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
27934 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
27935 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
27936
27937 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break" t)
27938
27939 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
27940 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
27941 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
27942
27943 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
27944 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
27945 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
27946 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
27947 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
27948 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
27949
27950 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
27951 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
27952 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
27953 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
27954
27955 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
27956 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
27957
27958 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
27959 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
27960
27961 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" t)
27962
27963 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
27964 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
27965 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
27966
27967 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
27968 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
27969 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
27970 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
27971 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
27972 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
27973 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
27974
27975 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
27976 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
27977
27978 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
27979 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
27980 reset the keystroke counter.
27981
27982 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
27983 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
27984 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
27985 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
27986
27987 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
27988 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
27989 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
27990 `type-break-schedule' command.
27991
27992 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
27993 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
27994 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
27995 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
27996 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
27997 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
27998 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
27999 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28000 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28001
28002 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28003 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28004 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28005 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28006 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28007
28008 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28009 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28010 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28011 approximate good values for this.
28012
28013 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28014 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28015
28016 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28017 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28018 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28019 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28020 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28021 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28022
28023 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28024 a typing break occur. They include:
28025
28026 `type-break-query-mode'
28027 `type-break-query-function'
28028 `type-break-query-interval'
28029
28030 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28031
28032 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28033 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28034 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28035 problems.
28036
28037 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28038
28039 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
28040 Take a typing break.
28041
28042 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28043 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28044
28045 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28046 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28047
28048 \(fn)" t nil)
28049
28050 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
28051 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28052 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28053 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28054
28055 \(fn)" t nil)
28056
28057 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
28058 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28059
28060 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28061 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28062 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28063 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28064 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28065 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28066 average typing speed.)
28067
28068 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28069 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28070 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28071 the computed maximum threshold.
28072
28073 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28074 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28075 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28076 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28077 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28078
28079 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28080
28081 ;;;***
28082 \f
28083 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28084 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17504 41540))
28085 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28086
28087 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
28088 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28089 Works by overstriking underscores.
28090 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28091 which specify the range to operate on.
28092
28093 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28094
28095 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
28096 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28097 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28098 which specify the range to operate on.
28099
28100 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28101
28102 ;;;***
28103 \f
28104 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28105 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17504 41540))
28106 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28107
28108 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28109 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28110 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28111
28112 \(fn)" t nil)
28113
28114 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28115 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28116 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28117 following the containing message.
28118
28119 \(fn)" t nil)
28120
28121 ;;;***
28122 \f
28123 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28124 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
28125 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28126
28127 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28128 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28129 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28130 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28131 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28132 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28133
28134 \(fn)" nil nil)
28135
28136 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28137 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28138
28139 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28140
28141 ;;;***
28142 \f
28143 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17504
28144 ;;;;;; 41540))
28145 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28146
28147 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
28148 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
28149 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
28150 of symbols with local bindings.
28151
28152 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28153
28154 ;;;***
28155 \f
28156 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28157 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (17746 34863))
28158 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28159
28160 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
28161 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28162 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28163
28164 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28165 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28166 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28167 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28168 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28169 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28170
28171 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28172 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28173 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28174
28175 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28176 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28177 the callback is not called).
28178
28179 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28180 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28181 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28182 take effect.
28183
28184 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28185
28186 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
28187 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28188 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28189 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28190 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28191
28192 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28193
28194 ;;;***
28195 \f
28196 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28197 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17504 41540))
28198 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28199
28200 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
28201 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28202 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28203
28204 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28205 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28206 `url-generic-parse-url'
28207 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28208 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28209 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28210 realm
28211 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28212 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28213 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28214 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28215 wrong, its no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28216 what type of auth to use
28217 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28218 if one cannot be found in the cache
28219
28220 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28221
28222 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
28223 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28224
28225 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28226 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28227 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28228 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28229 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28230 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28231 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28232 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28233
28234 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28235
28236 ;;;***
28237 \f
28238 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28239 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17504
28240 ;;;;;; 41540))
28241 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28242
28243 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
28244 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28245
28246 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28247
28248 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
28249 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28250
28251 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28252
28253 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
28254 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28255
28256 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28257
28258 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
28259 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
28260
28261 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28262
28263 ;;;***
28264 \f
28265 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17504 41540))
28266 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28267
28268 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
28269 Not documented
28270
28271 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28272
28273 ;;;***
28274 \f
28275 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28276 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17686 35930))
28277 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28278
28279 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
28280 Not documented
28281
28282 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28283
28284 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
28285 Not documented
28286
28287 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28288
28289 ;;;***
28290 \f
28291 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17504
28292 ;;;;;; 41540))
28293 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28294
28295 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
28296 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28297
28298 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28299
28300 ;;;***
28301 \f
28302 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28303 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17759 30290))
28304 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28305
28306 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
28307 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28308
28309 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28310
28311 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
28312 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28313 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28314 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28315 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28316
28317 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28318
28319 ;;;***
28320 \f
28321 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28322 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17652
28323 ;;;;;; 14946))
28324 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28325
28326 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28327 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28328 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28329 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28330 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28331 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28332
28333 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" nil)
28334
28335 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28336 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28337
28338 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28339
28340 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28341 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28342 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28343 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28344 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28345 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28346 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28347 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28348 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28349
28350 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28351
28352 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28353 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28354 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28355 accessible.
28356
28357 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28358
28359 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28360 Not documented
28361
28362 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28363
28364 ;;;***
28365 \f
28366 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28367 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17759 28874))
28368 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28369
28370 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28371 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28372 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28373 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28374 CBARGS as the arguments.
28375
28376 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28377
28378 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28379 Not documented
28380
28381 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28382
28383 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28384
28385 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28386 Not documented
28387
28388 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28389
28390 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28391 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28392 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28393
28394 Property list members:
28395
28396 methods
28397 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28398 supports.
28399
28400 dav
28401 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28402 supported.
28403
28404 dasl
28405 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28406
28407 ranges
28408 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28409
28410 p3p
28411 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28412 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28413 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28414 Emacs/W3.
28415
28416 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28417
28418 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28419 Default HTTPS port.")
28420
28421 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28422 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28423
28424 (defalias (quote url-https-expand-file-name) (quote url-http-expand-file-name))
28425 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28426 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28427 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28428 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28429
28430 ;;;***
28431 \f
28432 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17592 59703))
28433 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28434
28435 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28436 Not documented
28437
28438 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28439
28440 ;;;***
28441 \f
28442 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17504
28443 ;;;;;; 41540))
28444 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28445
28446 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28447 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28448 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28449 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28450 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28451
28452 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28453
28454 ;;;***
28455 \f
28456 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28457 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
28458 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28459
28460 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28461 Not documented
28462
28463 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28464
28465 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28466 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28467
28468 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28469
28470 ;;;***
28471 \f
28472 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28473 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17504 41540))
28474 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28475
28476 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28477 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28478
28479 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28480
28481 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28482 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28483
28484 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28485
28486 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28487 Not documented
28488
28489 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28490
28491 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28492
28493 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28494
28495 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28496
28497 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28498 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28499
28500 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28501
28502 ;;;***
28503 \f
28504 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28505 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
28506 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28507
28508 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28509 Not documented
28510
28511 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28512
28513 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28514 Not documented
28515
28516 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28517
28518 ;;;***
28519 \f
28520 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28521 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28522 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
28523 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28524
28525 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28526 Not documented
28527
28528 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28529
28530 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28531 Not documented
28532
28533 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28534
28535 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
28536 Not documented
28537
28538 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28539
28540 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
28541 Not documented
28542
28543 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28544
28545 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
28546 Not documented
28547
28548 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28549
28550 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
28551 Not documented
28552
28553 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28554
28555 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
28556 Not documented
28557
28558 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28559
28560 ;;;***
28561 \f
28562 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28563 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17759 28874))
28564 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28565
28566 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
28567 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28568
28569 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28570
28571 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
28572 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28573 Format is:
28574 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28575
28576 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28577
28578 ;;;***
28579 \f
28580 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28581 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
28582 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28583
28584 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
28585 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28586
28587 \(fn)" t nil)
28588
28589 ;;;***
28590 \f
28591 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28592 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28593 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
28594 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
28595 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
28596 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
28597 ;;;;;; (17615 40606))
28598 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28599
28600 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28601 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28602 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28603
28604 If t, all messages will be logged.
28605 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28606 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28607
28608 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" t)
28609
28610 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
28611 Not documented
28612
28613 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28614
28615 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
28616 Not documented
28617
28618 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28619
28620 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
28621 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28622 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28623 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28624 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28625 & ==> &amp;
28626 < ==> &lt;
28627 > ==> &gt;
28628 \" ==> &quot;
28629
28630 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28631
28632 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
28633 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28634 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28635
28636 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28637
28638 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
28639 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28640 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28641
28642 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28643
28644 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
28645 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
28646
28647 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
28648
28649 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
28650 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
28651
28652 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28653
28654 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
28655 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
28656
28657 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28658
28659 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
28660 Not documented
28661
28662 \(fn N)" nil nil)
28663
28664 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
28665 Not documented
28666
28667 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28668
28669 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
28670 Not documented
28671
28672 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
28673
28674 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
28675 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
28676
28677 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
28678
28679 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
28680 Not documented
28681
28682 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28683
28684 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
28685 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
28686 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
28687 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
28688 forbidden in URL encoding.
28689
28690 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28691
28692 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
28693 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
28694 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
28695 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
28696 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
28697 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
28698
28699 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28700
28701 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
28702 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
28703 If optional variable X is t,
28704 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
28705
28706 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
28707
28708 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
28709 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
28710 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
28711
28712 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
28713
28714 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
28715 View the current document's URL.
28716 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
28717 the minibuffer.
28718
28719 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
28720
28721 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
28722
28723 ;;;***
28724 \f
28725 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
28726 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17504 41540))
28727 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
28728
28729 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
28730 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
28731 This function has a choice of three things to do:
28732 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
28733 to refrain from editing the file
28734 return t (grab the lock on the file)
28735 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
28736 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
28737 in any way you like.
28738
28739 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
28740
28741 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
28742 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
28743 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
28744 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
28745 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
28746
28747 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
28748 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
28749
28750 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
28751
28752 ;;;***
28753 \f
28754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (17504 41540))
28755 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
28756 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
28757
28758 ;;;***
28759 \f
28760 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
28761 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
28762 ;;;;;; (17548 26487))
28763 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
28764
28765 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
28766 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
28767 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
28768 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
28769
28770 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28771
28772 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
28773 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
28774 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28775
28776 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28777
28778 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
28779 Uudecode region between START and END.
28780 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28781
28782 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
28783
28784 ;;;***
28785 \f
28786 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
28787 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
28788 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
28789 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
28790 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
28791 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
28792 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17721 3805))
28793 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
28794
28795 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
28796 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
28797 See `run-hooks'.")
28798
28799 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc" t)
28800
28801 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
28802 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
28803 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
28804
28805 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
28806
28807 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
28808 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
28809 See `run-hooks'.")
28810
28811 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
28812
28813 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
28814 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
28815
28816 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28817
28818 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
28819 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
28820
28821 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28822
28823 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
28824 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
28825 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
28826 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
28827 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
28828 somebody else, signal error.
28829
28830 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28831
28832 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
28833 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
28834 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
28835 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
28836 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
28837
28838 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
28839
28840 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
28841 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
28842 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
28843 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
28844 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
28845 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
28846 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
28847 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
28848 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
28849 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
28850 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
28851 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
28852
28853 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
28854
28855 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
28856 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
28857
28858 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
28859 it will operate on the file in the current line.
28860
28861 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
28862 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
28863 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
28864 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
28865 lock steals will raise an error.
28866
28867 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
28868
28869 For RCS and SCCS files:
28870 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28871 control.
28872 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
28873 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
28874 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
28875 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
28876 it performs a revert.
28877 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
28878 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
28879 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
28880 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
28881 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
28882 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
28883 the option to steal the lock.
28884
28885 For CVS files:
28886 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
28887 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
28888 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
28889 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
28890 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
28891 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
28892 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
28893 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
28894 merge in the changes into your working copy.
28895
28896 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
28897
28898 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
28899 Register the current file into a version control system.
28900 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
28901 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
28902
28903 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
28904 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
28905 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
28906 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
28907 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
28908 first backend that could register the file is used.
28909
28910 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
28911
28912 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
28913 Display diffs between file versions.
28914 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
28915 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
28916 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
28917 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
28918 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
28919 saving the buffer.
28920
28921 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
28922
28923 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
28924 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
28925 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
28926 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
28927
28928 \(fn REV)" t nil)
28929
28930 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
28931 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
28932 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
28933 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
28934
28935 \(fn)" t nil)
28936
28937 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
28938 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
28939 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
28940 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
28941 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
28942 from the current branch.
28943
28944 See Info node `Merging'.
28945
28946 \(fn)" t nil)
28947
28948 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
28949
28950 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
28951 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
28952
28953 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
28954
28955 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
28956 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
28957
28958 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
28959
28960 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
28961 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
28962 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
28963 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
28964 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
28965 are checked out in that new branch.
28966
28967 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
28968
28969 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
28970 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
28971 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
28972 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
28973 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
28974 allowed and simply skipped).
28975
28976 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
28977
28978 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
28979 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
28980 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
28981
28982 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
28983
28984 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
28985 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
28986 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
28987 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
28988 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
28989
28990 \(fn)" t nil)
28991
28992 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
28993 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
28994 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
28995 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
28996 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
28997 the current branch are merged into the working file.
28998
28999 \(fn)" t nil)
29000
29001 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
29002 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
29003 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
29004
29005 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
29006
29007 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
29008 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29009 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29010 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29011 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29012 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29013 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29014
29015 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29016
29017 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
29018 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29019 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29020 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29021 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
29022 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29023 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29024 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29025 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29026
29027 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29028
29029 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
29030 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29031
29032 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29033
29034 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
29035 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29036 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29037 directory.
29038
29039 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29040
29041 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29042 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29043 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29044
29045 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29046 log entries should be gathered.
29047
29048 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29049
29050 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
29051 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29052
29053 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29054 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29055 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29056 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29057 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29058 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29059
29060 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29061 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
29062 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
29063 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29064 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29065 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29066 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29067 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29068
29069 Customization variables:
29070
29071 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29072 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29073 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
29074 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29075
29076 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29077
29078 ;;;***
29079 \f
29080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17504 41540))
29081 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29082 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29083 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29084 (progn
29085 (load "vc-arch")
29086 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29087
29088 ;;;***
29089 \f
29090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17504 41540))
29091 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29092 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29093 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29094 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29095 (load "vc-cvs")
29096 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29097
29098 ;;;***
29099 \f
29100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17504 41540))
29101 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29102 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29103 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29104 (progn
29105 (load "vc-mcvs")
29106 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29107
29108 ;;;***
29109 \f
29110 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29111 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
29112 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29113
29114 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29115 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29116 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29117
29118 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" t)
29119 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29120
29121 ;;;***
29122 \f
29123 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29124 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
29125 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29126
29127 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29128 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29129 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29130
29131 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" t)
29132 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29133
29134 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29135 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29136 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29137 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29138
29139 ;;;***
29140 \f
29141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17746 41336))
29142 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29143 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29144 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29145 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29146 "_svn")
29147 (t ".svn"))))
29148 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29149 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29150 (file-name-directory f)))
29151 (load "vc-svn")
29152 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29153
29154 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
29155
29156 ;;;***
29157 \f
29158 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29159 ;;;;;; (17759 28874))
29160 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29161
29162 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
29163 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29164
29165 Usage:
29166 ------
29167
29168 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29169 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29170 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29171 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29172 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29173 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29174 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29175 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29176 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29177
29178 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29179 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29180 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29181 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29182
29183 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29184 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29185 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29186 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29187 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29188
29189 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29190 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29191
29192
29193 HEADER INSERTION:
29194 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29195 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29196 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29197
29198
29199 STUTTERING:
29200 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29201 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29202 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29203 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29204
29205 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29206 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29207 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29208 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29209 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29210
29211
29212 WORD COMPLETION:
29213 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29214 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29215 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29216 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29217
29218 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29219 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29220 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29221 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29222 beginning with \"std\").
29223
29224 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29225 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29226 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29227 stop.
29228
29229
29230 COMMENTS:
29231 `--' puts a single comment.
29232 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29233 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29234 with a comment in between.
29235 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29236 out following lines.
29237 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29238 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29239
29240 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29241 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29242 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29243 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29244 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29245 non-nil.
29246
29247 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29248 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29249 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29250 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29251 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29252 multi-line comments.
29253
29254
29255 INDENTATION:
29256 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29257 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29258 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29259 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29260
29261 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29262 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29263 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29264 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29265
29266 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29267 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29268 and vice versa.
29269
29270 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29271 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29272
29273
29274 ALIGNMENT:
29275 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29276 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29277 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29278 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29279 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29280 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29281 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29282 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29283
29284 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29285 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29286 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29287 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29288 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29289 is non-nil.
29290
29291 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29292 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29293 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29294
29295 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29296 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29297
29298
29299 CODE FILLING:
29300 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29301 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29302 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29303 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29304 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29305 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29306
29307
29308 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29309 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29310 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29311 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29312 command:
29313
29314 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29315
29316
29317 PORT TRANSLATION:
29318 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29319 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29320 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29321 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29322 internal signal initializations (menu).
29323
29324 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29325 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29326 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29327
29328 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29329 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29330 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29331 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29332 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29333 in subsequent paste operations.)
29334
29335 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29336 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29337 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29338
29339
29340 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29341 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29342 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29343 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29344 association list with formals).
29345
29346
29347 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29348 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29349 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29350 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29351 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29352 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29353 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29354 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29355 `vhdl-testbench'.
29356
29357
29358 KEY BINDINGS:
29359 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29360
29361
29362 VHDL MENU:
29363 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29364
29365
29366 FILE BROWSER:
29367 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29368 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29369 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29370
29371 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29372 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29373
29374
29375 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29376 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29377 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29378 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29379
29380 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29381 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29382 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29383
29384 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29385 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29386 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29387 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29388
29389 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29390 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29391 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29392 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29393 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29394
29395 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29396 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29397 required by secondary units.
29398
29399
29400 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29401 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29402 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29403 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29404 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29405 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29406 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29407 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29408 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29409 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29410 inputs to this component -> input port created
29411 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29412 outputs from this component -> output port created
29413 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29414 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29415
29416 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29417 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29418 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29419 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29420 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29421
29422 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29423 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29424
29425 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29426 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29427 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29428 component instantiation is also supported (option
29429 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29430
29431 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29432 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29433 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29434 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29435 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29436 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29437 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29438 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29439 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29440 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29441 | generating the configuration.
29442 |
29443 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29444 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29445 | configurations in speedbar.
29446
29447 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29448
29449
29450 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29451 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29452 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29453 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29454 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29455 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29456 information. New compilers can be added.
29457
29458 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29459 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29460
29461
29462 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29463 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29464 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29465 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29466 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29467
29468 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29469 command:
29470
29471 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29472 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29473 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29474
29475 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29476 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29477 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29478 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29479 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29480 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29481 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29482
29483 Limitations:
29484 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29485 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29486 not (yet) supported.
29487 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29488 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29489 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29490
29491
29492 PROJECTS:
29493 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29494 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29495 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29496 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29497 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29498 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29499 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29500 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29501
29502 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29503 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29504 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29505 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29506 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29507 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29508 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29509 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29510 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29511 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29512 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29513
29514
29515 SPECIAL MENUES:
29516 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29517 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29518 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29519 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29520 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29521 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29522 current directory for VHDL source files.
29523
29524
29525 VHDL STANDARDS:
29526 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29527 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29528
29529
29530 KEYWORD CASE:
29531 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29532 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29533 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29534 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29535 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29536 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29537 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29538 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29539
29540
29541 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29542 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29543 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29544 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29545 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29546 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29547 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29548
29549 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29550 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29551 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29552 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29553 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29554 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29555
29556 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29557 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29558 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29559 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29560 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29561 visually.
29562
29563 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29564 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29565 highlighted if written in lower case.
29566
29567 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29568 highlighted using a different background color if option
29569 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29570
29571 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29572 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29573 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29574 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29575 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29576
29577
29578 USER MODELS:
29579 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29580 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29581 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29582
29583
29584 HIDE/SHOW:
29585 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
29586 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
29587 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
29588 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
29589 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
29590
29591
29592 CODE UPDATING:
29593 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
29594 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
29595 Limitations:
29596 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
29597 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
29598 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
29599 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
29600 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
29601 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
29602 (used to obtain the port names).
29603
29604
29605 CODE FIXING:
29606 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
29607 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
29608
29609
29610 PRINTING:
29611 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
29612 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
29613 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
29614 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
29615 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
29616 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
29617 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
29618 printers.
29619
29620
29621 OPTIONS:
29622 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
29623 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
29624 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
29625 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
29626 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
29627
29628 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
29629 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
29630 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
29631 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
29632 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
29633 INSTALL file).
29634
29635 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
29636 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
29637
29638
29639 FILE EXTENSIONS:
29640 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
29641 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
29642 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
29643
29644 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
29645
29646
29647 HINTS:
29648 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
29649 a VHDL file first, use the command:
29650
29651 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
29652
29653 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
29654
29655 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
29656
29657
29658 RELEASE NOTES:
29659 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
29660
29661
29662 Maintenance:
29663 ------------
29664
29665 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
29666 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29667
29668 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
29669
29670 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
29671 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
29672 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
29673 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
29674
29675 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
29676 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
29677 where the latest version can be found.
29678
29679
29680 Known problems:
29681 ---------------
29682
29683 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
29684 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
29685 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
29686
29687
29688 The VHDL Mode Authors
29689 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
29690
29691 Key bindings:
29692 -------------
29693
29694 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
29695
29696 \(fn)" t nil)
29697
29698 ;;;***
29699 \f
29700 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17504 41540))
29701 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
29702
29703 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
29704 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
29705 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
29706 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
29707
29708 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
29709 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
29710 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
29711 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
29712 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
29713
29714 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
29715 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
29716
29717 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
29718
29719 * Limitations and unsupported features
29720 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
29721 not supported.
29722 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
29723 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
29724
29725 * Modifications
29726 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
29727 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
29728 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
29729 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
29730 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
29731 for undoing a repeated change command.
29732 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
29733 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
29734 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
29735
29736 * Extensions
29737 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
29738 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
29739 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
29740 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
29741 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
29742 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
29743 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
29744 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
29745
29746 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
29747
29748 \(fn)" t nil)
29749
29750 ;;;***
29751 \f
29752 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
29753 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
29754 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
29755 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17504 41540))
29756 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
29757
29758 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
29759 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
29760
29761 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
29762
29763 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29764 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
29765 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29766 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29767
29768 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29769
29770 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29771 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
29772
29773 \(fn)" t nil)
29774
29775 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29776 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29777 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29778 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29779
29780 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29781
29782 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29783 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29784
29785 \(fn)" t nil)
29786
29787 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29788 Not documented
29789
29790 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29791
29792 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29793 Not documented
29794
29795 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29796
29797 ;;;***
29798 \f
29799 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
29800 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
29801 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17504
29802 ;;;;;; 41540))
29803 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
29804
29805 (defvar view-mode nil "\
29806 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
29807 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
29808 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
29809
29810 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
29811
29812 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
29813 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29814 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29815 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29816 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29817 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29818 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29819
29820 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29821
29822 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29823
29824 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
29825 View FILE in View mode in another window.
29826 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
29827 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29828 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29829 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29830 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29831 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29832
29833 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29834
29835 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29836
29837 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
29838 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
29839 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
29840 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29841 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29842 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29843 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29844 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29845
29846 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29847
29848 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29849
29850 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
29851 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29852 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29853 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29854 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29855 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29856 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29857
29858 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29859
29860 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29861 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29862 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29863
29864 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29865
29866 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
29867 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
29868 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29869 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29870 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29871 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29872 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29873 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29874
29875 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29876
29877 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29878 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29879 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29880
29881 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29882
29883 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
29884 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
29885 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
29886 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29887 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29888 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29889 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29890 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29891
29892 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29893
29894 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
29895 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
29896 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
29897
29898 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
29899
29900 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
29901 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
29902 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
29903
29904 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
29905 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
29906 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
29907 read-only.
29908 \\<view-mode-map>
29909 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
29910 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
29911 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
29912 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
29913 commands default to a repeat count of one.
29914
29915 H, h, ? This message.
29916 Digits provide prefix arguments.
29917 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
29918 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
29919 > move to the end of buffer.
29920 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
29921 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
29922 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
29923 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
29924 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
29925 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
29926 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
29927 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
29928 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
29929 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
29930 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
29931 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
29932 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
29933 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
29934 Use this to view a changing file.
29935 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
29936 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
29937 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
29938 . set the mark.
29939 x exchanges point and mark.
29940 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
29941 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
29942 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
29943 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
29944 ' go to position saved in character register.
29945 s do forward incremental search.
29946 r do reverse incremental search.
29947 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
29948 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
29949 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
29950 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
29951 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
29952 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
29953 p searches backward for last regular expression.
29954 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
29955 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
29956 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
29957 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
29958 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
29959 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
29960 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
29961 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
29962 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
29963 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
29964
29965 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
29966 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
29967 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
29968 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
29969 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
29970 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
29971 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
29972 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
29973 then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
29974
29975 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
29976
29977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29978
29979 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
29980 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
29981 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
29982 `view-return-to-alist'.
29983 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
29984 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
29985 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
29986
29987 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
29988 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
29989 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
29990 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
29991 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
29992 1) nil Do nothing.
29993 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
29994 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
29995 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
29996 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
29997
29998 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29999
30000 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30001
30002 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30003
30004 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
30005 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30006
30007 \(fn)" t nil)
30008
30009 ;;;***
30010 \f
30011 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17746
30012 ;;;;;; 34861))
30013 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30014
30015 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
30016 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30017
30018 \(fn)" nil nil)
30019
30020 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
30021 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30022
30023 \(fn)" t nil)
30024
30025 ;;;***
30026 \f
30027 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30028 ;;;;;; (17746 34861))
30029 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30030
30031 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
30032 Toggle Viper on/off.
30033 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30034
30035 \(fn)" t nil)
30036
30037 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
30038 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Viper'.
30039
30040 \(fn)" t nil)
30041
30042 ;;;***
30043 \f
30044 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30045 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
30046 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30047
30048 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30049 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30050 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30051 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30052 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30053 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30054 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30055 the beginning of the warning.")
30056
30057 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30058 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30059 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30060 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30061 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30062 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30063 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30064 also call that function before the next warning.")
30065
30066 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30067 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30068
30069 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30070 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30071 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30072 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30073
30074 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
30075 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30076 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30077 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30078 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30079 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30080
30081 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30082 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30083 Default is :warning.
30084
30085 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30086 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30087 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30088 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30089 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30090 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30091
30092 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
30093 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
30094
30095 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30096
30097 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30098 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30099
30100 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30101
30102 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
30103 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30104 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30105 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30106
30107 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30108 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30109 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30110 can be whatever you like.)
30111
30112 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30113 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30114
30115 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30116 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30117 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30118 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30119 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30120
30121 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30122
30123 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
30124 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30125 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30126 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30127 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30128
30129 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30130
30131 ;;;***
30132 \f
30133 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30134 ;;;;;; (17611 30621))
30135 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30136
30137 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
30138 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30139 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30140 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30141 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30142 in disk.
30143
30144 See `wdired-mode'.
30145
30146 \(fn)" t nil)
30147
30148 ;;;***
30149 \f
30150 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17504 41540))
30151 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30152
30153 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
30154 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30155
30156 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30157 hotlist.
30158
30159 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30160 <nwv@acm.org>.
30161
30162 \(fn)" t nil)
30163
30164 ;;;***
30165 \f
30166 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30167 ;;;;;; (17611 25727))
30168 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30169 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30170 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30171
30172 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
30173
30174 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30175 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30176 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30177 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30178 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30179 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30180
30181 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" nil)
30182
30183 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
30184 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30185 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30186 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30187
30188 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
30189 and off otherwise.
30190
30191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30192
30193 ;;;***
30194 \f
30195 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30196 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30197 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30198 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30199 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30200 ;;;;;; (17746 34861))
30201 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30202
30203 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
30204 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30205
30206 \(fn)" t nil)
30207
30208 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
30209 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30210
30211 \(fn)" t nil)
30212
30213 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
30214 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30215
30216 \(fn)" t nil)
30217
30218 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
30219 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30220
30221 \(fn)" t nil)
30222
30223 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
30224 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30225
30226 \(fn)" t nil)
30227
30228 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
30229 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30230 These are:
30231 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
30232 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
30233 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
30234 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
30235 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30236
30237 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30238 and:
30239 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
30240 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30241
30242 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30243
30244 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
30245 Check the region for whitespace errors.
30246
30247 \(fn S E)" t nil)
30248
30249 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
30250 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30251 It normally applies to the whole buffer, but in Transient Mark mode
30252 when the mark is active it applies to the region.
30253 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30254
30255 \(fn)" t nil)
30256
30257 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
30258 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30259
30260 \(fn S E)" t nil)
30261
30262 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
30263
30264 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30265 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30266 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30267 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30268 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30269 or call the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30270
30271 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" nil)
30272
30273 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
30274 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30275 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
30276
30277 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30278 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30279
30280 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30281
30282 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
30283 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30284 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30285
30286 \(fn)" t nil)
30287
30288 ;;;***
30289 \f
30290 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30291 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17504 41540))
30292 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30293
30294 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
30295 Browse the widget under point.
30296
30297 \(fn POS)" t nil)
30298
30299 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
30300 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30301
30302 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30303
30304 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
30305 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30306
30307 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30308
30309 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
30310 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30311 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30312
30313 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30314
30315 ;;;***
30316 \f
30317 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30318 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17746
30319 ;;;;;; 34861))
30320 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30321
30322 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
30323 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
30324
30325 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30326
30327 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
30328 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30329 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30330
30331 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30332
30333 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
30334 Create widget of TYPE.
30335 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30336
30337 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30338
30339 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
30340 Delete WIDGET.
30341
30342 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30343
30344 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
30345 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30346
30347 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30348
30349 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
30350
30351 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
30352 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30353 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30354
30355 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
30356 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30357
30358 \(fn)" nil nil)
30359
30360 ;;;***
30361 \f
30362 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30363 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17504
30364 ;;;;;; 41540))
30365 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30366
30367 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
30368 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30369 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30370 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30371 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30372 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30373 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30374
30375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30376
30377 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
30378 Select the window above the current one.
30379 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30380 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30381 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30382 negative ARG) of the current window.
30383 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30384
30385 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30386
30387 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
30388 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30389 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30390 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30391 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30392 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30393 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30394
30395 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30396
30397 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
30398 Select the window below the current one.
30399 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30400 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30401 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30402 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30403 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30404
30405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30406
30407 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
30408 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30409 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
30410 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
30411
30412 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
30413
30414 ;;;***
30415 \f
30416 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30417 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
30418 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30419
30420 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30421 Toggle Winner mode.
30422 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30423 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30424
30425 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" nil)
30426
30427 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30428 Toggle Winner mode.
30429 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30430
30431 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30432
30433 ;;;***
30434 \f
30435 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30436 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17715 55645))
30437 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30438
30439 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30440 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30441 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30442 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30443 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30444 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30445 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30446 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30447
30448 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30449 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30450
30451 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30452
30453 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
30454 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30455
30456 \(fn)" t nil)
30457
30458 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
30459 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30460 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30461 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30462 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30463 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30464 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
30465 `woman' command for further details.
30466
30467 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30468
30469 ;;;***
30470 \f
30471 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30472 ;;;;;; (17504 41540))
30473 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30474
30475 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
30476 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30477
30478 BUGS:
30479 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30480 are not implemented
30481 - Options for search and replace
30482 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30483 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30484
30485 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30486 Emacs-like.
30487
30488 The key bindings are:
30489
30490 C-a backward-word
30491 C-b fill-paragraph
30492 C-c scroll-up-line
30493 C-d forward-char
30494 C-e previous-line
30495 C-f forward-word
30496 C-g delete-char
30497 C-h backward-char
30498 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30499 C-j help-for-help
30500 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30501 C-l ws-repeat-search
30502 C-n open-line
30503 C-p quoted-insert
30504 C-r scroll-down-line
30505 C-s backward-char
30506 C-t kill-word
30507 C-u keyboard-quit
30508 C-v overwrite-mode
30509 C-w scroll-down
30510 C-x next-line
30511 C-y kill-complete-line
30512 C-z scroll-up
30513
30514 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
30515 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
30516 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
30517 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
30518 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
30519 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
30520 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
30521 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
30522 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
30523 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
30524 C-k b ws-begin-block
30525 C-k c ws-copy-block
30526 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
30527 C-k f find-file
30528 C-k h ws-show-markers
30529 C-k i ws-indent-block
30530 C-k k ws-end-block
30531 C-k p ws-print-block
30532 C-k q kill-emacs
30533 C-k r insert-file
30534 C-k s save-some-buffers
30535 C-k t ws-mark-word
30536 C-k u ws-exdent-block
30537 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
30538 C-k v ws-move-block
30539 C-k w ws-write-block
30540 C-k x kill-emacs
30541 C-k y ws-delete-block
30542
30543 C-o c wordstar-center-line
30544 C-o b switch-to-buffer
30545 C-o j justify-current-line
30546 C-o k kill-buffer
30547 C-o l list-buffers
30548 C-o m auto-fill-mode
30549 C-o r set-fill-column
30550 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
30551 C-o wd delete-other-windows
30552 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
30553 C-o wo other-window
30554 C-o wv split-window-vertically
30555
30556 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
30557 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
30558 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
30559 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
30560 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
30561 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
30562 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
30563 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
30564 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
30565 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
30566 C-q a ws-query-replace
30567 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
30568 C-q c end-of-buffer
30569 C-q d end-of-line
30570 C-q f ws-search
30571 C-q k ws-to-block-end
30572 C-q l ws-undo
30573 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
30574 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
30575 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
30576 C-q w ws-last-error
30577 C-q y ws-kill-eol
30578 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
30579
30580 \(fn)" t nil)
30581
30582 ;;;***
30583 \f
30584 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
30585 ;;;;;; (17610 3931))
30586 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
30587
30588 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
30589 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
30590 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
30591 Returns the top node with all its children.
30592 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
30593 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30594
30595 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30596
30597 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
30598 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
30599 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
30600 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
30601 is not well-formed XML.
30602 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
30603 and returned as the first element of the list.
30604 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30605
30606 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30607
30608 ;;;***
30609 \f
30610 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17504
30611 ;;;;;; 41540))
30612 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
30613
30614 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
30615 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
30616 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30617 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30618 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30619 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
30620
30621 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" nil)
30622
30623 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
30624 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
30625 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
30626
30627 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
30628 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
30629 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
30630 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
30631 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
30632 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
30633
30634 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30635
30636 ;;;***
30637 \f
30638 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
30639 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17504 41540))
30640 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
30641
30642 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
30643 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
30644
30645 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30646
30647 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
30648 Extract file name from an yenc header.
30649
30650 \(fn)" nil nil)
30651
30652 ;;;***
30653 \f
30654 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
30655 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17504 41540))
30656 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
30657
30658 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
30659 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
30660
30661 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
30662
30663 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
30664 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
30665
30666 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
30667
30668 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
30669 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
30670 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
30671
30672 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
30673
30674 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
30675 Zippy goes to the analyst.
30676
30677 \(fn)" t nil)
30678
30679 ;;;***
30680 \f
30681 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17504 41540))
30682 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
30683
30684 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
30685 Zone out, completely.
30686
30687 \(fn)" t nil)
30688
30689 ;;;***
30690 \f
30691 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
30692 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
30693 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
30694 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
30695 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
30696 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
30697 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
30698 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
30699 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
30700 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
30701 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
30702 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
30703 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
30704 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
30705 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
30706 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
30707 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
30708 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
30709 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
30710 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dframe.el"
30711 ;;;;;; "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el"
30712 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el"
30713 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
30714 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
30715 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
30716 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
30717 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
30718 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
30719 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
30720 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
30721 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
30722 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
30723 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
30724 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
30725 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
30726 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
30727 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
30728 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-menu.el"
30729 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-nicklist.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
30730 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
30731 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
30732 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
30733 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
30734 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
30735 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
30736 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
30737 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
30738 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el"
30739 ;;;;;; "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el"
30740 ;;;;;; "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
30741 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
30742 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
30743 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
30744 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
30745 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
30746 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
30747 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
30748 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
30749 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
30750 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
30751 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
30752 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
30753 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
30754 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
30755 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
30756 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
30757 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
30758 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
30759 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
30760 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
30761 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
30762 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
30763 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
30764 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
30765 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
30766 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
30767 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
30768 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
30769 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
30770 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
30771 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
30772 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
30773 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
30774 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
30775 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
30776 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
30777 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
30778 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
30779 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
30780 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
30781 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
30782 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
30783 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
30784 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
30785 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
30786 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
30787 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
30788 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
30789 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
30790 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
30791 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
30792 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
30793 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
30794 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
30795 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
30796 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el"
30797 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el"
30798 ;;;;;; "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
30799 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
30800 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
30801 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
30802 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
30803 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
30804 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
30805 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
30806 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
30807 ;;;;;; "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el"
30808 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
30809 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el"
30810 ;;;;;; "term/apollo.el" "term/bobcat.el" "term/cygwin.el" "term/internal.el"
30811 ;;;;;; "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/mac-win.el"
30812 ;;;;;; "term/news.el" "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun-mouse.el"
30813 ;;;;;; "term/sun.el" "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el"
30814 ;;;;;; "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el"
30815 ;;;;;; "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el"
30816 ;;;;;; "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/w32-win.el"
30817 ;;;;;; "term/wyse50.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
30818 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
30819 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
30820 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
30821 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
30822 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
30823 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
30824 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
30825 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el"
30826 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el"
30827 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
30828 ;;;;;; "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el") (17759 32231 360716))
30829
30830 ;;;***
30831 \f
30832 ;; Local Variables:
30833 ;; version-control: never
30834 ;; no-byte-compile: t
30835 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
30836 ;; End:
30837 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here